A COLLECTION OF SERMONS UPON Several Occasions.

By THOMAS PIERCE D. D. Praesident of St. Marie Magdalen College in Oxford.

OXFORD, Printed by W. Hall, for Ric: Royston, and Ric: Davis, MDCLXXI.

THE CONTENTS of this VOLUME, ARE SERMONS PREACHED

I.
  • BEfore the Lord Major, Court of Alder­men, and Common Council of the City of London, at St. Pauls Church, upon the first Sunday after his Majesties Re­stauration, 1660.
II.
  • Before the Honourable the House of Com­mons in Parliament Assembled, at St. Mar­garets Church Westminster, upon the 29. day of May, being the Anniversary Day of the King and Kingdoms Restauration, 1661.
III.
  • Before the Right Honourable the House of Lords, at the Abby Church of Westminster, upon a Solemn day of Humiliation, occa­sioned by the Great Rain in Iune and Iuly, 1661.
IV.
  • Before the King at Whitehall, upon the Wednes­day-Monthly Fast, when the Pestilence de­creased, but yet continued, As did also the War with the French and Dutch, 1665.
V.
  • [Page]Before the Clergy of England in Convocation Assembled, at S. Pauls Church, touching the Power of the Church in a National Synod, 1661.
VI.
  • Before the University, at St. Maries Church in Oxford, concerning the Rights of the Civil Magistrate, and especially of the Supreme; upon the opening of the Term, 1664.
VII.
  • Before the King at Whitehall, upon Candlemas Day, 1661.
VIII.
  • Before the University, upon Act-Sunday-Morning, at St. Maries Church in Oxford, touching the Usefulness & Necessity of Hu­man Learning, &c. 1664.
IX.
  • Before the King at White-Hall, in Vindication of our Church against the Novelties of Rome. 1662. To which is added, in this Edition,
X.
  • A Paraenesis to the Reader touching the Sermon going before, and the Discourse which fol­lows after of Romes pretended Infallibility.
XI.
  • Before a Rural Congregation, at the Funeral of Edward Peyto of Chesterton in Warwick-shire Esquire, 1659.
Englands Season FOR …

Englands Season FOR REFORMATION OF LIFE.

A SERMON DELIVERED IN St. PAUL'S Church, LONDON: ON THE SUNDAY Next following His Sacred Maiesties RESTAVRATION. M.DC.LX.

Christian Reader,

THat what I committed the other day to the ears of Many, I now so suddainly expose to the eyes of All, as I dare not pretend to deserve thy Thanks, so I conceive I cannot justly incurr thy censure. For it is not in complyance with my peculiar inclinations, (which of themselves are well known to be sufficiently averse, from any farther publication of single Sermons,) but partly to testify my Obedience to the commands of some Learned and pious Friends, partly to frustrate the ill-meant whispers of some unlearned and peevish Enemies. How farr I was from a design either to please or to provoke either this or that part of the Congregation, And how probably desirous to profit both, I leave them both to passe a Iudgement, not by any one part, but by alltogether. It would no doubt have been greivous to me, to suffer the contum [...]lies of Men for preaching Loyalty, and Love, and Re­formation of Life, a tender care of weak Bre­thren, and a Christian Forbearance of one a­nother, Act. 5. 41. if I had not thought it an happy lot, to suffer ought for His sake,Heb. 12. 3. who indur'd (for mine) [Page] such contradiction of sinners against himselfe; some affirming, he was a good Man, and others saying, Nay, but he deceiveth the People.

If some are yet so devotedly the Servants of Sin, John 7. 12. as to hate me for bringing them (unawares) into the light, John 8 34. because the Light hath reproved their evill deeds, it cannot be from any hurtful­ness either in Me, John 3. 20. or in the light, but from their own sore eyes, that their eyes are hurt. When Men are exasperated with Lenitives, and throw them­selves into Paroxysmes, after all our Pacifick and most Anodynous applications, we ought not sure to think the worse, but rather the better of our Praescriptions. That Christ Himselfe could do no miracles amongst the Men of his own Country, was only the Fault of their prejudice, and [...]nbeleif. That the heat harden's clay, is from the unto­wardness of the clay; For if it were wax, the heat would melt it. Nor is the fault in the Sun, but in the Dunghill, if the more he shine's on it, [...]he worse it smell's.

I know that those Lovers of publick Discord (whom my endeavours to reconcile have made out­ragious) as they are few in point of Number, so in point of Quality they are of smallest Considerati­on. And I know there are many most worthy persons, [Page] whom the Virulence of mine enemies hatb made my Friends. So that if I were studious to promote mine own Interest, and did not very much preferr the consideration of their Amendment, I should not indure (as now I shall) to sue for peace whilst I am injur'd. But still remembring what it is, to which as Christians we are appointed, [...]. 1 Thes. 3. 3. That no man should be moved by these afflicti­ons; for your selves know that we are appointed thereunto. or as Soul­diers markt out, and that we are bound to follow our leader, (even the Captain of our salvation who was perfected through sufferings,) I shall cheerfully strive to approve my self as a minister of God, by honour and dishonour, by evill re­port, and good report,Heb. 2. 10.as a deceiver, 2 Cor. 6. 4. & 8. and yet true; I will blesse, being calumniated, And being wrong'd above measure, 1 Cor. 4. 13. [...]. I will intreat. The more it seems to be impossible, to win the inventors of evill things to reconcileableness of Spirit,Diod. Sicul. the more will I labour for its Attainment. Rom, 1, 30, For I will never cease to pray, that by that powerfull convincing controuling Spirit, which stilleth the raging of the sea, 1 Cor, 1, 10, and the madness of the People, we may be knit together in one mind, Eph, 4. 31, and in one judgment; That the present time of our prosperity may prove the Season for our Amendment, and change of life; that all bitternesse, and wrath, and anger, and clamor, and evill speaking, may be put away [Page] from us with all malice; and that as members of one Body, whereof Christ Iesus is the Head, we may each of us indeavour (in our several stations) to keep the Unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.

That this was really the intent of the Following Sermon, the later part of the Sermon, will make apparent. For what was spoken in reflection upon the darknesse of the night, was only premised as a Foyl to commend the Day. And as a thing without which I could not make an impartial parallel between the Text and the Time. Besides that in the method of healing wounds, (which a flatterer may palliate, but cannot cure,) there is as charitable an use both of the Probe and the Abstersive, as there can possi­bly be of the Oyl and Balsam. The Decollati­on of Gods Anointed, (which was so farr a Dei­cide, Psal. 82. 6. as he was one of those Gods who shall dye like men,) Exo. 22. 28 had been declared by the Parliament (before I made my strictures on it) to haue been a most horrid and hideous Murder. And if my cen­sors did not think they had once offended, they would not be candidates (as they are) for a Royal Pardon. It being so naturall for a pardon to include and connotate an offence, that unlesse we were conscious of having sinn'd, we could not sincerely ask God [Page] forgivenesse. I am not able to ask any, for what I have said in the following Sermon, tending to Loy­alty and Union, and the establishment of both upon the only sure Basis of impartiall Repentance and self-revenge, 2 Cor. 7. 11. untill I am able to be convinced of Unsincerity in my ayme at so good an End, or of unlawfullnesse in the means which I have us'd for its attainment. And therefore that which I begg from the Christian Reader, is not the favour of a partiall, but the Justice of an unpassionate and unbyassed perusall of all that follows.

ENGLAND'S SEASON FOR REFORMATION of LIFE.

ROM. XIII. xii.‘The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armour of light.’

TO make you see how the Text is exact­ly suitable to the Time, (as well to the Time when 'twas written, as to the Time wherein 'tis read,) It will be needful to entertain you with two such Praeliminary Observables, as without which it is impossi­ble to come at the meaning of the words. And yet the true meaning must be attain'd, as well in their Rational, and Historical, as in their Literal Importance, before I can handle them as I ought, without injustice to the Apo­stle, or Apply them as I desire, without de­frauding the Congregation.

First then, yee are to take an especial notice, That in the space of fourty years after the Crucifying of Iesus, there was to happen [Page 2] amongst the Iews a famous day of Discrimi­nation, whereinMatth. 24. 40. one was to be taken, and ano­ther left. The cruel and the incredulous were to be utterly destroy'd, But the persecuted Be­lievers to be remarkably preserved from that Destruction. Preserved, not only from that deluge of Judgments, likeMatth. 24. 38. Noah in the Ark, but from the mischievous designs of the Mosaical Ze­lots, by whom they could never be forgiven their having been Loyal unto their Lord. Which fa­mous day of Discrimination, as the Scriptures have expressed in those sublimer sorts of Peri­phrasis, [The Kingdome of Heaven, the coming of Christ, the end of all things, and the conclusion of the Age;] so in respect of one part, that of de­liverance unto the Faithful, we find it expressed in other places, by [...], The Redemp­tion drawing neer, [...], The Season, [...],See Doctor H [...]mmond (of blessed memory) upon the place, and the Texts by him re­ferred to.The Day, [...], The Deliverance,] which Delive­rance being nearer at the writing of this Epistle, than when they had first embraced the Chri­stian Faith, is therefore the rather introduced with [an [...],] a consideration of the time; and that as an Argument, or Allective, whereby to win them to the duties of this whole Chapter; which Duties, that they concern us as we are [Page 3] men of these Times, and relating in particular to our now happy revolution, I foresee an oc­casion to shew anon.

As this is the first Praecognition, so it natu­rally affords me an easie passage unto the se­cond. For our Apostle having observed cer­tain spots in the Christians which dwelt at Rome, theie being invelloped at once with a double darkness, as well of their doings, as of their suf­ferings, no le [...]s asleep in sin, than benighted with Persecution, comes early to them in this Epistle; and here endeavours to awake them, not onely with a Call, but a Reason for it. Because the night do's now begin to be less and less dark, he tells them it is fit they be less and less drowzie. In the next words before my Text, we have an Apostolical [...], (the very thing that in English we use to call the Cock-crow,) whereby he tells the guilty sleepers, 'tis more than time that they awake. And the Reason which he gives them is very cogent; [...], for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed. That is to say in plainer terms, our delive­rance at present is more approaching, than when we were newly Christianiz'd. It is better with us now, than when we were Neophytes in the [Page 4] Church. But to acquaint them the more di­stinctly how late it is that he awakes them; The Night (saith he) is far spent, and the Day is at hand; (that is) the time of Persecution is now well over, and the day of Deliverance begins to dawn. At the Tyrant Tiberius, our Sun was set; At the other Tyrant Nero, 'tis more than midnight: Do but wait for Vespasian, and you will find it break of Day.

Nor does the vigilant Apostle meerly awake them out of sleep, but also desires that they will rise, and instructs them in the method how to make themselves ready. They are to leave off their chamber-Robes, and make them fit to go abroad; to cast away their Bed-cloaths, as only suitable to the Night; and to appear in such habits, as are agreeable to the Day.

Let us therefore cast off the works of Darkness, and let us put on the Armour of Light.

For a man to Preach on this Text, no more is needful than to explain it. The Text it self being a Sermon, as full, and pithy, as it is short. [The Night is far spent, and the Day is at hand;] There is [...], the double Doctrine. [Let us therefore cast off, and let us therefore put on;] There is [...], the double Use.

[Page 5]The words, apparelling the matter, have both number, and measure; and the matter it self is as full of weight. From both together it is obvious to observe three things in this mighty Preacher; His Logick, his Rhetorick, and his Divinity.

We have his Logick in the Illative [Therefore] which is a note of Argumentation, giving the force of an Enthymem, though not the form. And yet the form is implyed with more advantage than if exprest. The Night is far spent; There­fore night-works and darkness must go away. The Day is at hand; Therefore Light must be welcome to us.

We have his Rhetorick in the Figures, of which the whole is made up. For besides the Isoc [...]la, and Homioteleuta of the Text, (that is) the evenness of the Members, and Musical Cadence of every Clause; we see the Metaphors in the Period are just as many as the Members. The first is borrowed from Darkness, the se­cond from the Day; and both in Allusion to two things more which are very distant, to wit our Armour, and our Apparel. And yet the whole is an Allegory, most artificially carryed on. For as he begins his holy Trope with the night of trou­ble and persecution, so he shuts it up too with the [Page 6] light of Peace. In Allegoriâ tenendum est hoc, ut quo in gene­re incipias, eodem desi­nas, aliter consequen­tia sit tur­pissima. Quintilian. Nay, besides all these, the Text affords us three figures more. Three (I say in kind, but six in number. Here is a single Anaphora, a double Epanodos, and no less than a threefold An­tithesis, by which the terms of the last clauses (and there are three Terms in each) are thus op­pos'd to one another; Darkness, to Light; Works, to Armour; and casting off, to putting on.

After the Logick, and the Rhetorick, observe the Divinity of the Apostle; to which his Art is but the Handmaid, and made to serve. Here is a seasonable Advertisment, and a most useful Inference. And each of these is twofold, exactly looking one on another, even as face answers face in a perfect Mirroir. Observe how the later is strongly inforc'd out of the former. Since the night of our sufferings is now far spent, what have we to do with the night of sin? And since the day of our deliverance is hard at hand, what should we do butVers. 13. walk honestly as in the day? The night of Errour and Disorder is now well over; Let us therefore cast off the works of darkness. The day of Mercy and Restauration begins to dawn; Let us therefore put on the armour of light. Let usEph. 5. 8. walk in the light, as becomes children of the light. Let our light so shine before God and [Page 7] men, that Men may see our good works, and God reward them. That men may see our good works, and glorify God in this present world; that God may see our good works, and glorify Us in the world to come. Thus we see S. Pauls Divinity, and way of Teaching.

It is indeed a whole Body of his practical Divi­nity, however summ'd up in so small a System. For the whole Duty of a Christian do's consist in two things; first (by way of privation) in casting off the works of Darkness, in denying ungodliness, and worldly lusts; next (by way of Acquisition) in putting on the armour of light; living soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world. Tit. 2. 12. For so the Apostle explains himself in the two verses after my Text, Let us walk honestly, as in the Day. And how must that be? first he tells us in the Negative, Not in rioting and drun­kenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife and envying, not in any of those things which were yesterday forbid by his Majesties excellent Proclamation; (for these are some of the works of darkness, the very worst use that men can make of a Deliverance,) next he tells us in the Affirmative, It must be by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ; By sticking close to his Precepts, [Page 8] and taking a copy from his example; by having a fellowship with his death, and a conformity to his sufferings; For this is here meant by the Armour of Light.

And each of these is improved by three main circumstances. First by the union of the one with the other; they are not set with a disjun­ctive, that we may take which we please, [Let us cast off, Or let us put on] as if the one would serve turn without the other; But tied together with a copulative [Let us cast off, And let us put on,] neither of them must go alone. We stand obliged to do them both by indispensable necessity; nor must we vainly flatter our selves that Salvation is to be had upon easier terms. Secondly by the inforcement of both together, from the seasonable conjuncture of our affairs. For Because the Night is far spent, we must di­vest our selves of darkness; And Because the Day is at hand, we must apparel our selves with light. Thirdly by the order in which these duties are to be done. We must not put on the Ar­mour, Before we cast off the Works; But cease from dishonesty in the first place, and talk of god­liness in the second. For a godly Knave is a con­tradiction in Adjecto. The [...] hath the Pre­cedency, [Page 9] we must begin with casting off what­ever is contrary to virtue; And then comes in the [...], we must proceed to the putting on whatever is opposite to vice. We must not hope to serve two Masters, Matth. 6. 24. (which our Saviour tells us is impossible, and which yet hath been the project of some years past,) erecting a Church for the one, and also a Chappel for the other; But first of all we must abhor, and forsake our Mammon, that so we may rationally endeavour to cleave with stedfastness unto God.

Thus ye see how the Text is ravell'd out into Particulars. And were I not really some­what afraid to spend too much of my time in a meer Division, I would presently wind up all into three great Bottoms. Whereof the first would provide against Hypocrisie, the second against Indifferency, the third against fainting, as also against Procrastination. And when Provi­sion shall have been made for these four things, not only Zeal, and Sincerity, but also dispatch in our amendment, and perseverance unto the end; I know not what can be wanting either to sa­tisfie the Text, or to Edifie the Souls of a Congregation.

But before I come to handle the useful In­ference [Page 10] of the Apostle, (which to do, will be the business of more than one or two Sermons) the time does prompt me to make Advantage of his most seasonable Advertisment, out of which he does fitly deduce his Inference. So opportune is the Advertisment, as well to these, as those Times, that I may say in the very language (though not in the very sense) of our Bles [...]ed Saviour,Luke 4. 21. This day is this Scripture fulfilled in our Ears. For,

We have had both our Iews, and our Gno­sticks too; and are in the highest degree of hope, to be rid of Both. Not (I hope) by their de­struction, (like that alluded to in my Text) but by their happy conversion, and union with us. For mutual love, as well as loyalty, is the thing that this Chapter does chiefly aim at. It presseth earnestly for loyalty, from the first verse unto the eighth. And as earnestly for love, from the eighth verse unto the end. By unavoidable im­plication, it presseth for love throughout the whole, but most expresly, and on purpose, in no less than four verses, to wit, the eight, the ninth, the tenth, and the thirteenth. We must not In­sult over our Enemies, though we ought to give thanks for their disappointment. The noblest [Page 11] benefit of a Conquest, is the opportunity to oblige. Rejoyce not (saith Solomon) when thine enemy fal­leth, nor let thine heart be glad when he stumbleth, lest the Lord see it, and it displease him, and he turn away his wrath from him, Prov. 24. 17. From whence it is obvious to collect, That to Insult over our Enemies, may do Them good; but all that We can get by it, is God's displeasure. The greatest care is to be taken in the present daw­ning of our day, that it be not overcast with an utter darkness. We have already had a long and a tedious night; (though not so long as the Apostles by twenty years,) a Night of sorrow, and oppres­sion; a Night of disorder, and confusion; a Night of ignorance, and errour; a Night of errour in judgment, and practice too; To summe up all, we have been seiz'd with a night of suffering, which we had drawn over our selves by a night of sin.

It is so far from my purpose, to make or widen the wounds of any, that you will see, (before we part) I do intend nothing but Healing. But I must make an application, as well of the Night, as of the Day; or else the parallel expected will be imperfect. And as 'tis reckon'd the greatest happiness, to be able to say, we have been miser­able; [Page 12] (yea, St. Gregory boldly call'd it an happy sin, which gave occasion to such a Remedy as the coming of Christ into the world:) so 'twill be use­full to reflect upon the darkness of the night, which (by the blessing of God) is so very far spent, the better to relish the injoyment of the glorious day which is now at hand. —Haec olim meminisse juvabit. To recount what we have suffer'd, is no more than to con­sider how much we are able to forgive; and for how manifold a deliverance it now concerns us to be thankful.

VVhen we were dull, and in the dark, and knew not the Happiness we injoy'd, whilst we injoy'd it; when we could not comport with so hard a lesson, as the1 Pet. 2. 13, 14. submitting our selves for the Lords sake, whether to the King, as Supream, or un­to Governours, as sent by him, and whether those that were sent, were Ecclesiastical, or Civil; when it seemed to us a Paradox, Cappado­ces, (inquit Strabo) [...] Strab. l. 12. p. 540. cap. that 'tis the li­berty of the Subject to live in subjection unto the Law, and therefore in loyalty unto him, whom to obey for Conscience sake, is the happiest free­dom; I say when this Lesson would not other­wise be learnt, God sent us to School to a Civil War; the severest Praeceptor, by which poor Scholars could be instructed. So it was call'd by [Page 13] Thucyd. lib. 3. p. 227. [...], &c. Thucydides, [ [...], A violent Schoole­master] and such we found it by sad experience. For it rigidly taught us through the mouth of the angry Cannon, and gave us terrible admonitions upon the point of the sword. A lying spirit went forth into the mouth of the Prophets, Inspiring the Isa. 14. 23. [...]. Polyb. l. 6. p. 458. meanest of the people to affect Dominion over the mightiest; and never ceasing to blow the coals, which they had kindled within the Bram­ble, until they saw it had devoured the lofty Cedar. A Church forsooth was to be swept, (but with the Beesom of destruction,) though the best Reformed in all the world; and because the very Beesom was the uncleanest thing in it, it could not choose but be the fouler for being swept. Nay, all the foundations of the earth did presently grow out of course. In the whole body of the Kingdome, there was little to be seen but wounds and bruises. For our Politick Chirurgions did so follow the Letter (in opposition to the Sense) of the Poets Rule, as to have taken off most of the soundest members, which were—Immedi­cabile vulnus ense reci­dendum. incu­rable indeed, by being faultless. Before the murdering of the King, who was the Head of our Common Mother, they garbl'd both the Universities, which were the Eyes. This was [Page 14] the wit of their Impiety, first to pluck out her eyes, that so she might not see them cut off her head. They did not only (like Alcides) cruelly bite their Mothers Breast, But (like Nero) rip up her Bowels. Not only (like Tarquinius) sum­ma papavera amputare, lopp off the chieftains of the Nation, but (like Procrustes) cut off the feet too. The publick calamities were exten­ded, from him that sate upon the Throne, to him that laboured at the Plough. And, if we extend our consideration to the preparedness of their minds, had all that were faithful in the land had no more than one Neck, those Caligula's I allude to had cut it off at one Blow. Nay, in one sense at least, I may say they did it. For the Head of the Parliament is declared by Law to be the King; and the Parliament (we know) is a kind of [...] whole Nation Epitomiz'd. And so to cut off the King, was to behead the Parliament; which, what was it in effect, but to cut the very throat of the English Nation? Now if we consider the Revolution, by which we all are transported with joy, and wonder, and do compare it with every part of that Politick [...]. Polyb. Megalop. l. 6. p. 456, 457, 458. wheel, (that [...], as Polyhius calls it,) with which this dis­graced and glorious Kingdome hath been both [Page 15] tortured, and turned round; we cannot but hope that many thousands have found so good an ef­fect of their late Collyrium, that they are not only quicker, but singler sighted than heretofore; and do make such severe expostulations with themselves, as not to need any other Censors.

With how vast an expense of blood, and con­science, and as well of the publick, as private Treasure, did we buy the sad Priviledge of pay­ing Assesments, and Excise? How much pains we were at, to purchase the means of our being Miserable? VVhat a do did we keep, to find out a way to our undoing? we felt an eminent Decay, of Publick Honour, as well as Trade; a Decay of Religion, because of Unity; a Decay of what not, unless of that that decay'd us on e­very side? Nay, the more our sinews were shrunk up, and by how much the weaker our shoulders grew, by so much the more were we laden with heavy Burdens. There was inflicted on many thousands, a Tast of scarceness; and a sight of the Plague, though not of Pestilence. For [Page 16] when did we see a new year, which did not bring along with it a new Disease too? 'Tis true in­deed that many of us had great injoyments; But how many others had right to greater, who yet were reduced to none at all? And all we had be­ing precarious, at the lustful disposal of fellow subjects, we knew not how soon we might be drown'd in the deepest want, how much soever (for a Time] we might swim in plenty. Nay, even Then we were to count it our real misery, that we could see, and deplore, but could not Remedy other mens.

Such was the Darkness of the Night, which now does serve to commend the Day. The Day by whose light we can see to read, [what was hid from our eyes when we sate in Darkness, when the great Lamps of the Church were cruelly hid under a Bushel, and even He was ta­ken from us, who was the light of our Eyes, as well as the Breath of our Nostrils,] I say, by this light we can see to read, That our Liberty does consist in a faithful Discharge of our Allegiance. That 'tis the Interest of the Subject, Not to be able to Rebel. That the Prerogative of the King, is the peoples priviledge. That to lessen his Power, is to betray their Rights. For unless he be able [Page 17] to crush, and injure, he is not able to defend, and protect his Subjects. Any Tyranny will be bet­ter, than that of a prosperous Rebellion, by how much One is less grievous than Many Tyrants; And a Temporary Mischief, that a perpetual In­convenience.

Blessed be God that we can say, (at least as far as our Apostle,) that our Dark state of mi­sery is fairly vanish'd, and that the Light does begin to shew it self in our Horizon. But so far are we yet from our full Meridian, that it will never be Day with us, (I mean, not a glorious uncloudy Day,) till Magna Charta shines forth in its native Lustre. And it appears bySalvae sint Episcopis omnes Li­bertates suae. Mag. Chart. cap. 1. & ult. Magna Charta, that all the Rights of the Church are the chiefest Liberties of the Subject. To be but ca­pable of the Honour, 1 Tim. 5. 17. the double Honour of the Clergy, (to wit, the Reverence, and the Revenue) is an eminent part of the Layman's Birthright. I pray be pleased to consider, what is not every day observ'd, That all the Dignities, and En­dowments, which do belong unto the Church, (at once by the Statutes of God and Man,) are so many Rights which appertain to your childrens children. I must not here be thought to forsake my Text; For it ye compare it with the Con­text, [Page 18] (especially from the first, to the eighth verse of this Chapter,) ye will see the great fitness of all I say, and that my Text cannot be satisfied, unless I say it. For he that saith in this place by the Spirit of God, Rom. 13. 1. Let every soul be subject to the higher Powers, does also say by the same Spirit, Obey them that have the Rule over you, Heb. 13. 7, 17 who have spoken to you the word of God, and who do watch for your souls, as those that must render an Accompt. And the Interest of the former, is so entwisted with the later, That till our Bishops receive their Right, though we are glad to have our King, we may rationally fear we shall not hold him. For ask (I beseech you) of the days that are past, Deut. 4. 32. and ask from the one side of heaven to the other, if ever there were any such thing as This, that a King could be happy without a Bishop? Lord! What an Epocha will it make in our future Kalendars, when men shall reckon from this Year, as from the Year of Restitution? But then (like that which Saint Peter mentions, Acts 3. 21.) The Restitution is to be general, as well to God, as to the People. And ye will find in Magna Charta, (which does deserve to be imprinted in all your memories,) That all the Rights of the Church were entirely granted unto God; They were [Page 19] granted unto God, and that for ever. Now of so sacred a force is the word [For ever,] That if a Statute shall be made against the Liberties of the Church, The Law of the Land hath provided against that Statute; See the first and last Chapter of the 42. of Edward the third. And by an Anticipation, declares it Null. Shall I guess at the cause of so great a Caution? It seems to be, as for other Reasons, so in particular for This; Because to alter that Government, was as well against the Kings Oath, as against the Oathes of both Houses, which swore the Right of his Supremacy, as well in all Ecclesiastical, as Civil causes. Besides that in the Judgment of the most eminent in the world (for depth of knowledge in holy things) The order of Bishops is by Divine Institution. And if 'tis so in good earnest, it will be dangerous to deal with the Laws of Christ, as we readCum ad­versus Rem­publicam La­cedaemonio­rum conspi­rationem ortam noctu comperisser, Leges Lycurgi continuo abrogavit, quae de In­demnatis sup­plicium sumi vetabant. Vol. Max. lib. 7. c. 2. p. 208. Agesilaus once dealt with those of Lacedaemon, which he pretended onely to abrogate, that he might not break them. But whether so, or not so, a thing in Being and Debate is to pass for good, until the Dispute shall be fairly ended. And if an Errour must be adventur'd on either hand, Religion tells us, it ought to be upon the Right.

Would any know why I insist on such a sub­ject in such a place? my Reasons for it are plain­ly These.

[Page 20]First, I insist on such a subject, because my Text (as I said) does exact it of me; And be­cause 'tis my duty, at least to wish, That the day breaking forth may be full and lasting; That the Repentance of the Nation may be impartial; and so to our SOVERAIGNS RETURN, there may be added his Continuance in Peace and Safety. I say in Safety, not more to his Person, than his Posterity. Nor in Safety for a season, so long as men are well humour'd, but so long as the Sun or the Moon endures. And then for you of this Place, who are an honourable part of the English Nation, That which I take to be your Duty, I think is your Interest to indeavour. The most I am pressing on you is this, That ye will labour for the means of your being happy. If ye think ye cannot be happy, with the establishment of the Prelacy, I shall pray you may be happy, at least without it; and also wish I may be able to pray with Faith too. Only as often as I reflect on King IAMES his Motto, [No Bishop, no King,] and withal do consider its having been verified once, and before our eyes, I think it my duty to desire, it may not be veri­fied any more: But that it may rather be here applyed, what was spoken heretofore of the [Page 21] Spartan Laws, [ut semper esse possent, aliquando non fuerunt.] They only ceased for a Time, to the end they might continue to all eternity. These are sin­cerely the very Reasons for which I insist upon such a Subject.

Secondly I do it in such a place, because I look on This Assembly, as on the Head and the Heart of the Royal City. I look on the City, as on a Sea, into which the main stream of the Na­tion runs. Even the Parliament it self hath such a respect unto the City, that if ye plead for Gods Spouse, as ye have done for his Anointed (for which your names will be pretious with late posterity,) if ye shall supplicate for a Discipline which is as old in this land as Christianity it self, and stands established in Law by thirty two Acts of Parliament, and without which ye cannot live, unless by living under the Breach of your greatest Charter, they will not onely be apt to grant, but to thank you also for your Petition.

Having gone thus far in prosecution of the Advertisment, That the Night of our Suffering is fairly spent, and that the Day of our Injoy­ment begins to dawn; And having directed unto the means, (with submission be it spoken to all Superiours.) by which our Day is to be length­ned, [Page 22] not only into a year, but an Age of Iubilee; into a kind of perpetual Sabbath, a Day of Rest from those works, which either wanted Light, or were asham'd of it; which either borrow'd Darkness for their Cover, or else which own'd it for their Cause; I humbly leave what I have said to His acceptance and disposal, in the Hand of whose Counsel are all your Hearts. Tis more than time that I proceed to the general Use of this Advertisment; to which I am prompted by the word [Therefore,] as 'tis a word of con­nexion betwixt the Duty, and the Deliverance.

Our Apostle does not thus argue; Because the Night of Oppression is now far spent, and the Day of Deliverance is hard at hand, Let us therefore inioy the good things that are present, let us stretch our selves upon [...] bed of Ivory, let us Crown our selves with Rose-buds, let us drink Wine in bowles, and let us dance to the sound of the Viol, let us leave tokens of our joyfulness in every street, let none of us go without his share of Voluptuousness, for this is our portion, our lot is this: I say he does not thus reason, (like the swaggerers and Hectors in the second Chapter of Wisdom, and in the sixt of the Prophet Amos,) but on the contrary, That the serious consideration of an approaching deli­verance, [Page 23] should be a double enforcement to change of life, for such is evidently the force of the particle [...], as that looks back on the [...]. Because the Night is far spent, and because the Day is at hand, [...], let us therefore cast off those works of darkness, and let us therefore put on the Armour of light. Which is as if he should have said, At this very Time, and for this very Reason, let us live better lives than we did before; let us buckle up close to our Chri­stian duties; The Reformation of our manners will be the properest Answer to such a Blessing. Such also was the Reasoning which Moses us'd to the People Israel. Did ever people hear the voice of God, as thou hast heard and live? (Deut. 4. 33.) Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, that it may go well with thee (v. 40.) so again Deut. 8. 6, 7. The Lord thy God bringeth thee into a good Land, Therefore thou shalt keep the Commandments of the Lord. Such was the Reasoning also of Zacharie, Luke 1. 71.74, 75. in his Divine Benedictus, That the use we are to make of being saved from our ene­mies, and from the hand of all that hate us, is to serve the Authour of our deliverance, in holi­ness, and righteousness, all the dayes of our life.

What now remains, but that we go, and do [Page 24] likewise? Not arguing thus from our late great changes; Because the Night of our Sufferings is well nigh spent, and the Day of Restitution is hard at hand, let us therefore put from us the evil day, Amos 6. 3. and cause the seat of violence to come neer, for now it comes to our Turn to oppress the poor, and to crush the helpless, and to call our strength the Law of Iustice, let us never so much as think of the afflictions of Ioseph; Verse 6. Let our Joy run out into Debaucherie, and surfet into the braveries of vanity, and the Injoyments of our lust; or at the best let us express it, by the making of Bonfires, and Ringing of Bells, by solemn drinking of Healths, and casting Hats into the Air, whereby to make the World see, that we are glad, rather than thankful; But let us manifest on the contrary, (and let us do it by demonstration,) that we are piously thank­ful, as well as glad. Because the Day of good things breaks in upon us, Let us Therefore offer to God thanksgiving, and pay our vowes unto the Lord. Psal. 50. 14. Our Vowes of Allegiance and Supremacy; Our Vows to assert and maintain our Charters; Our Vows to live according to Law, and obey the Canons of the Church. But above all, let us pay him our Vow in Baptism, by forsaking the [Page 25] VVorld before we leave it, by subduing the Flesh unto the Spirit, James 4. 7. by resisting the Devil un­till he flyes. That whilst God is making all new without us, we may not suffer our Hearts within us to be the only things remaining old; But rather (on the contrary) that we may prove we are in Christ, by that demonstrative argument of our becoming new creatures; which until we do become, we cannot possibly be in Christ, 2 Cor. 5. 17. Do the two Twin Blessings of Peace and Plenty, which have been (for many years) at so low an ebb, begin to flow in upon us from every quarter? Then let not our Souls be carried away, with the pleasant violence of the Tide. Let not any Man seekgreat things for himself, but rather study to deserve, then to injoy them. Make no provision for the Flesh, whereby to fulfil the lusts thereof: but put ye on the Lord Ie­sus Christ, and Adorn his Doctrine, by a confor­mity to his Life. Put on his Modesty, and his Temperance, in a perfect opposition to Rioting and Drunkenness; put on his Chastity, and his Pureness, in opposition to Chambering, and Wan­tonness; put on his Bowels, and his Mercy, in opposition to Strife, and Envy.

Ye know [...] I told you in the beginning, [Page 26] that Loyalty and Love are the two grand duties at which this Chapter does chiefly drive. And having been instant for the first, in the former part of my discourse, I think it a duty incum­bent on me, to be as urgent for the second. For Love is part of that Armour my Text comman­deth us to put on. Nay, considering that Love is the fulfilling of the Law, (in the next verse but one before my Text,) the armour of Light may be said, to be the armour of Love too. Love must needs be [...],Eph. 6. 13. the whole armour of God, in as much as it comprehendeth the fulfilling of the Law. Gal. 5. 14. As one Scripture tells us, that God is Light, 1 Joh. 1. 5. so another also tells us, that God is Love; and therefore the children of light, 1 Joh. 4. 8. must be chil­dren of love too.

Then let the same mind be in us, which was in Christ Iesus; 1 Pet. 2. 23. who when he suffered, threatned not, but committed his cause to God who judgeth righ­teously. And let us prove this mind is in us, by our forbearing one another, forgiving one another, Even as God for Christs sake hath forgiven us. Eph. 4. 32. As we are stones of that Temple, in which the Head of the Corner is Christ himself, He meant his Blood should be the Cement, to fasten [...] every one of us to one another, and altogether unto him­self. [Page 27] And since we see that Disloyalty is taking its leave throughout the Land, lets rather shut the Door after it, by (Love and Unity,) then (by Breaches and Divisions) open [...]way for its Return. Let us effectually make it appear, by the modest use of our Injoyments, Pacem Bello quaesitam esse, That we fought onely for Peace, and contended only for Union; that the end of our strife, was our Agreement; that we aim'd at Truth, rather than Victory; or rather at the Vi­ctory of Truth and Righteousness. Let our generous deportment become an evidence, that as the greatest of our Calamities could not bow down our heads, so the greatest of our Injoy­ments cannot trip up our heels; That as our Crosses could not deprive us of Hope and Comfort, so the Tide of our Prosperity shall but Illustrate our Moderation.

But above all let us distinguish, betwixt our weak, aud our wilful Brethren. Of some (Saint Iude saith) we must have compassion, Jude 22. 23. making a difference. But others (he saith) we must save with fear, pulling them out of the fire. That is, we must save them, 2 Cor. 5. 11. even by making them afraid. Must shew them the Terrors of the Lord, and fright them out of the way to Hell. We must [Page 28] in any wise rebuke them,Lev. 19. 17.and must not suffer sinne upon them. It is a Rule amongst Musicians, that if a string be but True, 'tis to be cherisht, though never so g [...]sly out of Tune; but to be broken, if it be false, because incapable of amendment. Some are so scandalous, that we must not receive them into our Houses, 2 Joh. 10. 11. nor bid them God speed: For to bid them God speed, is to partake of their Evil deeds. (2 Joh. 10. 11.) But there is nothing more Barbarous, than not to hold from the break­ing a bruised reed, Isa. 42. 3. or from the quenching a smoak­ing flax. Mat. 12. 20. Nothing but Pardon belongs to Peni­tents, although they may have sin'd against us, no less than seventy times seven. Mat. 18. 22. It is an excel­lent passage in Herodotus, that whilst Croesus was brewing Vengeance against the Murderer of his Son, Adrastes being the man that had kill'd the Son, threw himself down at the Fathers feet; and in the bitterness of his Soul pass'd such a sentence upon himself, as even melted the very bowels of an inraged King, who straight brake forth into this expression,Herodotus lib. 1. pag. 17. [...]. Friend (saith he) I am re­veng'd; thy severity to thy self hath made me kind. And I think it fit that thou shouldest live, for thinking it fit that thou shouldest dye. If [Page 29] we have failed heretofore in so great a duty, let us learn from that Heathen, to love our enemies for the future. And since it is dangerous not to love them,Heb. 12. 29. in as much as our God is a consu­ming fire, let us love them at least in our own de­fence. Have they persecuted us, when it was in Their power? Let us the rather not hurt them, when 'tis in Ours. For to Imitate their courses, is to Approve them. But [...], (as Arrian speaks,) not to be like them in what is evil, is the most generous kind of revenge, and conquest. Eccles. 12. 13 Now then (if you please) hear the sum of the whole matter. We must demonstrate to our enemies, by the most practical way of ar­guing, That the night of sin is far spent, and that the day of our Amendment begins to dawn; 2 Pet. 1. 19. that the Day-star (in St. Peter) is arising in our hearts; that we are followers of Christ, Joh. 13. 15. and resolv'd to do sincerely as he hath given an Example. Which was not to call down Fire from Heaven, Luk. 9. 54. much less to conjure it up from Hell, Mat. 26. 50. but to call Iudas Friend, whilst he was Executing his Treason, as well as Devil, whilst he design'd it; nay to lay down his Life, even for them that took it away. Now since He is (what he calls himself) the light of the World, and as well our armour, as [Page 30] our apparel, St. Paul did fitly explain his Pre­cept for putting on the armour of Light, by that of putting on the Lord Iesus Christ. This is the use we are to make of the Nights going away, and the dayes approach, if I may not rather say, its presence with us. This is our practical, and vital, (not verbal) Oratory, which (next to the plea­ding of the Spirit,Rom. 8. 26.who helpeth our infirmities, and maketh intercession for us with groans which cannot be uttered,) is the only Oratory with God, that will be powerful to perswade him to pass our Hopes into Fruitions, to Crown our Fruitions with an Increase, to bless that Increase with a long Continuance, and so to Sanctifie unto us our Temporal things, as that we may not fall short of the things Aeternal.

This is the rational importance of the word Therefore in my Text, as 'tis a particle of con­nexion betwixt our Duty, and our Deliverance.

Now that the Duty of keeping close to the Commandments of Christ, (by casting off All our works of Darkness, and by putting on the whole armour of light,) should be inforced upon our Souls from the consideration of the Time, [a Time of Peace, and Prosperity, succeeding a Time of Persecution; a very bright Day, after [Page 31] a very Dark Night;] I shall the rather proceed to prove by the several Reasons of the thing; because the Reasons making for it, will be also the Motives inducing to it. They will not only clear the Truth, but advance the practice of my Assertion.

The first Reason is, Because it is generous, and noble, to amend our lives, with our conditi­ons; and rather out of gratitude, than fordid fear. It will be ever the greatest glory of Titus Vespasian, (above the rest of the Roman Empe­rours) that he was moulded by his Empire from the worse to the better; from having been a very cruel, and a very proud person, to be as emi­nently mild, and humble too, as if he had listen'd to the Precept in Ecclesiasticus, Eccl. 3. 18. and made his Practice an Answer to it, [My Son, the greater thou art, humble thy self so much the more.] Happy is the Man that can say with David, It is good for me that I have been in trouble. Psal. 119. 71. But He is the Man of a rarer happiness, who is inwardly the better for having prosper'd. 'Tis very much worthier of a Christian, to be led by Gods fa­vour, then to be driven into duty by his severity. A well natur'd people, upon the receiving of a blessing, will be apt to bethink themselves, (with [Page 32] David) by what expressions of their gratitude they may signifie their sense of their Obligation. Quid retribuemus? [...] Philo [...] pag. 552.what shall we render unto the Lord for all his benefits bestowed upon us, (Psal. 116. 12.) which of his greatest enemies shall we make a sacrifice to his wrath? what monstrous sin shall we mortifie? what darling lust shall we subdue? how shall we honour him with our lives, and give him thanks by our Reformation? shall we despise the Riches of his forbearance, be­cause he is willing that his forbearance should allure us to Repentance, and not that his Iudg­ments should fright us to it? shall we presume to be evil, because he is good? And offend the more boldly, because his Grace does so much abound? No, we will not (for shame) abuse his Love, and corrupt our selves with his Indulgence. Nor will we (in pity to our Souls) pollute our selves with his gifts, or sin away his graces and mercies to us, by making them serve to incense his Iustice. But by how much the greater his Mercies are, by so much the more will we tremble to provoke the eyes of his glory. Because we find by so late experience, He is a God ready to pardon, swift to shew mercy, and slow to wrath; we will indeavour to let him see, we are a peo­ple [Page 33] ready to serve him; swift to ask him for­giveness, but slow to sin. Thus ye have the first Reason of the word Therefore in my Text, as 'tis a particle of connexion betwixt the Duty, and the Deliverance.

The second Reason is, because he will other­wise Repent of his favours to us, and will punish us the more, for sinning against such Obligati­ons. We ought to look upon our priviledge, with Fear and Trembling: for that which heightens our dignity, whilst we attend to Gods service, does also aggravate our doom, whilst we neglect it. The very things which make us capable of greater happiness than others, may ac­cidentally fit us for greater ruin. Remember those words of our blessed Saviour, [Luk. 10. 15.] And thou Capernaum which art lifted up to Heaven, shalt be cast down to Hell. Whereby 'tis intima­ted unto us, that God will punish Malefactors, as well in respect of the mercies they have re­ceiv'd, as in respect of the sins they have com­mitted.2. Cor. 5. 10. When we shall all appear before the judgment seat of God, to answer for the things which are done in the body, we then must render a strict accompt, what Use we have made of our Grand deliverance, and how much we are [Page 34] the Better, for all that good that is done unto us.

The third Reason is, because our dangers are greater in time of Peace and Prosperity, than in time of Distress and Persecution; and so we have need of the greater Caution. Agur pray'd against Poverty, Prov. 30. 8, 9. for fear of Stealth; but he pray'd against Riches, for fear of Atheism. If Iesurun wax fat, he falls a kicking, and quite forgets the God that made him. [Deut. 32. 15.] If Nabal is drunk with the prosperity of sheering the Innocent and harmless Sheep, it is no time to tell him, that either David, or God is Angry. Nay David himself, in his prosperity, began to boast he should never be moved, [Psal. 30. 6.] From fulness of Bread, ariseth Idleness. and Pride; and those (we know) were the sins of Sodom. When God rain'd Manna upon his peo­ple, and gave them all that they desir'd, Then [saith the Text] they were not estranged from their lusts. Psal. 78. 24. 25. But when he slew them, they sought him, and inquired early after God. If ever any mortal was [...], (that is) the White boy of Fortune, and special favorite of the Fates, (as the Heathens phras'd it) the Youth of Ma­cedon was sure the Man. But though he could [Page 35] not be overcome by the strength of all Asia, he was by the weakness, and softness of it. 'Twas this made Cato cry out in Livy,Ne illae magis res nos cepe­rint, quam nos illas. Liv. lib. 34. pag. 849.Quo magis impe­rium crescit, eo plus horreo. The more our Ter­ritories increase, the more I tremble; for fear the Kingdoms which we have taken, do prove in­deed to have taken Us. He knew that where the Soul is not commensurate with the success, the Pride arising from the Victory, does so de­file the glory of it, that the prize may be said to lead the Triumph into Captivity. It is so na­tural for a man to be transported with prospe­rity, that it extorted from Moses an extraordi­nary caveat, before he could safely admit his people to the delights of Canaan. When the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the Land,Deut. 6. 10, 11, 12.to give thee great and goodly Cities, and houses full of all good things,See Deut. 8. 10. to 18.Then beware that thou forget not the Lord, who brought thee out of the Land of Egypt, [Deut. 6. 10. 12.] and so again in the 8 Chapter, When thou hast eaten, and art full, and hast built goodly houses, and dwelt therein, Then beware least thine heart be lifted up, and thou forget the Lord thy God, who brought thee out of the house of Bondage. 'Tis a dangerous thing, to be imparadis'd on Earth, because in every such paradise there lurks a Serpent.

[Page 36]The fourth Reason is, Because it is better to have a conquering, then an untempted Innocence. To live exactly in despight of sollicitations to the contrary, is more thank-worthy, and more re­wardable, than only to want the Importunity, or Opportunity to offend. A man may easily be submissive, whilst he is under a Persecution; and study compliance, when he is worsted. But 'tis as laudable, as it is difficult, if we who sought even for Victory, whilst we were trodden under foot, shall sue for Peace in our Prosperity. That which makes us most high, (in the sight of God) is our Humility; for which there is hardly any place in our Humiliation. But the Taller any man is, by so much the lower he hath to stoop; and so 'tis the Benefit of success, to be Remarkable for Modesty, and Moderation. That especially is the season, wherein our Armour of light is of most honourable Employment, when the Prince of darkness hath most auxiliaries within, and our Lusts are made ablest to War against us.

The fift Reason is, because there is no other way whereby to prevail with God Almighty, both to complete that happiness he hath begun, and to continue it when compleated. I say to com­pleat it being begun, because the night is far [Page 37] spent, but not quite over; The day is dawning, or at hand, but not arriv'd at its Meridian. God's Anointed is setled, but not his Spouse. Many are sorry for their Sacriledge, but do not earnestly Repent; Or they Repent a fair way, (as far as Ahab,) but not (with Zachae the Publican) as far as a four-fold Restitution. Many who sinned out of Ignorance in a very high manner, do stifly argue their being Inno­cent, from their not apprehending that they were guilty. But (seeing Repentance is better for them, than a meer Temporal Impunity,) they should be intreated to consider, and put it a little to the question, whether their Ignorance was not caus'd by the Previous Dominion of some great Prejudice, which had also its Rise from some Reigning sin. Alas! The Jews were too guilty of killing Christ, although they knew not what they did; for had they known him, they would not have crucified to themselves the Lord of Glory. But yet I say they were guil­ty, because their Ignorance was not invincible. It was their guilt that they were Ignorant; they might have known what they did, had they not stood in their own Light. If men will either wink hard, or fling dust into their eyes, [Page 38] It is not only their Infirmity, but their fault that they are blind. Saul the Pharisee was excused indeed a Tanto, for having blasphem'd against God, and also Persecuted the Church, because he did it in Ignorance, and Unbelief. But however it did alleviate, it did not nullifie his sins; For to become the Apostle Paul, he stood in need of a Conversion. Now if we do not only earnestly, but also rationally desire to see a sutable end (or rather no end at all) of these fair Beginnings; that the Temple of Ianus may so be shut by our Augustus, Sueton. lib. 2. c. 22. p. 66. as never more to be open'd by any Caesar; Florus lib. 4. c. 12. p. 136. and that this Day of our Deliverance may never more be overcast with a cloud of darkness, but happily lost into Eternity; we cannot better give Thanks to God for the pre­sent breaking in of our glorious day, than by an Annual day of Fasting for the clamorous sins of our tedious Night. I mean the Profanation of Holy Places; the sacrilegious perversion of Holy Things; the monstrous Harmony of Oathes, which some have fancied to arise from the grea­test discord; the effusion of innocent, and (not only so, but of) Royal Blood; with all the Pre­paratives and Attendants of that unspeakable Pro­vocation, which of it self does deserve (and that [Page 39] for ever) a Monthly day of Humiliation. It was the Policy of Balaam (saith Philo the Iew, [...].) to make the Moabitish Women sell the Use of their flesh to the Hebrew Men; Philo p. 501. confer. cum Num. 25. & Num. 31. 16. and that for no o­ther price, than their Sacrificing to Idols. As knowing that the Hebrews were not otherwise to be worsted, than by their own breaches of Gods Commandments. And we know not how soon our dawning Day may grow dark, if we do not cast off the works of Darkness. Which implies a good reason for the word Therefore in the Text, as 'tis a particle of connexion be­twixt the Duty, and the Deliverance.

Now unto the King Eternal,1 Tim. 1. 17. Immortal, Invisible, the only Wise God, be Honour and Glory for ever and ever.

FINIS.
Die Iovis, 30. Maii. …

Die Iovis, 30. Maii. A. 13. Car. Regis Secundi.

ORdered, that the Thanks of this House be returned to Dr. Pierce, for the Ser­mon he Preached yesterday, and that he be desired to Print his Sermon.

And Sir Heneage Finch, Mr. Coventrie, and Mr. Pryn, or any one of them, are desired to give him the Thanks of this House.

Will. Goldesbrough Cler. Dom. Com.

A SERMON PREACHED At St. MARGARETS WESTMINSTER by the Order of the Honourable the House OF COMMONS IN PARLIAMENT Assembled, Upon the 29th Day of MAY, being the Anniver­sary Day of the KING'S and KINGDOM'S RESTAURATION. MD.DC.LXI.

Legum Conditores Festos dies instituerunt, ut ad hilaritatem ho­mines publicè cogerentur, tanquam necessarium laboribus inter­ponentes Temperamentum. Senec. de Tranquil. Ani. c. ult.

DEUT. 6. 12.‘Then beware lest thou forget the Lord, who brought thee out of the Land of Egypt.’

WHen I look back upon the Church in all her motions out of the East, ob­serving how Monarchy and Learning have been at once the two Shoulders to bear her up, and withal the two Legs to bring her hither; And when again I do reflect upon our Twenty years sins, which were the complicated Cause of our Twelve years sufferings; I mean our Drunkenness and Luxury, which were deser­vedly prescribed so long a Fast; the rashnesse and vanity of our Oaths, which gave us a mi­serable option betwixt a perjury, and an undoing; our profanation of the Quire, which turn'd us out of the Cathedral; our gross neglect of Gods Service, which helpt to vote down our publick [Page 44] Liturgie; our general idleness and sloth, which often cast us out of our Houses, and as it were set us to eat our Bread, in the sweat of our brows, or of our brains; our unprofitable walking under all God's methods and means of Grace, which left us nothing but his Iudgments (for many sad years) to work upon us; And yet again when I consider,Psal. 126. 4. How God hath turn'd our Captivity as the Rivers of the South, and cast the Locusts out of our Vineyards, that we may sit under our Vines; injoying our Iudges as at the first,Isa. 1. 26.and our Coun­sellors as at the Beginning; And that the use we are to make of so miraculous a Recovery, is to be fedulous in providing against the Danger of a Relaps; To sin no more after pardon, for fear a worse thing happen unto us; Joh. 5. 14. I think I cannot be transported with a more Innocent Ambition, because I cannot be ambitious of a more profitable Attempt, than that of bringing down the Heads of certain Hearers into their Hearts; that what is now no more than Light, may by that means become Fire; That we may All (in this sense) be like the Baptist,Joh. 5. 35. not only shining, but burning Lamps; not only beautified with the knowledge of Christian duties; but zealous too in the dis­charge; as unaffectedly punctual in all our car­riage, [Page 45] as the greatest Enemies of Godliness are hypocritically precise. And (though Heresies are to be hated, as things which lead unto destru­ction, yet) that Vice may be reckon'd the worst of Heresies, by how much the Errour of a mans Practice is worse than That of his bare Opinion.

Last of all, when I consider, That though Peace is a Blessing, and the greatest in its kind, yet many consequences of Peace are but glittering Snares, and that the things which are given us as helps to memory, are apt to make usIsa. 5. 12. forgetful of Him that gave them;Hab. 1. 13. 16. I cannot think of a fit­ter Text for the giving advantage to my design,Amos 6. 1. 3. than this Remarkable Caveat against Forgetful­ness a [...]d Ingratitude, Hos. 13. 6. amidst the pleasant Effects of a Restauration.

When the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the Land, to give thee great and goodly Cities, and houses full of all good things, when thou shalt have eaten, and art full; THEN beware that thou forget not the Lord, who brought thee out of the Land of Egypt.

AT the very first view of which holy Caveat, there are five particulars of Remarque which presently meet my observation. As first, [Page 46] the Downfal of a Nation: Secondly, the De­liverance: Thirdly, the Author of that Deli­verance: Fourthly, the Duty by him injoyn'd: And lastly, the Iuncture of Affairs wherein this Duty is most in Season.

And of all these Particulars each is the grea­test in its kind too. For,

I First behold the greatest Curse, that any poor Nation can struggle under. A Yoke of Bondage and Captivity, impos'd by the hardest and worst of men. A Yoke so insupportable to some mens Necks, that I remember Hegesistratus (a captive Souldier in Herodotus) would rather cut off his legs, Herodot. in Calliope. then indure his Fetters; that by the loss of his Feet, he might be enabled to run away. So insufferable a thing is the State of Thraldome, very significantly imply'd in the Land of Egypt, and exegetically express'd by the house of Bondage.

II But yet the Curse is so set, (like Shadows in a Picture, or Foyles with Diamonds) as to com­mend and illustrate the greatest Blessing. A De­liverance brought about by such a miraculous complication, that nothing but the experience that so it is, can extenuate the wonder that so it should be. A People groaning under the pres­sures of several Centuries of years, and so ac­custom'd [Page 47] unto the Yoke, as to have made it a kind of acquired Nature, ( [...], as Galen calls it) De Terra Aegypti eductus est, is now at last brought out of the Land Egypt.—And yet the wonder begins to cease; Because

The Author of this Deliverance is so much III the greatest to be imagin'd, that he is Dominus, the Lord; Isa. 40. 22. the Lord that stretcheth out the Hea­vens; Psal. 104. 5. the Lord that layeth the foundations of the Earth; Zech. 12. 1. the Lord that formeth the spirit of Man within him. The Lord in whose Hand are the hearts of all men; who turneth man to Destru­ction,Psal. 90. 3.and again who saith, Come again ye children of Men In a word, It is the Lord, to whom Miracles are natural, and by whom Impossibilities are done with ease. 'Tis He that brought thee out of the Land of Egypt. And therefore,

The Duty in proportion must be superlative­ly IV great too, however hid in this place by a little Meiosis of expression. Beware that thou forget not the Lord thy God; that is, Remember what he hath done, and thank him for it by thy obedience; Let thy gratitude be seen in thy conversation. Be sure toDeut. 10. 12. love him, and to serve him, 'with all thy heart, and with all thy soul. Forget him if thou canst, unless thou canst forget thou wertDeut. 6. 20, 21. Pha­raob's [Page 48] Bondman. Nay forget him if thou dar'st, unless thou art so stout that thou dar'st be damn'd. And yet beware lest thou forget him, whilst thou art swimming in prosperity, the stream of which may either drown thee, or make thee drunk, if thou are not fore-Armed with circum­spection. And therefore Beware that thou for­get not the Lord that brought thee out of Egypt. And that thou mayest not forget him, write the Favours which he hath don thee,Deut. 6. 7, 8, 9. upon the posts of thine house; and place them as Frontlets between thine eyes; tell them out unto thy children, as thou walkest by the way, both at thy lying down, and thy rising up; Let them be as a Signet upon thine Arme, and as a Seal upon thine heart. That the pleasures of thy Deliverance may not make thee forgetful of thy Deliverer, (forgetful of theDeut. 32. 15. 18. Rock out of which thou wert hewn, and kicking (likeDeut. 32. 15, 18. Iesurun) at him that made thee,) keep an Exod. 13. 3, 4, 10, &c. Anniversary Feast, (a standing Passeover in May,) whereby to fix him in thy Remembrance.

V Lastly, a Duty so indispensable, should be in­forc'd upon the Soul by the present season. A season of Peace and Prosperity, succeeding a season of Persecution. The greatest Incitement to the Duty, should be the manifold Injoyment [Page 49] of this Deliverance. For so 'tis obvious to infer from the particle THEN, (so strongly im­plyed in the Hebrew, that in the English 'tis well express'd,) upon which there seems to lie the chiefest emphasis of the Text, if we observe how it stands in a double Relation to the Context. [When the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the Land, to give thee great and good­ly Cities, and houses full of all good things; when thou shalt have eaten and be full, THEN beware that thou forget not the Lord that brought thee out of Egypt.]

The Text is so fruitful of particulars, and each particular is so apt to administer matter of Discourse, that it hath been my hardest Que­stion, whereabouts I should begin, and how I should end my meditations. And after too much time lost in stating the Question within my self, I have thought it at once the fittest and the most useful to be resolv'd, (as most immediate­ly complying with the solemnity of the Time,) not to yield to the temptation of comparing our Land with the Land of Egypt, for fear of seeming to have a pique at the Act of Indemnity and Oblivion; (otherwise 'twere easie to make a Parallel; because, however our Native Coun­try, [Page 50] yet, for twelve years together, it was a very strange Land;) But, not advancing one step be­yond the Threshold, to bestow my whole time upon the little word THEN; as being a par­ticle of connexion betwixt our Duty, and our De­livera [...]ce; betwixt the Business of the Time, and the Time it self; betwixt the Occasion, and the End of our present meeting: looking like Homer's wise man, [...], with a visible prospect on all that follows, and with as visible a retrospect upon the words going before.

When Prosperity breaks in like a mighty stream, Amos 5. 24. (in so much that I may say with our blessed Saviour,Luk. 4. 21. This day is this Scripture ful­filled in your ears,) Then beware that ye forget not the Lord that brought you out of Egypt. Beware ye forget him not at any time, but especially at This. For the particle Then is an Important monosyllable; and that especially in three respects.

First because of the Difficulty of having God in our Remembrance, much more Then, than at other times. Next for the Dignity of the Duty, rather Then, than before or after. Lastly by reason of the Danger of not performing the Duty Then, when it becomes incumbent on [Page 51] us by many unspeakable obligations.

These especially are the Reasons of the par­ticle Then in this place, on which alone I shall insist in this Mornings Service. For should I adventure upon the rest, not only the hour, but (for ought I can conjecture) the day would fail me.

AND first of all let us beware, amidst the I Effects of our Deliverance, that we forget not the Author of it; because it is difficulter THEN, than at other times. For the Flattery and Dalliance of the world, hath perpetually been the Mother of so much Wantonness, or Pride, that Adam found it dangerous to be in Paradise, yea and Lucifer to be in Heaven. Do but look upon Solomon in the Book of Kings, and again look upon him in his Ecclesiastes. How was he there li [...]ted up by his Prosperity? and how does he here Preach it down? I know not whe­ther, as a Prince, he more inioy'd his Pleasures; or, as a Prophet, more condemn'd them. Whe­ther the luxury of his Table made him a Wanton, or whether the vastness of his Wisdom made him a Fool; 'Twas That betray'd him to his Concubines, and This permitted him to his Idols. [Page 52] Since then a prosperous condition hath such a secret poyson in it, as against which no Medi­cine hath been sufficiently Alexipharmacal; and from the force of whose contagion, there is no sort of men that hath been priviledg'd, no not Adam the Innocent, nor Solomon the Wise, nor even Lucifer the beatified; who were so hugely swell'd up with this Venom, and so quickly burst; (not the first in a state of sinlesness, nor the next in a state of grace, nor yet the third in a state of glory;) since there is no other man than the man Christ Iesus, that hath been ever temp­tation proof: Lord, how wretched a thing is hap­piness on this side Heaven! and how dangerously treacherous are our Injoyments! I suppose we are taught by our late experience, how easie it is to be over-joy'd, and how equally hard to be truly thankful, for all those wonders of salva­tion which God hath wrought and is working for us; the grateful commemorating of which, is religiously the end of our present meeting. Sweet-meats indeed are pleasant, but then they commonly turn to choler. 'Tis sure the state of Humiliation, which though we can worst feed upon, we are notwithstanding best nourisht with: we are such barren pieces of clay, that our [Page 53] fruits will be wither'd with too much laughter, if Grace does not water them sometimes with tears. It should be matter of real gladness to a considering Christian, that in the midst of his prosperity he can see himself sorrowful; that as he was destitute, with comfort, so he abounds, with moderation; and that he does not live re­joycingly, is many times a chief reason for which he ought. It was David's resolution (at such a time as this is) to serve the Lord with fear, and (by a pious Oxymoron) toPsal. 2. 11. rejoyce unto him with trembling. And if we reflect on the abuses which many have made of a Restau­ration, we may charitably pray, that God will give them some tears to drink; Psal. 102. 9. 80. 5. and, having given them some tears, will also put them into hisPsal. 56. 8.Bot­tle, that they may serve for this end, to blot their merriments out of hisIbid. which compare with Mal. 3. 16. Book.

That the pleasant effects of a Deliverance (which are peace, and plenty, living securely, and at ease,) are apt to make us turn Atheists, pro­voking the Author of our Deliverance to correct us once more in the house of Bondage; appears, as by many other reasons, so particularly by this; that it is hard for us to prosper, and not to lye snoring in our prosperities. For 'tis the [Page 54] [...] of a prosperous man, (as our Sa­viour i [...]plies by way of Parable,) Soul take thi [...]e ease, eat, drink, and be merry, for thou hast much goods laid up for many years, (Luk. 12. 19.) And therefore Agur's wisdome was never more seen, than in his Prayer; Give me not Riches, lest I be full, and deny thee, lest I say, who is the Lord? (Prov. 30. 8, 9.) He knew by manifold experience, thatJam. 4. 4. the friendship of the world is perfect Enmity with God, and tends immediately to practical, if not to speculative Atheism. He did not therefore pray thus, Give me not Riches, lest I be liberal to my Coffers; or, Give me not Riches, lest I be bountiful to my Lusts; but (for fear of a greater mischief) give me not Riches, lest I be full, and deny thee, lest I say in my heart, who is the Lord? that is, for fear I turn Atheist, and only sacrifice to my flesh. So also Solomon, when he was wisest, that is to say, when he repent [...]d, and of a very vicious Prince became a Preacher of Repentance, concluded all under the Sun to be but vanity of vanities; as having found by all his trials (who sure had made more trials than ever any man did,) that Peace and Plenty, with their two Daughters, which are Idleness, and Ease, are exceedingly great, though glorious dangers.

[Page 55]But we need not go farther for an instance, than to the People in my Text; whom though God might have called a very wild Tam'risk, he was pleased to stile his Beloved Vine. Lord! how carefull [...] was it manur'd, with Rain, and Sun-shine? with Quailes, and Manna, and wa­ter squeez'd out of a Rock? with the Dew of Heaven, and with the Fatness of the Earth? and yet when all was don that could be, they either brought forth no Grapes; or if they did, they were commonly wild ones. And when some­times they yielded good, 'twas rather for fear of cutting down, than for the fertility of their soil, or for the manifold helps of their cultivation. 'Twas their frequently being prun'd, which more especially made them fruitful. 'Tis true, that God did not evermore punish, although That people was still offending. For as he own'd his being, as well their Father, as their God; so he was pleas'd to make use of either Method for their Amendment; I mean Incou­ [...]agement, as well as Terror. God dealt with Them, as with Us of this Nation. As he pre­scrib'd them a Law, so he promis'd them a Ca­naan. As he led them into Egypt, so he deliver'd them out of Egypt. As he thundred from on a [Page 56] Cloud, so he whisper'd out of a Bush. As he pincht them with scarceness, so he feasted them with plenty. And if the one was even to famin, the other was even to satiety. But if we compare them with our selves in another instance, by con­sidering how ingrateful, and how unmalleable they were; how repining under their Yoke, and how mutinous in their Liberty; How (like some amongst us in this very day of our Deliverance,) they fell a hungring after the Garlick, and the Flesh-pots of Egypt, quite forgetting the Bondage, and tale of Brick; how they murmur'd at their Moses, as if he were worse than a Pharaoh to them; like some repining at their King, as if he were worse than a Protector, (For That, ye know, was the Euphemismus, whereby to ex­press the most Bloody Tyrant;) How like so many untam'd Heighfers, they were exceedingly hard to be brought to hand; or like a Stable of unbackt and unbridled Colts, how apt to kick at their Rider who gave them Food: How God Almighty was forc'd to discipline this stiff-neckt Rabble, first of all by committing them to the hardships of Egypt, and then by sending them to wrestle with the difficulties of the Wilderness; And how when all this was don, they were fain [Page 57] to miss of their Canaan, whilst they were taking it into possession; (for of so very great a multi­tude to whom the Promise of it was made, no more than aNum. 13. 30 Hab. 3. Caleb and a Ioshua had a Capa­city to inherit it,) we must conclude they were a People who deserv'd to be whipt with a Rod of Iron; not so easily reducible by theDeut. c. 27. & 28. 17, 18, 19. allure­ments of Mount Gerizzim, as by the Curses and the Threats to be thundred out from Mount Ebal. So far were They from considering, what they suffer'd a while agoe in the house of Bon­dage, that they forgot this very Caveat, (as many will do this very Sermon,) which was meant to bring it to their Remembrance; When the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the Land, to give thee great and goodly Cities, and houses full of all good things, (&c.) THEN beware that thou for­get not the Lord that brought thee out of Egypt.

Pass we now (if ye please) out of the Vine­yard, into the Fold; from the People under the Law, to Us who live under the Gospel; whom though our Lord (out of goodness) was pleas'd to call his Flock of Sheep, he might have stil'd (out of Iustice) his Herd of Swine. For if He, the great Shepherd, withhold his Crook, Lord how quickly we go astray! And for here and [Page 58] there one who will be led into the Fold, how many are there that must be driven? like the Prodigal in the Gospel, (who would not return unto his Father until he was brought to feed on Husks,) we seldom care for our Physician, until the time that we are sick; and then as soon as recover'd, are very glad, rather than thankful. And this may point us out a Reason, why for so many years together, (before this last,) our Heavenly Father made use of his sharpest Me­thods for our amendment; even placing us as Is­raelites amongst Egyptians, like so many flowers amongst thorns; of which the principal design, was not to torture, but to defend us. To de­fend us from the danger of carnal security, and presumption; of pride, and wantonness; of for­getfulness, and ingratitude. And since the way to be thankful for our twelve months liberty, is very soberly to reflect on our twelve years thral­dome, Let's so transcribe a fair Copy of God's Oeconomy on the Iews, as (with a grateful com­memoration,) to consider it also in our selves.

We who flourish at this day like a goodly Tree, not only planted by the River of God's Rich Mercies, but surrounded (like our Land) with an Ocean of them; we who stretch forth our [Page 59] branches, not only for our own, but for foreign birds also to build their nests; and whose spring (blessed be God) doth promise at least to be as lasting, as once our Autumn was like to prove; we who flourish like a Myrtle, how like a Willow did we droop? How was our verdure almost exhausted? and our boughs, how deflowr'd? How did we fall after the measure our sins had risen? First God blasted our noblest Fruits; then he spoyled us of our leaves; next he hew'd down our branches. Nay, how strangely were we fed on, by those very vermin which we did feed? how greedily eaten up by all those Caterpillars, and Locusts, which though ingender'd perhaps by a Nothern wind, I am sure were bred out of our Body? It is not easie to recapitulate how many Mercies we now injoy, which our Iniqui­ties had withheld for so many years; and how many good things our sins had turn'd away from us. Jer. 5. 25. And now if after our Restitution, we shall be found to be a barren, unfruitful Tree, or fruitful only in our Impieties; so as That which was in­tended to make us better, shall render us worse than we were before; what better usage can we expect, than (after a little tract of years) to be grubbed up by the Root? to have that sen­tence [Page 60] sent out against us, which once went out against the Fig-tree, Cut it down, why cumbreth it the ground? Luk. 13. 7. Then give me leave to repeat the Caveat; And in the meekness of a Remembrancer,2 Pet. 1. 12.to put you in mind of these things, although ye know them already, and are established in the Truth. To put you in mind of being wary, not so much for your selves, as for the people ye represent, by contributing to a Law for the put­ting of Laws in Execution; that they may not intoxicate their Souls, with too many and great draughts of their peace and plenty, for fear a Curse shall break forth from our this daies Blessing, by our unthankfully forgetting the God that gave it. And let this suffice for the first importance of the word Then, as 'tis a particle of connexion, betwixt the Occasion, and the End of our present meeting.

II SEcondly let us beware, amidst the pleasant effects of our Deliverance, (such as liberty and plenty, living in idleness, and at ease,) that we forget not the Author of it; because of the dig­nity of the Duty, rather Then, than before, or after. For, as 'tis the mark of a most servile and base-born spirit, to be the worse for the good [Page 61] that is done unto us; so 'tis the noblest generosity, to mend our lives with our conditions. The deep and serious consideration of which great Truth, as it should lift up our Hearts to a thankful use of our prosperity, so it should also pluck them down, to an humble sense of our obligations. For That indeed is the proper season, wherein humi­lity is a noble, because a di [...]icult vertue. Humi­liation in a Captive, is not a grace, but a necessity. Nor hath Temperance any place in the house of scarceness. These two must have a Theatre, wherein to set themselves forth; cannot easily be seen in a little Room. The proper time of see­ming base in our own modest eyes, is when we are matter of admiration in other mens. The time to shew our selfdenial, (that is, our victory over our selves,) is when we are brought out of an Egypt, into a Land overflowing with Milk and Hony; when our houses are full of all good things, and our Tables stooping under the weight of their sumptuous load. As our Afflictions a year ago did make up God's opportunity, whereby to shew us his Mercy, and loving kindness; so pro­sperity ever since should make up ours, whereby to shew him our meekness, and moderation. The very Atheist will cry [O God!] in a fit of the [Page 62] Strangury, or the Stone; but let us be Religious in time of health. The profanest Mariner will be devout in a tempest; but let us be so in a calm: when the tide of our injoyments is at the full, Then in a more especial manner let our ambition ebb lowest: when we are mounted aloft on the wings of Fame, Then let's retire into the Desert of our most humble contemplations; and be so meek amidst our eminencies, as to become most eminent for that our meekness.

There are some of whom I may say, they have been arm'd with infirmities against the De­vil: some, whose Ignorance hath kept them safe; some, whose coldness hath pass'd for con­tinence; who have been flegmatick, and therefore meek; or been kept under hatches, and therefore lowly. But then it being their necessity, and not their choise; rather their luckiness, than their valour; they having kept their ground, not by vertue of any conquest, but meerly because they never fought; Aristot. Eth. Nichom. l. 1. [...], we do not properly commend them, but call them happy; they are but sancti Planetarii, (as a Father of the Church made bold to word it;) All their armour, if they have any, is but defensive; And for their not being worsted, they may thank their [Page 63] Bucklers, but not their Swords. Alas, it should not be a wonder, to see simplicity in the village; or to keep ones integrity, where 'tis an hard thing to lose it.Quis abstinens dicetur, subla­to eo [...] quo ab­stinendum est? Quae Tempe­rantia gulae in fame? quae Ambitionis repudiatio in egestate; quae libidinis in­frenatio in Castratione? Tertul. ad­vers. Mar­cion. l. 1. C. 29 (We cannot call That man abstemious, who only riseth with an appetite, because he hath not enough to appease his hunger; nor is He to be commended for not being drunk, who either hath not sufficient to quench his thirst, or has an able Brain to carry it, or else loves his purse a great deal more than his Intemperance, and so is beholding to his baseness for his sobriety. We do not say that He is strong, who does not fall when no man thrusts him. Nor that he is caute­lous, and wary, who does not stumble when the way is plain. No, 'tis He is the brave and the gallant Christian, who can hold out his Castle however besieged with temptations; who can be chaste even in Italy, or mild in Scythia; who can be a Spaniard, and yet not Proud; an English man born, yet not Inconstant; who can be Loyal amidst the Triumphs of the most prosperous Re­bellion; and humbly thankful in his Advancement. He is generously a Christian, who can keep his Vow in Baptism, where 'tis Ridiculous not to break it; who can at once live at Court, and for­sake the world; who can be witty, yet not pro­phane; [Page 64] strong, and mettlesome, yet not presump­tuous; conspicuously handsom, and yet not vain; a Mathematician, and a Chimist, yet not Athei­stical; who will not be covetous in the midst of hid Treasure; nor reconcilable to a vice, al­though it offer him all advantages; who hath all his five senses (those Avenues of the heart) at once attaque't by Hell's Artillery, and yet is able to prevent, or maintain a Breach; and though they batter down the Walls, does not suffer them (notwithstanding) to take the City. This, I say, is the generous, because the self­denying Christian. And agreeable to the figure, by which our vitious affections are call'd our members, (Colos. 3. 5.) we know in our Captain's Interpretation, (Mat. 5. 29.) that to part with an Avarice, is to pluck out an eye; and to cast away a lust, is to cut off a hand. That, as in our Mi­litary Oath, we Swore to fight under his Ban­ner; so, as often as we part with a sinful passion, we are reputed (in his accompt) to lose a Limb in his Battle. Self-denial, it seems, being one kind of Martyrdom; a dying daily for his sake, who,Heb. 2. 10. as the Captain of our Salvation, was made perfect through sufferings. 'Tis very true in this sense, that the valiantest Souldier is the very best [Page 65] Man. For no mau living is truly valiant, but he who bravely dares be good, when the Times are evil; and dares not be evil, when Times are good; who stands the shock of temptations, not only in the worst, but the best of daies; bravely holding out his Fort against the batteries and as­saults, not of poverty only, and pain, and other effects of persecution; but against plenty also, and pleasure, and other Fruits of a Restauration.

To sum up all in a word, and to carry on my Metaphor the most I can to Their advantage, who will not be carried to any duty, which is not honourable, and brave: The Battles of Leu­ctra, and Mantinea, were not half so full of glory to that immortal Theban, Epaminondas, as the two victories of a Christian over his [...]. That unruly Element of double fire, his anger, and his lust, which his greatest felicities do most enkindle. And this I hope may be enough for the second importance of the word Then; as 'tis a particle of connexion betwixt the business of the Time, and the Time it self.

LAst of all let us beware, that the manifold III injoyments of our Deliverance do not make us forgetful of our Deliverer, because of the [Page 66] greatness of the Danger of not performing the Duty THEN, when it becomes incumbent on us by many unspeakable Obligations. For let a man's sin be never so great, in point of nature, or degree, Ingratitude will give it an Aggravation. And Ingratitude taking its stature from prece­dent obligations, so as the sins we commit run higher, or lower, as the graces we receive have been more, or less: there are not any so very capable of provoking Gods Fury, as the men whom he hath pleas'd to take the most into his favour. The reason of it may be taken from the Athenians in Thucydides, Thucydides lib. 1. pag. 52. [...]. The least unkindness from a Friend is of greater smart, than the hardest usage from an Enemy. The very sight of Brutus more woun­ded Caesar to the heart, than all the rest of his Assassinates had don with Daggers. David in­deed was somewhat troubled, that they who hated him did whisper together against him, (Psal. 41. 7.) but 'twas his greatest cross of all, that they who had eaten of his Bread should ingrate­fully lift up the heel against him. For, in that he said, He could have born it from anPsal. 55. 12. 13.enemy, he did significantly imply, he could not bear it from a friend. And as it was David's Cordolium, the [Page 67] Type of Christ; so also was it Christ's, the Son of David: who did not weep over other Cities, from which he met with an ill Reception; but he wept over Ierusalem, the Royal City, which he had so much obliged, yet found so cruel. And no doubt but our Saviour is so much more keen­ly and nearly touch'd, that the most obliged Chri­stians should break his Precepts, than that the ignorant Iews should offer violence to his Person, that we may rationally suppose him thus speak­ing to us. Had the Iews or the Heathens spit upon me by their impurities, and buffeted me by their blasphemies, and stript me by their sacri­ledge, and murder'd me by their rage; from such as These I could have born it. But that ye should war against me, and in the behalf of that base Triumvirate, the World, the Flesh, and the Devil, having sworn to me in Baptism that Ye would fight under my Banner against all Three: That Ye who have the priviledge to be call'd by my Name, to be admitted into my House, to have a place at my Table, to hear my Word, and to partake of my Supper, to be miraculously brought from the house of Bondage, injoying your Kings at the first, and your National Councils as at the beginning, and sitting your selves as [...] [Page 68] many Princes under your Vines and Fig-trees, in­joying the liberty of your persons, the propriety of your estates, the important benefit of your Laws, and the glory to be subjected by a most honourable obedience; that such as Ye should de­spise me, and cast my Law behind your back, this is that I can least indure. My greatest fa­vour, thus abus'd, will be converted into fury.

And indeed if we consider, that as God (on the one side) accepteth according to what a man hath, 2 Cor. 8. 12. so withal (on the other side) of them who have received much, Luk. 12. 48. much in proportion shall be requi­red; we may with good Logick infer, and strong­ly argue within our selves, that an honest Hea­then is far better, than a Christian Knave. And if an Heathen shall be extirpate for being barren, much more the Christian, if He is fruitless, shall be cast into the fire. A fruitless Tree, which should by nature bear fruit, being fit to make fewel, and nothing else. According to that of our Blessed Saviour, (which is at once of uni­versal and endless verity,)Mat. 7. 19. Every Tree which bringeth not forth good fruit, is hewn down, and cast into the fire. And we who are grafted into the Vine, must not only bear fruit, but such fruit too, as Christ expects to r [...]ap from us. A [Page 69] Bramble cannot be censur'd for not bearing fruit; because it is in its nature to bring forth none. It was therefore the Fig-tree, and not the Bramble, on which our Saviour bestow'd a Curse, Mat. 21. 19. Nor was it the Bramble, but the Fig-tree, which he commanded to be cut down, Luk. 13. 7. we must one day be call'd to a dreadfulMat. 25. 10. reckoning, for all the uses we have made of our this days Talent. God's injur'd Iustice must needs be satisfied, (and sure much more his injur'd Mercy,) either sooner, or later, either in this, or another world. And if instead of being thankful for all the blessings we now in­joy, more especially for That which we this day Celebrate, we shall but turn them into wanton­ness, and grow the worse for the effects of so great a Goodness; what can we reasonably ex­pect, but that the powers of Hell should once again be let loose upon us and ours? For since to continue in our impieties, is the greatest dis­honouring of God that can be; a filling up the measure of our Iniquities, and so the vials of his wrath; He must destroy us, se d [...]fendendo, if for nothing but to defend, and secure his Glory.

What then remain [...]s, but that we take up the Words of the Royal Prophet, and together with [Page 70] Them, his Resolution? We will take the Cup of Salvation, and call upon the Name of the Lord. The Cup of Salvation, that is to say, the Cup of Thanks, for that Salvation which he hath wrought; as Iunius and Tremellius do rightly ex­plicate the Trope. And mark the force of the Copulative, by which these Duties are tyed to­gether. Without the Cup of Salvation, (that is) The Cup of Thanksgiving unto the Author of our Salvation, all our calling upon his Name will be quite in vain: For when we spread out our hands, he will hide his eyes, and when we make many Prayers he will not hear, (Isa. 1. 15.) And then to thank him as he requires, is not only to en­tertain him with Eucharistical words, with the meer Calves of our lips, or a Doxologie from the teeth outwards; but to imitate, and obey him, and to love him after the rate of his favour towards us. That we may not forfeit all our interest in the temporal salvation we this day Celebrate, nor bring a reproach on the Author of it, for saving a people so ill deserving; we must add to our verbal, our vital Prayers; nor only keep an annual Day, but even an Age of Thanksgiving for our Deliverance.

And then with a greater force of Reason, [Page 71] we must beware that we forget not the Lord our God, who, if he brought us not out of the Land of Egypt, did yet deliver us this day from the house of Bondage. We must not any of us forget him, in whatever Represents, or Pre­sents him to us. But Ye especially must not for­get him presented to you in his Vicegerent; whom the more ye do enable to be indeed what he is sti­led, Defensor Fidei, by so much the greater will be your Glory, and the better ye will provide for your childrens safety. The more ye strengthen That Hand, which under God is to brandish the Sword of Iustice, (and ceaseth to be a Sword of Iustice, when wrested out of That Hand by the hand of Man,) the better protected your Peace will be, from the ungainable Enemies of each Extream. Nor can ye rationally hope to keep your Peace any longer, than whilst the evil­ey'd Factions want power to break it. Again beware that ye forget not the Soveraign Author of your Deliverance, wheresoever ye shall find him presented to you in his Messengers; (and what I mean by that word, I need not explain in so wise an Audience;) by whose continuing unrestor'd to their Ancient Priviledge, and Right, your own Restauration remain's imperfect. Again be­ware [Page 72] ye do not forget him presented to you in his Members, who are not only your fellow members, but were your old fellow sufferers in the very same Cause; to which they ever have adhered with the very same constancy; and for which they have been Actors with the very same cou­rage; and do rejoyce in the greatness at least of Your Restauration, how much soever they are mourners for the scandalous littleness of their own. Prosperity (I have shew'd) is a dangerous weapon, such as none but the merciful should dare to use. And if ever there were a Parlia­ment, in which both Mercy, and Iustice met, this has the honour to be reputed so very exem­plary for both, that they who stand in need of both, are very confident to obtain them, now, or never. A Parliament so prepar'd by the special Providence of God, for the perpetuating of Peace in our British world, that nothing less than the presence of all perfections in a Prince, can make us patiently think of its Dissolution.

Will ye hear the conclusion of the whole matter? Eccl. 12. 13. I shall deliver it to you briefly, in this Petition. That so far forth as ye regard the Righteous Judge of all the world, and are season'd by Him with the manifold gifts of the blessed Comforter, [Page 73] with the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, with the Spirit of counsel and ghostly strength, Isa. 11. 2. with the Spirit of knowledge and true godliness, and lastly with the Spirit of his holy fear, Ye will consider what I have said by your own Authority, because in an absolute obedience to your own Order, and Command.

ANd now the God of Peace and Power, who brought you forth on this Day from the House of Bondage, both defend and direct you, from this day forwards, in all your wayes. That every one of your Persons, and the1 Thes. 5. 23. whole of every one, both Body, Soul, and Spirit, may be kept blameless unto the coming of our Lord Iesus Christ. To whom with the Father, in the unity of the Spirit, who is abundantly able to keep us from falling, and to raise us when we are down, and to preserve us being raised, and to present us so preserv'd, before the presence of his Glory with exceeding Joy, to the only wise God our Saviour, be ascribed by us, and by all the world, Blessing, and Glory, and Honour, and Power, and Wisdom, and Thanksgiving, from this day for­wards for evermore. Amen.

FINIS.
Mercy & Iudgment MET …

Mercy & Iudgment MET TOGETHER.

A SERMON PREACHED At the ABBY Church of WESTMINSTER by the Order of the Right Honourable the House of LORDS IN PARLIAMENT Assembled, Upon a Solemn Day of Humiliation occasioned by the Great Rain in Iune and Iuly, MD.DC.LXI.

AMOS 6. 12.‘Therefore thus will I do unto thee, ô Israel; And because I will do thus unto thee, Prepare to meet thy God ô Israel.’

§. 1. THough 'tis the Language of the Schoolmen [Quicquid dicitur de Deo est Deus] That whatsoever is said of God is God, and that all his Attributes are Himself; so that agreeably to This, Infinitely must be Their sta­ture as well as His, and Eternity their Duration, yet since the Psalmist hath adventur'd to take the Altitude of Two, I mean his Mercy, and his Iustice; And since my Text hath each of these in so remarkable a Degree, that they seem to be here in their Apogaeo, I shall be bold to make use of the Psalmist's Figure, Psal. 36. 5. and pronounce God's Mercy so much higher than his Iustice, as to say in the words of that Royal Prophet, That his Mercy reacheth unto the Heavens, and his Iustice [in comparison but] to the Clouds. Which is as [Page 78] much as to say in Directer Termes, That though neither can be the greater, where Both are Infinite, yet he is much more delighted in the exhibition of the one, than 'tis possible for him to be in the execution of the other.

§. 2. For though the Doom here denounced is sad and direful, even the [...] of which St. Iohn speaks in the Revelation, [...], Rev. 6. 8. (that is) The Pale or Green Horse whose name is [...], bringing Death in the Front, and Damnation in the Rear; Though the Lord of Hosts in this Chapter does Bellum dicere, proclaim a War against his Rebells, and that so grimly set off with a Train of Iudgments, that War it self is one of the least, And the Plague of Famine none of the greatest; Yet if we look upon the Object of this Severity, those Kine of Bashan, the Ingrateful Inhabitants of Samaria, and if together with their Ingratitude, we compare his Goodness and Longanimity, the several steps of the Climax, by which his Anger went up to so [...]ull a Measure; and if we consider that even Then, He made them an offer of Reconcilement, desiring earnestly they would meet him in order to Amity and Peace; we shall not only be forc'd to say that the Mercy of God doth rejoyce against Judgment, and that in [Page 79] the midst of all his Judgments he thinks of Mercy; but withPhilo [...]. p. 23. 7. Philo the Jew, whom we may En­glish out of the Psalmist, [ [...],] that as his Mercy is (in one sense) over all his works, so it is (in another) over all his Attributes.

§. 3. To give you an Instance in the Text, (as his Majesty's Proclamation hath given an Instance in the Time,) behold a Sacred kind of contention betwixt the Mercy and Justice of God Almighty. In which however his Indignation (with proportion to the sins of his people Israel) doth seem to be in its Exaltation, so as his Ju­stice even begin's to pronounce the Sentence; Yet, by a strange Aposiopesis, his Mercy presently interrupts it. He denounceth a Desolation, and (at the very same Instant) desires a Treaty. No sooner threatens that he will, that he compassio­nately Exhorts that he may not punish. No sooner is he enter'd upon his Ideo sic faciam, Therefore thus will I do, but he immediately comes off with a Compone Te in occursum, pre­pare thy self for a friendly meeting. And he enforceth his Advice with a Cogent Reason, Because I will do thus unto thee. That is, Repent whilst thou hast Time, that I may not do it. [Page 80] Because I threaten and do intend to turn thy Bewty into Ashes, thy Eden into a Wilderness, thy oyle of Joy into Mourning, and thy Garment of Praise into a Spirit of Heaviness; Therefore Joel. 11. 12. Now turn unto me with all thy heart, and with Fasting, and with Weeping, and with Mourning, that I may alter my purpose, 1 Sam. 15. 29. and Repent of the things which I have threatned. Which although at first hearing doth seem a Paradox, a kind of [...], a Truth appearing in the disguise of a Contradiction; yet it deserves to be the Para­phrase, and the Exegesis of the Text, ‘Therefore thus will I do unto thee, ô Israel; And because I will do thus unto Thee, pre­pare to meet thy God ô Israel.

§. 4. In which words being consider'd (not so much in their literal, as) in their rational Im­portance, there are two things express'd, and two imply'd. We have first a Command, with a Com­mination; (Both sufficiently express'd;) And of the later we have imply'd, at once the Merito­rious, and Final Cause. But in as much as the first does carry the last along with it. They all are easily comprised in this Tricotomie.

[Page 81]First a Terrible Commination of no less than utter Ruin to the People of God. Sic faciam tibi ô Israel, Thus and thus will I do.

Next the reasonable Ground of this Commina­tion, which is their living unreform'd under the Essaies and Methods of lesser Judgments. And this I cannot but Collect from the Illative Therefore, as it looks back upon the Causal, in the words immediately going before. For Be­cause Ye have not return'd unto me saith the Lord, Idea sic faciam, Therefore thus will I do.

Thirdly the End, or the final Cause, which is not to Execute the Judgment, but to avert it. For so I gather from the Command, as That re­lates to the Commination. Because I will do thus unto thee, Praepara Te in occursum, prepare to meet thy God ô Israel.

These Particulars thus premis'd, will very naturally afford us four Doctrinal Propositions.

First, That the Terrors of the Almighty do make up one of his choicest Methods, whereby to bring Sinners to true Repentance.

Next that his sharper sort of Iudgments is a fit Remedy for Those, upon whom his milder Chastisements have been unhappily ineffectual. And yet

[Page 82]Thirdly, So far is God from delighting in his Inflictions, or from willingly grieving the Chil­dren of men, that the first and chiefest End both of all his Menaces, and his stripes, is to Execute Destruction not on the sinner, but on the sin; not to slay, but reduce the Fugitive. And therefore

Fourthly, God antecedently desiring the timely Repentance of a Sinner, and only by way of Consecution, The final Destruction of the Im­penitent, 'Tis plain His Menaces are fulfilled by their never coming to pass. Most fully satisfied and accomplish'd, not when they Confound, but Convert a Sinner. My Reason is, because the End of the Command is to anticipate the Effect of the Commination. Because I will do thus unto thee, in case thou dost proudly neg­lect to meet me; meet me therefore in the way, to the end that I may not do thus unto thee.

Of these several Propositions, the two for­mer shew us Gods Justice, and his Mercy shines in the two later. All concurring to the ends of our present meeting; The first to deter us from what is Evil, The last to perswade us to what is Good. The former respecting our late Plague of Rain; the later our blessing of fairer weather. [Page 83] Both conducing to our Design of Crying louder by our Repentance, than we have don by our Im­p [...]eties; That by our timely Reformation we may retrive the heavy Judgments, which our clamorous Sins have been lureing down.

I §. 1. To begin with the First of the Pro­positions, is not more natural to the Text, than it is serviceable and fit to lay the Foundation of the Sermon. For of the many strong Affecti­ons which are seated in the Appetite and Heart of Man, though none is certainly more Infamous, yet (being rationally determin'd) there is not any more Useful than that of Fear. It is in­deed the most unhandsome, (as the World now goes,) but being well fix'd, the most wholesome passion; the most ungentlemanly perhaps, but not the most unchristian Quality; And though the worst for Execution, yet the best for Advise. It was a very good saying, though of a very ill man, (and meant I suppose to as ill a purpose,) Primus in Orbe Deos fecit Timor. That had there been less Fear, there had been also less Religion in many Places of the World. For as Fear was the first Engine which brought in Re­ligion amongst the Heathens; so after the mea­sure [Page 84] that It departed, Irreligion and Atheism fill'd up its Room. This was That that taught the Gentiles, first to make their own Gods, and then to Worship them. They were Religious (poor Souls!) in their own defense, (if we may call Superstition by such a Name,) not out of gratitude to their Deities, for that they had don them any Good, but only out of a Fear that they would otherwise do them Harm. Hence the Heathen Theologists, (I mean their Poets, and their Philosophers,) finding the People more apt to be driven, than led, and to have easier Im­pressions of Fear, than Hope, thought it conve­nient to Catechize them, more in the Torments of their Erebus, than in the Pleasures of their Elizium. They told them of Minos, and Rada­manthus, as the grim Judges of Offenders; of Haggs, and Furies, as Executioners of the Sen­tence; of such as Ixion, and Prometheus, as sad Examples of the Condemn'd. All which (saith Diodorus) were but [...], so many Bugs, or Mormo's, to fright the People into Morality.

§. 2. So great an Influence had Fear on the False Religions of the World. And to disco­ver as great an Influx which it had also upon the True, Let me lead you forth a little out of the [Page 85] Forrest into the Garden, wherein the very first Precept was fens't with Terror. It was not said unto the Protoplast, Thou shalt surely live, if thou eatest not; But (as a method of greater force,) In the day that thou eatest, thou shalt surely dye. If we look into the Bible, from the Be­ginning to the End, This we shall find to have been the Method of each Person in the Trinity. First of all it was the Method of God the Father, when he deliver'd his Law from a Burning Mountain,Heb. 12. 18, 19, 20, 21.even with Thundering and Lightning, with Blackness and Darkness, with smoke and Tempest, with the sound of a Trumpet, and the voice of words, which voice they that heard, intrea­ted that they might not hear it, and so terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I exceedingly fear and quake. This again was the Method of God the Son, who said he came not to destroy, but fulfil the Law; his word is [...], to fill it up. He did endeavour to Preach his Hearers into the High-way of Heaven, even by setting before them the pains of Hell. He threatn'd them with Weeping, and Gnashing of Teeth; with a Worm that dyeth not, and with a Fire that is not quenched. We hear him saying, It is Impossible, (that is to say, exceeding Hard,) for a Rich man [Page 86] enter into the Kingdom of Heaven. He saith the way to it is streight, and the Gate Narrow, and the Travellers that find it extreamly Few. He bids us strive to enter in; and never leave stri­ving, until we Conquer. Nay this was the Me­thod of the Comforter, even of God the holy Ghost; who taught St. Paul to constrain his Scholars, by shewing the Terrors of the Lord. 2 Cor. 5. 11. Nay to de­liver them up to Satan for the Destruction of the Flesh,1 Cor. 5. 5.that their Spirits might be saved in the Day of the Lord Iesus.

§. 3. And indeed if we consider, How many poor Souls have been debauch'd in these Times, by the false Apprehensions of Christian Liberty, and Conscience, of Faith without Love, Justification without Honesty, and Repentance of Sins with­out Amendment; so as the stales of those Here­sies which had been brew'd in ancient Times, are freshly broach'd in our Dayes, and given for Drink to the giddy People; we cannot but wish that all our Clergy would now become Boanerges, or Sons of Thunder; at least by shew­ing the strict necessity of Impartial obedience unto the Gospel; that is to say, unto the Statutes or Laws of Christ; A living in Holiness, and Righ­teousness; in Piety, and Probity; in Godliness, [Page 87] and Honesty; in the Duties of the First, and the Second Table; without the which (saith the Au­thor of the Epistle to the Hebrews) no man living shall see the Lord. Heb. 12. 14.

§. 4. This (we see) is so peculiar to that Amazing Lover of Souls, that he does not only set Hell before us, and sad Examples too behind, but Temporal Crosses on either side. And how­ever surrounded thus with Terrors, we find them All little enough. For first it being not the great­ness, but the presentness of Danger which most affrights us; He does not threaten his Rod only, but often layes it upon our Backs. And then because (like common Mariners) we would not Pray, though in a Tempest, were it impossible to be drown'd, or to suffer Shipwrack; He does not Punish only at present, and for a Time; But also threatens he will do it to all Eternity. For if after this Life is swallow'd up of Immortality, He should only have an Heaven for Loyal Sub­jects, and never a Hell for his Rebellious ones; men would be readier to say, at the last period of their lives, Let us eat and drink, for to mor­row we dye, Than Let us fast and pray, for to morrow we shall be happy.

§. 5. If any [...]iduciary shall say, That [Page 88] Terrors work not a filial, but servile Fear; and rather cause an hypocriticall, than Godly sor­row; the Answer to it is very Easy, That as Gods severity speaks his Power, and That his Excellence; so many times a servile Fear begets a Fear of Admiration; And Admiration is apt to end in a Fear of Reverence; and Reverence is a Compound, which has Love, as well as Fear, for a chief Ingredient.

§. 6. And if again it shall be objected, that John and James are but uncomfortable Preachers, enough to blast a mans Faith, and Thunderstrike him into Despair; I Answer to it by these de­grees. First that for here and there one who possibly falls into Despair, Thousands rise to Presumption, and Millions lye down in carnal Security. Again, The Sin of Despair is not so commonly understood, as it is dangerously mista­ken, and that by some who Domineer in our open Pulpits. There is a kind of Despair, which is only the effect of a broken heart, and the ma­nifest sign of a tender Conscience. The mark of such a [...], as is [...], a Repentance never to be repented. There have been Persons in the world, who have been so very passionately in Love with God, and so amorous of his Purity, [Page 89] that they have hated themselves extreamly, be­cause they have suspected they have not lov'd him; And have been easily betray'd into such suspicion, by their sense of some things which are unavoidable, even the natural Infirmities of Flesh and Blood. Every small Mote in anothers Eye hath seem'd a Beam in their own. They have look'd upon their Sins through a kind of Microscope, (for such is the Glass of an holy Jealousie,) which hath made a little Ignorance to look as bigg as an Infidelity; an human Frailty to seem as monstrous, as an Apostacy from Grace. Thence come those Syncopes of Spirit, by which they are made to cry out, with Christ Himself upon the Cross, (although 'tis quite in another sense,) My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? An evident Argument, and sign, not that God hath forsaken Them, but rather that They have forsaken Sin. So when Peter cry'd out (and even to that very Saviour on whom he depended for his Salvation,) Depart from me ô Lord, for I am a sinful man,] He drew Christ to him, by his intreating him to Depart; The more a Saint in Christs Eyes, for being a Sinner in his own. As there are many silly Shepherds, who mistake a Repenting for a Despairing Sheep; [Page 90] so there is oftentimes an Innocent, but silly sheep, which mistakes his own Weakness for want of Faith. And in as much as he does not at all Presume, is very apt to apprehend he does not sufficiently Believe; whereas his seemingness of Despair is a real Argument of his Faith, whilst attended with an hatred of former sins, and fear of falling into the like. For whilst he thinks he has not Faith, he does at least desire to have it. And whilst he desires, 'tis plain he loves it. And because of just nothing there can be no love at all, He that loves must needs believe, that the object of his Love has a real Being. And if he desires what he wants, and truly loves what he desires, and by consequence believes what he truly loves; Then sure the sequel is unavoid­able, That this falsifying Despair is an excellent good mark of a True Believer. And to This alone it is I would fain drive Others, because to This I would fain be driven. But now the Murder­ing Despair is another Thing, and often issues from the Preaching of unconditional Reprobation; when whosoever thinks himself of the Hopeless Number, is apt to hold it so vain a Thing to catch at an Interest in Heaven, that he resolves to enjoy his good Things upon the Earth. And [Page 91] as nothing is so daring as a Desperate Coward, when he finds no way to obtain his safety by his escape, and thence is made by his Despair a most insufferable fighter, (from whence ariseth the common saying, That when an Enemy is flying, 'tis good to make him a Golden Bridge) so there is nothing more jovial (at least by Intervals and fits,) than the Desperate Sinner which now I speak off; whose Famous Character we meet with in the second Chapter of Wisdom; where the Despairer of Immortality in an extreamly better world, does make an hearty resolution of living merrily in This. This is that desperate Despair which is as mischievous as Presumption, in that it placeth the sinner beyond Repentance. And so the objection notwithstanding, my Doctrine seems to stand firm, and unremoveable, [That the Terrors of the Almighty do make up one of his choicest Methods for the bringing of Sinners to true Repentance.]

§. 7. Having briefly thus insisted upon the proof of the Doctrine, methinks our manifold Experience should save me the Labour of Ap­plication, whether we fall under a publick, or a private consideration. We must confess, as to the publick, That our sins have been as clamo­rous [Page 92] as those of Israel; and God hath us'd the same Method for our Amendment. We have many years felt the effects of War; and now are exercised afresh with the Fear of Scarceness. The very Perfection of our Spring hath as it were been swallow'd up by a Second Winter. The late Abuses of our Plenty have been the Heralds of a Dearth; And the Deluge of our Impieties hath been so rebuked by that of Waters, That God does seem to have alter'd the course of Nature, as 'twere to try if we will alter our course of Sin. 'Tis true the Season began to mend, upon its very first sense of our Humiliation. And God hath only said to Us, as to the People in my Text, Ideo sic faciam, Therefore thus will I do. All is hetherto but a Threat; and That sus­pended with a Condition. Gen. 9. 13. Through the Bowe in the Cloud which was set as a sign betwixt God and Us, he is pleas'd to shoot comfort throughout our dwellings. But then the ground of its con­tinuance doth stand conditionally in This, That we do all at this Instant Prepare to meet Him.

§. 8. As to our private Consideration, perhaps there is hardly any man here, whom God hath not terrefied one way or other, and sent his Rod for an Ambassador to speak his Will. As either by the [Page 93] loss of a Darling Child, or of a most endeared Wife, or else by some pungent and grievous sick­ness, or by some eminent miscarriage in point of Honour, or Estate; or if by none of all These, yet at least he has been threatned, by the woful Examples of other men. (Nam tua Res agitur, Paries cum proximus ardet.) The Rod that is bru­shing but in the Aire, may (we cannot tell how soon) be sharply beating upon our shoulders. The very weather which now is better, may soon be worse than it was before. And though the Immoderation of Rain is pass'd, yet the conse­quences of it are still remaining; And the Re­membrance of the Threat should be present with us. Nay since 'tis clear from that difficult, but useful Text, Mark 9. 49. [ [...]] That we must every one be Season'd with Salt, or Fire; That our putrid Affections must be eaten out here, or else our Persons de­stroy'd hereafter; (there being no medium be­twixt the one and the other;) blessed be He who shall preserve us in Tears of Brine, that he may not consume us in Fire of Brimstone.Rev. 21. 8. We ought to smile on those stripes, which are meant to drive us to Immortality.

§. 9. Let us not think our selves too wise, [Page 94] to be thus Instructed; or too old, to be thus Educated; or too great to be thus Corrected. Perhaps the Robbins of our Schools, are in the School of Jesus Christ no more than humble ABC darians; They that are Aged enough by Nature, may have hardly yet attain'd to be Babes in Grace; And they who brandish the Sword of Justice, are themselves under God's Lash. And since we cannot ever enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, unless we receive it as little Children; Let us therefore, as little Children, down on our Knees before our Father. Let us confess that we have sin'd; Let us ask him Forgiveness, and promise never to do the like. He will not cast away his Rod, until he see's that we have Kiss'd it; And that we can say with the Prophet Da­vid, It is good for us to have been afflicted. For whom his Menaces do not better, they acciden­tally make worse; And if we harden our Hearts, we do but weighten his Hand. The shewing of which will be the work of my Second Doctri­nal Proposition.

II[That God's Severer sort of Iudgments is a fit Remedy for Those, whom his milder Chastise­ments will do no good on.]

[Page 95]§. 1. I cannot shew you this better, than by Example; nor by a better Example, than what this Chapter does here afford us. For when the Kine of Bashan on the Mountains of Samaria, (the Schismatical Tribes of the People Israel, whom God did therefore stigmatize with so disgraceful a Periphrasis,) had oppress'd the poor, and crush'd the needy, (ver. 1.) when they had greatly transgress'd at Bethel, and mul­tiplied Transgressions at Gilgal, (ver. 4.) God was pleas'd to proceed against them by several steps and degrees of his Indignation; that if a lesser corrosive would not cure them, a sharper might. For first he sent them cleanness of Teeth, as his Embassadour or Herald to fetch them in. There was a want of Bread in all their places, which was the first part of Famine; and yet for all this they would not return unto the Lord, (ver. 6.) Next he Plagued them with a Drowth, that second part of Famine; Their Sins had made the Heavens Brass, and the Earth Iron. So that two or three Cities were fain to wander into one, and all to drink a little water. But yet for all this they would not Return unto the Lord, (ver. 8.) After this he proceeded to pour out a Curse upon all their fruits; The fruits of their [Page 96] Gardens, and of their Vineyards, which were sud­dainly blasted, and devour'd, partly by the Mil­dew, and partly by the Palmer-worm. And this (we know) was a third part of Famin; But notwithstanding all this, They would not return unto the Lord, (ver. 9.) Hereupon his Indignation waxt hot against them; For seeing the Gastly Pale Horse had been so utterly unsuccesful, He sent the Red Horse amongst them, and that in both parts of the dreadful Hieroglyphick; I mean the War, and the Pestilence. And yet for all this, They would not return unto the Lord, (ver. 10.) In the Fifth place therefore, when neither any of these Judgments, nor altogether, could do the work; what remained but that the Earth should open her Mouth, and swallow them up? or that a Fire sent from Heaven should send them hastily into Hell? And even of This they had a Tast, (as appears by the verse before my Text,) God overthrowing some of them, as he had Sodom and Gomorrah; and the Rest were but respited, after the manner of a Fire-brand pluckt out of the Burning; And yet in despight of all This, They would not return unto the Lord, (ver. 11.) Sixtly and lastly, when so many Prelusorie Iudgments were in effect cast away on a stubborn [Page 97] People; when all those Emisaries and Heraulds were sent in vain; when Death it self could not fright them, however usher'd and waited on with so grim and formidable a Train; what could in reason be expected but such an Absolute [...], such a complete Devastation of Them, and Theirs, as should not leave so much as a Praeco, (no not so much as a [...]) to carry the Ti­dings of their Ruin to late Posterity? And even This is also Threatned in the words of my Text, Ideo Tibi sic faciam, Therefore thus will I do unto thee ô Israel.

§. 2. And as Thus unto Israel, so why not Thus unto England too, if we continue (as they did) to corrupt our selves with his Goodness to us? If we make no better Use of our Peace and Plenty, and the other effects of a Restauration, than to turn our Peace into Wantonness, and our Plenty into Luxury, our Liberty into Licentious­ness, and our Strength into Presumption, our Power into Oppression, and our Dignities into Pride? Nay in as much as the Dimensions of our Ingratitude, like the Highth and Depth of our Obligations, are far beyond those of the People Israel; God will not only do Thus unto us, but more to Us, than unto Israel, unless we timely [Page 98] prepare to meet him, and present him with the Fruits of sincere Repentance; which, we have nothing to excuse us (when God hath don so much to us to make us fruitful,) if we do not bring forth in the greatest plenty. 'Tis true, we have often gon out to meet him; But not with Prayers, and Tears, the only Armour of a Chri­stian, whereby to hold out against Omnipotence, and the only Weapons to overcome it. We have rather gon out to meet him, as we commonly meet a Just Enemy; Not to ask him forgiveness, but give him Battle. We have gon out to meet Christ, not like Them on Palm Sunday, who ran before him into Ierusalem, with Doxologies and Hosannahs to the Son of David; But rather like his first Crucifyers, with Swords and Staves to apprehend him. And how improsperous so­ever we have hitherto been in our Encounters; Though God hath many years knockt us against each other, and so oppos'd us unto our selves, as that we really became no less his Host, than his Enemies; yet like Marcellus in the Historian, Certamen ferociter instauramus, we are as sturdy a sort of Sinners, (many of us,) as if we never yet had smarted for having sin'd. It was Phormio's saying in Thucydides, That conquer'd men are [Page 99] commonly Crest-fallen, [...]. Thucyd. lib. 2. p. 161. and do remit of their cou­rage against a second Encounter, as soon as they have fatally incur'd the first. And shall we on the contrary be such a besotted kind of Warriars, as like the Indians in Valerius, (even in spight of Pythagoras his Golden Symbol,) to dare Encoun­ter with Fire it self? (For to those that fight with him, we know our God is a Consuming fire, Heb. 12. 29.) And since there is hardly any Affliction, (no not our late immoderate Rain) but is a spark of Gods wrath; Job 5. 6, 7. Ch. XLI. ver. 29. Let us not by our Impenitence presume to heighten it into a Flame. But

§. 3. Let it rather be our wisdom, from this day forewards, Venienti occurrere (non jam morbo quidem, sed) Medico. Since our Indeavours will come too late for the prevention of the Disease, Let us go meet our Physician, and stay the sharp­ness of the means he is preparing for our Recovery. We know not what Judgments may yet be ho­vering over our Heads; and perhaps our very Harvest may be as Terrible as our Spring. God will not give over the Cure, till the Disease is Desperate. For though his lesser sort of Punish­ments did scarce incline the Heart of Pharaoh, his last orecame it; (so far at least as to compel [Page 100] him to let the People go free.) And if his Launce is unsuccesful, we shall be so much the surer to feel his Caustick. But yet behold the Sun of Righteousness breaking forth in this place like the Sun of Nature. There is not wanting mat­ter of comfort, in the midst of those Terrors which have besieg'd us; Because the sharpest Judgments here are but the Regia Medicamenta, or Magiste­rials of our Physician; which, though by accident they may kill, are yet intended only to cure us. And this does lead me to consider the Third Particular in the Division,

III That God is far from delighting in his Inflictions; He does not afflict willingly, nor grieve the Chil­dren of men. For the first and chiefest end both of his Menaces and his stripes, is not to destroy the sinner, but the sin; not to slay, but to reduce the Fugitive.

§. 1. Amongst the Reasons which may be render'd to prove the Truth of this Doctrine, This may certainly pass for one, That God is never so much in Wrath, as when he will not vouchsafe to strike. I remember Spartianus ob­serves of Geta, (much what Tacitus of Tiberius) Quod iis praecipue blandiretur quos ad Necem desti­nabat. [Page 101] He made so much of those persons whom he design'd for slaughter, That his Embraces and his best looks became more dreadful than all his Frowns. And though 'twere Impiety but to imagine, (what some notwithstanding have dar'd to Preach,) that God can absolutely will the eternal Ruin of his Creatures; much less that He can will it, when He hath sworn he wills it Not; much less yet that he can contrive it, by taking care for an Impenitence to bring it orderly about;Luk. 16. 25. Yet considering how rarely 'tis given to one and the same man, To sit with Dives at his Table, and to lye with Lazarus in Abraham's Bosome; To have his Good Things here, and hereafter too; I cannot but say of many persons whom the World calls happy, that They who have most of God's Bounty, may yet have least of his Love and Favour. For seeing it is True (what the Scripture saith) That whom God loveth he chasteneth,Heb. 12. 6. 7, 8. and Act. 14. 22.and scourgeth every son whom he receiveth; we may with good Logick infer, That whom he chasteneth not, he doth not love; nor receiveth any Son whom he doth not scourge. 'Twas very shrewdly said by Solon, Herodot. lib. 1. pag. 14. (if we believe He­rodotus,) [...], That the Minions of the Earth are but theProv. 1. sport of [Page 102] Heaven. God often lends them a kind of hap­piness, only to shew them he does but lend it. At once does prosper their Branches, and Curse their Root; turns them loose into Plenty, as fit to be fatted for the Shambles.

§. 2. But not to spend time in this Inquiry, How hardly God's Friends can be the Favorites of the World, or vice versa; And how by Consequence to be pitied those Creatures are, whom God Almighty in his Wrath permits to wallow in superfluity; Methinks the Difference may be This, betwixt a good man afflicted, and an ill man prosperous, that the first does seem to be clearly under God's Cure, and the second to be beyond it; That indeed a Tormented, but This a desperate Patient.

§. 3. It is another way of proving the Infi­nite Goodness of God's severity, in his willing­ness to Cure whom he vouchsafes to Wound, That he is pleased still to threaten, before he strikes; whensoever he is an Enemy, he is de­claredly such in his written Word. He is [...], (as Aristotle calls a Generous Enemy, Aristot. Eth. lib. 4. cap. 8.) And though his Love towards his Children may be sometimes conceal'd, yet his Anger at their Rebellions is still profest; and profest even to [Page 103] Them, whom he does punish with Impunity on this side Hell. Not like Brutus and Cassius, those reserv'd Enemies of Caesar, who Plotted to Murder him in secret; But like Pompey, and Cato, those Brave Antagonists, who bid him De­fiance in the Field. God does tell us when He will Arm himself, that we may stand upon our Guard by sincere Repentance; and he does shew us where he will strike, that we may look unto our Posture. He Brandishes his Rod, that he may not scourge us; and hangs his Sword over our Eyes, that it may not fall upon our heads. There is a Story of Diogenes, That being ask'd what he would take to receive a Blow upon his Head, his Answer was, He would take an Hel­met. Now such is the Mercy of our God, that he gives us an Helmet, before he strikes; And when at last our Provocations have forc'd his Sword out of his Hand, he is willinger to drop it, than throw it down. He does not pour out the Vials of his Displeasure all at once; but first he dispatches his lesser punishments; and those not as Harbingers, to prepare the way for greater, but rather as Heralds to prevent them. And when those greater too do follow, (I mean the Punishments inflicted in this present life,) [Page 104] they are oftner [...], than [...], (as Philoso­phers distinguish,) rather as motives to our Amendment, than as Acts of his Revenge. Thus we find it to have been in the case of Zacharie, Luk. 1. 19. 20. whose miraculous Iudgment was a Token of his Pardon, as well as Sin. God indeed struck him Dumb, but it was that ever after he might speak so much the better, and the Privation of his Lan­guage was to habituate his Faith. Nay I dare be bold to say, (what yet I cannot without Asto­nishment at the wisdom and goodness of our Creator, [...], Ploti­nus Ennead. 2. lib. 3. pag. 48.) that Damnation it self was at first meant to save us, in as much as it is evident that God made Hell, as well for the best as the worst of men; as well for the Terror of the former, as for the Torment of the later; as well to fright all men from coming thither, as to punish the Impiety of bold and desperate Intruders. Much like the merciful severity of former Magistrates here in England, who set up Pillaries and Gal­lowses in publick places of the Realm, as well to keep men from stealing, as to hang up Thieves and Robbers; as well to prevent, as to punish wickedness. And what a fathomless Abysse of God's compassion must we esteem it, to set his Bridewell before our eyes, as some say Phalaris [Page 105] did his Bull, meerly to compel us to take his Favours? How indulgent a Father must He be thought, who when his Prodigal Children are running from him, [...]. Barnab. in Epist. p. 249 Edit. Voss. sets a Lyon in their way, to fright them back into his Embraces? Nay so a­stonishing is the Depth of the Riches of his Good­ness, that He converts our very Tempter into an Instrument of our Good. For when the Devil was such a Dunce, as to accelerate and further the Death of Christ, who was to dye the Propiti­ation for all our sins, and only by Dying to con­quer Hell, he spent his Malice indeed upon our Saviour, but really the mischief was all his Own. So that considering how the Death of our blessed Saviour was at once a sure passage both to His, and Our Glory, It follows that when Iudas did kiss his Master, he only delivered up Christ, but betray'd the Devil. Thus we find St. Paul himself making very good use of the Devil's Discipline. For as one while we have him delivering others up to Satan, and that to this wholesome end,1 Cor. 5. 4, 5. 1 Tim. 1. 20. That they may learn not to Blaspheme; so another while we meet him under the buffeting of Satan in his own person also, and that for this important end, That he may learn not to be haughty, 2 Cor. 12. 7. or highly minded. And so the [Page 106] Devil, in that case, was made Instrumental to his Salvation.

§. 4. Thus we have the words verified which were written to the Christians who dwelt at Rome; to wit, That all things work together for good, Rom. 8. 28. that is, to them that love God, to them that are called according to his purpose. All that be­falls us by God's Appointment, and the most things that happen by God's Permission, are strangely turn'd to our Advantage, though we are many times so stupid, as not to be able to apprehend it. First the evils of affliction are uni­versally made to better us; And next, by the Wisdom of God's Disposal, the evil of sin, in other men, is many times of great use to secure our Innocence. Nor have we only heard the ob­liging Method of God's Proceedings, but I think I may say we have felt it too. How he first of all threatens, that he may not inflict; and how he afterwards inflicts, that he may not consume. How he mercifully indeavours to whip the Sinner into a Saint; destroying the Beast in us, to save the Man. How his Wisdom does sometimes suffer us to be intangl'd with Temp­tations, that so his Goodness may deliver us, and help us out; And that we may be able to say [Page 107] with David,Psal. 119. 75.Thou ô Lord of very faithfulness hast caused us to be troubled. That many times his se­verities are Mercies to us, will be intelligible to any, who shall but consult their own experience. I mean the experience of their lesser, in preven­tion of greater Punishments. As the loss of some Chattels, to save a Limb; or the loss of a Limb, to preserve the whole Body; or the loss of that Body, to save the Soul. Now if God shall de­prive us of one or two Parts, of all we Have, or of all we Are, when All of Both are confiscate for our Treasons committed against his Majesty; shall we not think our selves bound to be glad, and thankful, that even so he hath been pleas'd to reprieve the rest? Admit a Friend should be falling from off a Tower, Quae per insu­avitatem me­de [...]tur, emo­lumento cura­tionis offen­sam sui excu­sant. Tertul. de Poenit. cap. 10. and we in the snatching of him back, should put his Arme out of joynt; would he impute his Deliverance to our unkind­ness, because it cost him some pain in the pur­chase of it? And if in our violent Career of Sin, when we are rushing as it were headlong into the bottomless Pit of Hell, God is pleas'd to pull us back with a stronger violence, (be it by Poverty, or Disgrace, by the Plague of Pestilence, or of Famine, be it by any other purgent or dreadful means,) yet let us thankfully consider, 'tis but [Page 108] to snatch us from a Precipice. And again let us consider, (with as much thankfulness unto God as our hearts can hold,) That if Amendment is the End of his Threats and Terrors, Then that which frustrates his Threats, must needs fulfil them. Which I proceed to shew at large in my last Doctrinal Proposition.

IIII That God desiring antecedently the timely Re­pentance of a Sinner,Qui Poenam per judicium destinavit, Idem & ve­niam per poe­nitentiam spospondit.and only by way of conse­cution, the final destruction of the Impenitent; 'tis plain his Menaces are fulfilled by their never coming to pass; most fully satisfied and accom­plish'd,Tertul. de poenit. c. 4. not when they confound, but convert a sinner.

§. 1. For the better Elucidation of what may seem a dark Point, and for the prevention of such objections as may be made by those men, who are either so unconsidering as not to think of Gods Methods, or so unlearned as not to know them, or so prophane as to murmur and quarrel at them; we shall do well to take notice of those two sorts of Menaces, which do occur to us in Scripture under two several Notions. Some we find under God's Oath, and others only under his Word. The first of which are positive, the second sup­positive. [Page 109] The former are purposed as Revenges, but the later only as Remedies. The Menaces under his Oath he does evermore execute; where­as Those under his Word only He does many times Retract.

§. 2. But now it being not consistent with the simplicity of the Almighty, that either his Oath or his Retractation should differ really from his Will, the Eighth Council of Toledo will give us the Ground of this Distinction. Iurare Dei est, Concil. Tolet. 8. cap. 2. à seipso ordinata nullatenus convellere; Poeni­tere vero, eadem ordinata, cum voluerit, immutare. When God will Execute his Sentence, he is then said to Swear; And when he will alter, or remit it, he is said to Repent.Poenitentia Dei nihil aliud est, quā simplex con­versio prioris sententiae.God's Repentance (saith Tertullian) is nothing else, but a simple Re­suming his former Purpose. Tertul. con­tra Marc. lib. 1. c. 24. And his Oath (saith learned Philo) is nothing else but his Word exerting it self into Effect. So that the Promises and the Threats which are deliver'd under his Oath, [...] ▪ Philo Iud. Allegor. lib. 2. pag. 75. are That indeed which was but said of the now An­tiquated Laws of the Medes and Persians; Irre­versible, and peremptorie, and incapable of a Repeal. I shall make them both plain by a few Scriptural Examples. And

§. 3. First of the Promises under his Oath, [Page 110] the Prophet David gives us an Instance in the 89 Psalm, at the 34 verse, where first he posi­tively pronounceth, My Covenant will I not break, nor alter the thing that is gon out of my lips. And then the reason of it follows, I have sworn by my Holiness that I will not fail David. Another Instance of it we have in the 7. of Deuteronomy, at the 8. verse, where God is said to love Israel more than any other Nation, even for this very reason, and this alone, because he would make good the Oath which he had sworn unto their Fathers.

Secondly of the Threats which God delivers under his Oath, we have a very pregnant In­stance in the 95 Psalm, at the 11 verse, where speaking of the Israelites to whom the Holy Land was promis'd, saith He, I sware in my wrath that they should not enter into my Rest. Nor did one of them enter, excepting Caleb and Ioshua, who were exempted from the Sentence, Num. 14. 30. Nay they did not enter in, though God had sworn they should enter. From whence ariseth an objection, How it can stand with God's Veracity, to Swear they shall, and they shall not. For Num. 14, 23, Surely, saith God, they shall not see the Land which I sware unto their Fathers; And (vers. 30.) Doubtless ye shall not come into the [Page 111] Land, concerning which I sware to make you dwell therein. First he swore they should inhabit in the Land, and yet afterwards He swore they should not see it, much less should they enter, or dwell within it. This objection seems hard, but yet the Answer is very easie, and may be rationally drawn from the same verse with the objection. For the Promise was not made to the Individuals, but to the Nation; not to the Per­sons, but People Israel. So as both these Oaths were most inviolately accomplished, the Nega­tive in the Parents, and the Affirmative in their Posterity. The Negative in the Provokers, and the Affirmative in the Obedient. So that the [...], does still stand good.Heb. 3. 16. The Oath of God does still imply the Immutability of his Decree, Heb. 6. 17.

§. 4. But for the Menaces under his Word only, the Case is different. He had much ra­ther they should be frustrated, than severely fulfil'd upon us. And perhaps I may say with more propriety of speaking, that to frustrate such Menaces is most perfectly to fulfil them. So very signal is the Indulgence and Love of God, that he will imitate and follow his very Creatures. For no sooner can it Repent us of the evil of Sin [Page 112] which we have don, but He as suddenly repents him of the evil of punishment which he intended. It is his own Affirmation, Ier. 18. 8. If that Nation against whom I have pronounced, turn from their evil, I will repent of the evil which I thought to do unto them. And again in the same Chapter, Behold (saith God) I frame evil against you, Jer. 18. 11. when straight it follows, Return ye every one from the evil of his way. A fit example of this we have, 2 Kings 20. 1. where saith Isaiah to Hezekiah, (as a Message sent from God,) Set thy House in order, for thou shalt dye, and not live. And yet so far he is from dying, in the fift verse of that Chapter, that There we find tidings of his Recovery; yea and his Lease of Life renewed for fifteen years longer. Now the reason of it is, because such Menaces are conditional; And con­ditio non impleta non obligat Fidem. If it Repents us of our sins, God Almighty is not obliged to put such Threats in Execution, as were only denounced on a supposal of our Impenitence. Such was that Threat of God Almighty to Abimelech, (for unwittingly taking the Wife of Abraham,) Behold thou art but a dead man. But the meaning of it follows a little after, If thou restore her not, thou shalt surely dye. Now there­fore [Page 113] restore the man his Wife; for he is a Prophet, and he shall pray for thee, and thou shalt live. Gen. 20. 3, 7. And now if any shall yet object, that God did earnestly threaten both Hezekiah, and Abimelech, without a Proviso, or Reserve; I shall send him for an Answer to the Rule of Equity in Quintilian. Quaedam, etiamsi nulla legis significatione comprehensa sunt, natura tamen excipiuntur. The very Nature of certain words, whether promising, or threatning, do so imply an exception in certain cases and suppositions, that they save the Author of them the care and la­bour of expression. A plain Example of which we have in the 7 Chapter of Deuteronomy, where God had forbidden his People Israel to have any Traffick or Commerce with the Neighbouring Nations. And yet if any of those Nations should submit to pay Tribute, and yield obedi­ence to the Precepts which had been given down of old to the Sons of Noah, from that very In­stant Commerce was free. The Prohibition being silent, where the Cause of it did cease. Nay 'tis so absolutely impossible that any Falshood should proceed from the Mouth of Truth, or that his words should be found light in the Ballance of the Sanctuary, that we shall find them holding [Page 114] weight in our humane scales. For 'tis a Rule in our Law, Comminationes nemini jus conferre. And such is the Goodness of our Divine Legislator, that though he gives us a Title to any Rewards which he shall promise, yet he denies us all claim to any Punishments which he shall threa­ten. The reason is, because Promises are foun­ded in materia favorabili, which is in Equity to be stretch'd; But Menaces on the contrary in materia odiosa, which by consequence is to be streightned. For 'twas exactly said by Aristotle, That as the proper vertue of the Intellect is [...], so That of the Will is [...]. Both im­porting such an Equity and Equanimity in the Iudge, (that is to say,) such a propensity towards the right hand of Favour, as blunts and mollifies the Edge of a Rigid Iustice. Thus it ought to be in Man; But in God thus it Is. The Court of Heaven hath been alwayes a kind of Chancery, wherein he useth an Equiprudence in his judging of the Fact, and a gracious Equity in his passing of the Sentence.

§. 5. To conclude this part of my under­taking, and to vindicate God's Veracity from any unworthy Imputation, in the judgments of the best, and the worst of men also, (if they [Page 115] will but deal with God, as they Themselves would be dealt with by humane Laws,) There are three Cases amongst Civilians, wherein all obligations (whether by promises to Reward, or by Menaces to Punishment,) do cease to bind. And we shall find them all applyable to the Doctrine or Thesis we have in hand. First I say they cease to bind, per Cessationem rationis unicae; to wit Impenitence. Next per Casus emergentis Repugnantiam cum voluntate; to wit Repentance. Then per comparationem alterius legis; to wit the law of forgiveness to such as sincerely do Repent. If God hath threaten'd us with Destruction upon a supposal of our Impenitence, (which is the sole reason for which he threatens,) And if our Repentance shall interpose betwixt the Threat and the Execution, (which Repentance is an Emer­gency, to which the Will-of-God-to-punish is most Repugnant,) Then by vertue of the Promise of God to men, [That when soever they repent, they shall not fail of his Pardon,] he cannot possibly be obliged to put his Threat in Execution. For whatsoever may have been said to a yet-sinning People, (as once to Nineve,) yet such a People (like the Ninevites) may seasonably break off their sins by Righteousness, and make it just that [Page 116] the Statute should void the sentence. that is to say, that the Statute enacting Pardon to the Penitent, should void the sentence of Destruction which was but made to unrepenting and desperate Sinners.

§. 6. Now from all that hath been said of the last observable in the Text, it is obvious to gather this observation. That as the Impeni­tence of the Jews did work one Miracle, in that it hinder'd our blessed Saviour from working Mi­racles among them,Mat. 13. 58. which made it look like an infeebling even of Him who was Omnipotent; so Repentance can do a Miracle as great as That, even change the purpose of the Immutable; and when his Arrows are flying at us, can send them back into their Quiver. What a kind of Almigh­tiness hath the Almighty thus indowed Repen­tance with? And what stratagems does he use to induce us to it? How does he fright us to this Duty, (after the manner in which we deal with our little Children,) as well by slight and empty Buggs, as by real Dangers? How does he thunder out his Threats, as so many gracious Equivocations, which with a blessed kind of Fraud are meant to beguile us into Obedience? (It is indeed a bold Metaphor, but I borrow it from St. Paul, 2 Cor. 12. 16. who told his Corinthians, that being crafty, he caught them with guile.) How does [Page 117] he hold forth his Comets to a sinful Nation, very much rather to prevent, than presage his Pla­gues? How does he send out his Thunder, before his Bolt? and affright us with his Lightning, that he may not consume us with his Fire? How did he scare us very lately with Gluts of Rain, that he might not destroy us with perfect Famine? I pray contemplate on my Text, a little more attently before I leave it, and ye will find how exactly it is conformable to the Time. What Beams of Mercy may we descry, most sweetly breaking forth from a Cloud of Justice? How does his Pity in a manner give a Counter-check to his wrath? whilst he says in his Anger, Thus and thus will I do; his Loving kindness interposeth, Prepare to meet thy God ô Israel. Thus will I do, to destroy the Sin; but prepare to meet me, to the end that I may not destroy the sinner. 'Tis true we read that when Adrastes had kill'd the Son of King Croesus, Croesus was so touch'd with that very Murderer's Humiliation, as at that very time to pronounce his Pardon. A Temper (ye will say) in an Heathen Prince, which the grea­test part of Christians would admire sooner than imitate. But how transcendently greater is the Patience and the Love of our God to Us? For al­though [Page 118] by continuing in our Impieties, we often Crucify his Son, he is not only inclinable to give a Pardon, or a Reprieve, but does invite and desire us to give him leave too.

§. 7. If ye will take a right Prospect of both together, (I mean the twofold transcendency both of his Patience and his Love,) hear him speaking unto Israel, and through Israel unto our selves.

Your Povocations, ô Kine of Bashan, have fill'd my Vials full of Wrath.See a De­scription of God's Artil­lerie, Wisd. 5. 17, 18, &c. Behold my Ar­rows are on the strings, and my Thunder-bolt in my hand. I am now riding towards you upon the wings of a whirlewind; And as hetherto ye have found me a quickning Light, ye shall feel me henceforwards a killing Fire. But is there ne­ver a man among you who will make up the Hedge? who will come before me for the Land,Ezek. 22. 30.that I may not destroy it? Is there never a Moses who will stand in the Gapp? not a Phineas among you to stand up and pray? not an Abraham to plead for a Sister of Sodom? nor a Priest to weep out betwixt the Portch and the Altar? Is there never a man of Wisdom to hear my Voice, Mich. 6. 13. how long and audibly soever I have been crying unto the City? O come and stop me in my Carier. [Page 119] Let your Tears disarme me, and let your Pray­ers bind my hands. I will destroy you, But fain I would not. I am All [...]mighty indeed, But I am All-mercy too. And though ye cannot Resist, ye may Prevent me. Because I will do thus unto thee, prepare to meet me that I may not.

§. 8. Let us imagin within our selves, that God is speaking thus to Us, as once to Israel. And withal let us consider, what 'twill be fit­test for us to do. If he is coming to meet Us, as heretofore he met Ephraim, Hos. 13. 8. like a Leopard or a Bear that is bereaved of her Whelps; let us go out to meet Him, even as Benhadad met Ahab, 1 Kings 20. 32. even with Sackcloth upon our Backs, and with Halters about our Necks; or else (as Hushai met David,) with our Coats rent,2 Sam. 15 32.and with Earth upon our Heads. If God's Coming be as silent as a Thief in the Night, and withal as violent as a Thief in the Day; it will be infinitely better that we meet him half-way, than that we ex­pect him within our Dores. It will be best for us to meet him, that so his suddainness may not surprize us; And 'twil be best to prepare, that so his severity may not oppress us. Let us not meet him so soon, as not first to prepare; nor be so long in preparing, as not to meet him. They [Page 120] are Both together in my Text; and may they Both be together in all our Practice. Let us so in good Time meet our God with the fruits of sincere Repentance, as that our God in great Mercy may be pleased to meet us with Grace and Pardon.

And This the God of all Mercy vouchsafe unto us, both for the Glory of his Name, and for the worthiness of his Son. To whom with the Father, in the Unity of the Spirit, be ascri­bed the Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory, from this day forwards forevermore.

FINIS.
THE Embassy of the R …

THE Embassy of the Rod AND THE AUDIENCE WHICH IT REQUIRES.

A SERMON PREACHED BEFORE THE KING At WHITE HALL, Upon the Wednesday-Monthly Fast, when the Pestilence Decreased, but yet Continued, As did also the War with the French and Dutch, 1665.

MICHA 6. 9.‘Hear ye the Rod, and who hath Appointed it.’

§. 1. THe Text (as things stand) should now be handl'd in such a manner, as to respect the double quality and complexion of the Time. A Time of Thanksgiving, and Fasting too. A Time of great Comfort, and yet of Mourning. A Time which placeth us in the Confine of those two Passions, which seiz'd upon the two Maries at the Sepulcher of our Lord; from which they are said to have de­parted, with Fear and great Ioy. Mat. 28. 8.

First 'tis matter to us of Ioy, that after the very same measure in which our Enemies from abroad did Increase upon us, our abler Enemy here at home began to be at Peace with us. And I think I may say without a Figure, that both the Dutch and the French have one Defeat without Fighting. For, weighing well the two [Page 124] Grounds whereupon the two Nations pre­sum'd against us, The unanimity of our Coun­trymen corrects the Insolence of the Dutch, and the Abatement of our Pestilence does Plague the French for their Supercherie.

But yet 'tis matter to us of Fear, and of Hu­miliation, that though the Pestilence decreases, it also continues in some degree; That whilst the Rod is removing, 'tis also hanging over our heads; And though the Furie of the Judgment is (God be thanked) well pass'd, yet the sense of its Threatnings is present with us. We know the Autumn, many times, is a pregnant season; nor can we Prophecy, This Month, what the Next may bring forth. And as the likelihood of a Victory must needs be very much allay'd by the Possibility of a Defeat; so must the Hopes of a Recovery by the great Danger of a Relaps. And seeing the Wisdom of Authority hath still ap­pointed this Day (although a Day of no sad Tidings) to be observ'd in all our Churches as a Day of Solemn Humiliation; let us Rejoyce with so much Trembling at the Retreat of God's Anger, as by Prayer and Fasting to stop the way to its Return. The Text which now lies before us is very fit for this Purpose. For

[Page 125]§. 2. Now it was that God's People, the men of Israel and of Iudah, after their mani­fold obligations to Watch, and Pray, and give Thanks, for their Deliverance out of Egypt, that House of Bondage, were most securely faln asleep in a dead Lethargy of Sin. A sleep in which they lay snoring with such Indulgency to Themselves, that all his ordinary Calls were too low to wake them. But God hath two sorts of Voices where­by to rouze us into Repentance. The one he ut­ters by his Prophets, and the other by his Rod. And we have Both in this verse, whereof my Text is the later part. For what we call the Lord's Voice, in the next words before my Text, The Chaldee paraphraseth well by [the voice of the Prophets of the Lord.] And This was it he first us'd to the men of Ierusalem and Samaria. Nor did he whisper into the Ear of only here and there one, but extended it to the hearts and the ears of all. The Lord's Voice cryeth unto the City, that is, his voice by the Prophets is lifted up like a Trumpet, to shew the people their Transgressions, and the House of Iacob their Sins. (Isa. 58. 1.) But since the Voice by his Prophets is only heed­ed by very few, (that is to say, here and there by a man of Wisdom,) at least give ear unto the [Page 126] voice which now he uttereth by his Rod; and look ye up unto the hand that hath laid it on. The Chaldee Paraphrase on the Persons to whom the words are directed is most remark­able. For 'tis not only, hear ye Tribes; as the Septuagint read, and the vulgar Latine; nor only hear ye the Rod; as the Interlineary Hebrew. But, here ye Princes, and Rulers, and People of the Earth. Or (as I find it translated by Learned Grotius) Audite Rex, & Proceres, & Conventus. Which I cannot better English, than by King, Lords, and Commons. Let your Qualities or Conditions be what they will, Audite Vos Virgam, Hear Ye the Rod. So that the Voice of the Pro­phets, (in the beginning of the verse,) does seem to differ just as much, from the voice of the Rod, (in the later end,) as the Prophecy from the Iudgment which is Prophecyed of; or as the Threat from the Sentence, and some degree of Execution; or as the Preaching from the Text which is Preached on.

§. 3. This is therefore God's Method for the calling of Sinners unto Repentance. The pub­lick Preachers of his Word do first give warning. Then the truly wise in heart do fear and tremble at the Word Preach'd. Yet the foolish and in­considerate, [Page 127] (who are the most of Mankind) be­ing deaf to that Word, and not afraid of that Warning, The Rod comes in with its Sermon, or excitation to Repentance, and All are conju­red to hearken to it.

This (considering how the words are made obscure by an Elipsis, which the most Critical Commentators have several Methods of filling up) I do conceive to be the plainest and most satis­factory scope of the words in Hand. The Lords Voice cryeth unto the City, and the man of wisdom shall see thy Name.

Hear ye the Rod, and who hath appointed it.

§. 4. The Text in the General, or in the Great, does present us with an Embassy from Heaven to Earth; which being taken in the Re­tail, doth spread it self into these Particulars.

First the Embassadour here employ'd; and that is expressed to be the Rod.

Secondly the People to whom directed; And These are imply'd in the Pronown Ye. My Israel, my Chosen, the peculiar Lot of mine Inheri­tance, Audite Vos, hear Ye.

Thirdly the Audience, or Attention, which is to be given to the Embassadour; Audite, Hear. [Page 128] Last of all we have the Potentate from whom the Embassadour is dispatch'd, described clearly by the Periphrasis of [Him who hath appointed it.]

The first and second of these particulars will be best capable of Discourse, not severally handled, but in conjunction. For the close Ap­plication of the Embassadour to the People, the Rod to Israel, will very seasonably afford us this Doctrinal Proposition.

That God Almighty is so far from conniving at, or not seing Sin in his Children, (though the Tempter in these Times hath taught a great num­ber of men to flatter themselves into Destruction by this Opinion,) that he hates, and will punish it, much more in Them, than in Those that are Stranger, and Aliens to him.

§. 1. Which to the end I may evince in the clearest Method that I can use, I shall first of all observe out of Aulus Gellius, Aul. Gell. l. 6. c. 14. p. 224. (what He him­self does observe out of Plato's Gorgias,) That there are three distinct ends for which Offenders are to be punish'd. Whereof the first is [...], for the Amendment of Offenders. The second [...], for the Benefit of such as are Lookers-on. The third [...], for the Party's Satis­faction [Page 129] who is Offended. And if we look on all Three, as they are applicable to God, in his laying on of stripes on the sons of Men; whe­ther the End of his Inflictions is to redeem us from our Iniquities, or to fright Lookers-on from daring to do as we have don, or to make some Amends to his injur'd Goodness; we shall find him ever Iust, after the measure that he is Merciful. And as he is kinder by much to the little Flock, which he hath tenderly Pent up in his rich Inclosure, than to the numerous Herd which are turn'd out into the Common, so is he rigider to the Sheep that rudely break out of the Fold, than to the Swine or the Goats that were never in it. For the better evidencing of which, let us consider his Rod of Iustice with its three final Causes, and mark how fitly it tends to each.

§. 2. First I say the Rod of God is [...], (as Plutarch calls it,) the Med'cin, or means of Cure, unto the Souls of such men as are sick of Sin. So much the Med'cin, that Plato will allow it no other end; and Lucius Seneca looks upon it, as a Thing that can be useful for no­thing else.Seneca de Ir [...]. l. 1. r. 16. p. 406.Nemo prudens punit, quia peccatur, sed nepeccetur. We are not punished (saith he) because we have already sin'd, but only to the [Page 130] end we may sin no more. And his Reason is as plausible as the matter will bear. Revocari praete­rita non possunt, futura prohibentur. Whatsoever is past, is past all Remedy; And an evil of Sin already don, no evil of Punishment can have the power to undo. But what is future, and yet to come, may be anticipated at present; and though we cannot retrive yesterday, we may wisely provide against the morrow. Nay the sharpest of Remedies is so desirable, where continuance in Sin is the Disease, that when the Patient cannot be cur'd, 'tis a kind of a Favour, to cut him off. Interdum ut pereant, [...]. Helio­dor. lib. 1.interest pereuntium. Even Destruction it self is many times very Medicinal. And many thousands had been undo [...], if they had not perish'd. Sure I am that St. Paul was of this opinion, when he deliver'd men up to Satan for the Destruction of the Flesh,1 Cor. 5. 5.that their Spiri [...]s might be saved in the Day of the Lord Iesus. And re­flecting upon the words which were spoken by Christ of his own Betrayer,Mar. 14. 21.Good it were for that man that he had never been born; [...]. Plotinus Enn. 1. l. 7. p. 62. we may infer, with good Logick, It had been good for that man, to have liv'd very little beyond his Birth. For when the Devil shall give a Visit to such an Impenitent on his Death-bed, his wish will una­voidably [Page 131] be one of these two, That he had led his life better, or sooner dyed. So clear a Truth as this is the very Heathens could discern by the light of Nature. Alexis in [...]. Not Plotinus only the Platonist, but Alexis the Comoedian.

[...],
[...].

That is, the first Degree of Happiness, is not at all to receive a life; And the next, is to leave it early.

§. 3. To make my meaning more plain by a familiar Illustration; Admit the Arm or the Legg of any mans body is gangren'd, we do not say it is the Cruelty, but the Skill of the Chirur­geon to cut it off. And if the Patient being angry shall expostulate with the Artist in such a Case, or demand by what Authority he does such things,Crysost. ad 2. Cor. 7. 13. St. Chrysostom tells him he may An­swer, [...]. Dost thou ask me, honest friend, why I cut thee off a Limb? Cuncta prius tentanda, sed immedicabile vulnus Ense recidendum est, ne pars sincera traba­tur. That which gave me this Authority was my Art, and thy Disease. My Art inform'd me 'twas to be don, and thy Disease bid me do it.

Crudelem Medicum Intemperans Aeger facit. [Page 132] And then considering how much the Soul is more preferable to the Body, Apul. de Phi­los. l. 3. p. 48. 49. than the Body can be to a single Member, I cannot choose but as­sent to that Platonick Aphorism in Apuleius,Si nequitia miseros facit, miserior sit necesse est diu­turnior nequā, quos infelicis­simos esse judi­carem, si non eorum mali [...]i­am saltem mors extrema [...]iniret. Boeth. de Cons. Phi­los. l. 4. p. 150Gravius & acerbius est omni supplicio, si noxio im­punitas deferatur; that to the wicked, in this world, the greatest Punishment is Impunity. For Remedy being by Nature very much better than Disease, and so a desperate Remedy than a desperate Di­sease, it must necessarily follow, that to a sin­ner who is Incorrigible, Death it self becomes a Curtesy. The reason is, because it renders him less unhappy, Mali cùm Supplicio [...]a­rent, inest iis aliquid alte­rius mali, ipsa Impunitas. than he would otherwise have been. For that even in Hell there is Room for Curtesy, is just as clear as that the greater infer's the lesser Damnation, —Multo igitur infeliciores sunt Improbi injustâ impu­nitate donati, quàm justâ [...]ltione puniti. Id. ib. p. 152. Mat. 23. 14. And as one Star differs from another Star in Glory; so in the Territories of Darkness, we are told of a diffe­rence between the Sodomites and the Iews, Mat. 11. 23, 24. and so we read of great difference be­tween the punishments inflicted on several Ser­vants; some whereof shall be beaten with many stripes, and some in comparison with but a few. Luk. 12. 48. Now they who know what it is, for the unjust to be reserv'd unto the Day of Judg­ment to be punished, (2 Pet. 2, 9,) will soon con­fess [Page 133] it to be a Truth which is asserted by Boetius, (however an Infidel may be so dull as to be­lieve it a Contradiction,) Cui sententiae consequens est, ut tum de­m [...]m gravio­ribus supplici­is urgeantur, cùm impuniti, esse creduntur. Id. ib. p. 153. That wicked men are Then plagu'd with the more grievous kinds of pu­nishment, when they are thought by standers-by to escape unpunish'd. And clear it is that That Tradition of the wandring Cartophilus, who had been Ianitor (saith Cluver) to Pontius Pilate, Cluverius in Rudolpho Se­cundo ad an. 1600. p. 759. 760. (whether Truth, or Fiction,) does shew a good part of Christendom to have been strongly of this Opinion. For it seems they could not in­vent a severer Punishment to the Iew, for his having contumeliously struck our Saviour, as he was going from Pilate's House unto the Place of Execution, than that our Saviour should condemn him to an Immortality upon Earth; to wander up and down in several parts of this world, beaping up wrath against the day of wrath, and then only to fall, when all the world must rise again. And if 'tis so in good earnest, as it hath hetherto been contended, That previous Punishments are conducing to the Amendment of a Sinner, and conducing in such a measure, that even De­struction is for his Interest, when past Amend­ment; sure God will not withhold it from the unworthiest Subjects of his Dominion, much less [Page 134] from Them who are the Children of his Household. If Pharaoh the Drudge be once admitted under his Cure, sure Ioseph the Darling shall much more be so. For the first and chiefest end of our being so judged as to be chasten'd in the world, is [...], that we may not so be judged as to be damned with the world. 1 Cor. 12. 32. And therefore ye that pretend to be none of their number, who by being uncorrected are known to be Bastards rather than Sons, (Heb. 12, 8,) Audite Vos Virgam, Hear Ye the Rod.

§. 4. The Second End of Punishment is [...], for the Benefit of such as are Lookers-on. And it tends to their Benefit in two respects. First by removing an Example of Sin, which might otherwise make them worse, and next by shewing one of Punishment, which hath an Apti­tude at least to make them better.

§. 5. For the first of these two there is very great Reason. Because your Exemplary Sinners are such a publick sort of Mischiefs, such Epi­demical Diseases, that Seneca looks upon them as on Venemous Beasts, Seneca de Ira, lib. 2. and professeth he would destroy them with the same temper of mind, [Page 135] wherewith he would chop off a Vipers Head; lest by permitting them to live, and to fill the Aire with their poison, they should happen to be contagious to all that neighbour within their stentch. So that Seneca (it seems) was a kind of a Zelot, though not a Iew; and spake at the rate at which Phineas acted; who finding Zimri and Cosbi in their openfac'd Villany, dispach'd them both in as great hast, as a man would have us'd to a couple of Serpents. And indeed he had reason for what he did. For as the rational kind of Viper is more malignant than any other, so of that sort too the most destructive is the religious; (such I mean as are reckoned such, by their putting on Godliness for a Disguise.) There are no such false fires for the leading of Passengers out of their way, as the reputed People of God when they once turn straglers. For as their good Conversation is the Decoy of Heaven, and brings in Proselites to God; so their scandalous exam­ple is the Pandar to Hell, and makes Clients for the Devil. If the People of God refuse the Love of the Truth, 2 Thes. 2. 10. how shall the Heathens then em­brace it, to whom it is but seldom, if sometimes offer'd? If Iudah her self become an Harlot, Babylon is confirmed in all her Whoredoms. And [Page 136] if Israel worship a Calf, how shall Egypt not be Idolatrous? when there ariseth a Dispute betwixt the Iews and the Gentiles, (as once betwixt Elijah, 1 Kings 18. 21. &c. and the Prophets of Baal,) whose God is the truest, and so the fittest to be adored; The Iews have need to prove Theirs, as well by the Sanctity of their Lives, as by the strangeness of their Miracles. Aestimari de [...] Cultoribus suis potest ille qui colitur. Quo­modo enim bonus Magister est, cujus tam malos vide­mus esse Dis­cipulos? Sal­vian. de Gu­bern. Dei. l. 4. Else the Gentiles will conclude them, not to have the truer Prophets, but the skilfuller Magicians. And all their signes which are drawn from Heaven, will pass but for Sor­cery fetch't up from Hell. David laid so great a stress upon this one consideration, that when an evil Example was shewn in Israel, it was his first and greatest Care to have the matter kept secret from those without, 2 Sam. 1. 20. know­ing well that the Example of a scandalous Israel, would soon redound to the discredit of Him that had owned them for his People; Deut. 7. 6. And that it is the usual Custome of the giddily-unjust and censorious world, to pass their Judgment upon the Master, by the Behaviour of his Servants; to make an estimate of the Father, by the Breed­ing of his Children; and so to measure the God too, by the practice of his Votaries.

[Page 137]§. 6. Now since Experience it self, as well as Scripture, doth serve to prove it a disgrace to the Truth of God, for the Professors of the Truth to hold the Truth in unrighteousness; Can we ima­gine it to be likely, that God will harden the Pagans Hearts by the prosperous example of Israels Sin? no, he will mollifie them rather by the publick Example of their Correction, (which is the second of those Respects, in which the pu­nishment of Offenders is for the Benefit of such as are lookers on.) So he once tells them by the Prophet Ezekiel, (chap. 5. vers. 7. & 8.) That he will punish them in the sight of all the Nations round about. Nay so he tells them in one Chapter no less than 4 or 5 times, (it is the 39. of the same Ezekiel,) I will not let them pollute my Name any more, and the Heathen shall know that I am the Lord. (ver. 7, 21, 24,) And again, (ver. 26, 27, 28,) They shall bear their shame, and be led into Captivity among the Heathen, that God may be san­ctified in them in the sight of many Nations. And why is all this, but that their Sufferings for sin may be as Exemplary and publick, as their Sins for which they suffer? God will be very far from giving a just occasion, of his being ill thought of amongst the Heathen; They shall be far from [Page 138] finding Him to be a Sanctuary for sinners, re­maining such. When Israel will not hear, they shall feel his Rod; and the Rod shall be so laid on, that even Edom and Philistia shall hear its Voice. And the Voice of this Rod shall be like that of the Prophet Zachary. Zack. 11. 2. Howl Firr Tree, for the Cedar is faln; howl ô ye Oaks of Bashan, for the Forest of Vintage is cut down. The Voice of this Rod shall be heard in Babylon; and it shall make the same Inference, which St. Peter did when he was there. If Iudgment begin at the House of God, 1 Pet. 4. 17. what shall their end be who are not obedient unto the Gospel? I will shut up this point with that of Salvian. Deus partim gladio, partim exemplo corrigit, ut omnibus simul & coer­cendo censuram & indulgendo pietatem probaret. God does partly punish by Stripes, and partly by Example, (that is, partly by the stroke, and partly by the voice of his Fatherly Rod,) that at once he may testify to the world, as well his Iustice, by the one; as by the other, his Longani­mity. This is said by God in Scripture to be a great end of Punishment,Deut. 17. 13. That all the People may hear, and fear, and do no more presumptuously. And therefore Ye that have been hetherto the greatest strangers to Affliction, by the Injoymen [...]s [Page 139] of your Peace in a Time of War, and of abun­dance of Plenty in Times of want, and now of bodily health in a Time of sickness; who seem to look as unconcern'dly on the miseries of your Brethren, as if yourselves had an exemption from all Adversity, and were seated above the level of all God's Arrows; Audite Vos Virgam, hear YE the Rod.

§. 7. The Third End of Punishment is [...], for Revenge; [...]. Arist. Rher. l. 1. c. 10. that is, (as Aristotle in­terprets it) to repair the honour, and to satisfie the Iustice of that Authority, which the Trans­gressions of a Sinner appear so highly to have offended. And in this respect also, as God is iust to all in general, so to his People in particular he is severest. He is very much offended with the Adulteries of the Harlot, but more with the Whoredoms of an obliged Spouse. If the Doves which have an house on purpose erected for their Reception, shall fly away from that House, to be Birds of Prey, they deserve by so much a greater punishment, than Crowes and Harpies, by how much the more they were cared for, and with a more peculiar Providence. So by the same proportion of Justice, God will much sooner [Page 140] scourge the Flocks of Ioseph for their wandrings, than the Kine of Bashan, because there is much a richer feeding in the Plains of Iordan, than on the Mountains of Samaria. Now he whips them with Babylon, ThatIsa. 10. 5.Rod of his Anger. Anon he beats them with Aegypt, ThatIsa. 10. 5.Staff of his Indignation. And if That will not serve, he hews them down at last with Rome, which we may call (by good Analoge) the Axe or Hatchet of his Fury.

§. 8. And if now after the Iews, the People of God under the Law, we reflect upon our selves, who are his People under the Gospel, ob­serving whether we have been falling, as well as from whence, (from the most Christian, the most Reform'd, and the most Disciplin'd sort of Peo­ple, to the most barbarous, the most profane, and I wish I may not [...]ay, the most disorder'd in all the world,) we shall find this difference be­twixt the Heathens and our selves, That They indeed are a diseas'd People, but we commonly a relaps't one. They indeed do disavow the Lord Jesus in their words, But we deny him in our works. They indeed do not receive the Love of the Truth, But we refuse it. They indeed are [Page 141] Erroneous in a very deep measure, but (which is infinitely worse) how many amongst Us are grown Heretical? In so much that whilst They do only want a Physician, the generality of us do stand in need of an Executioner. And now, to compare our selves with some of our Fellow-Christians, (those I mean in the Church of Rome,) whilst their Church is called the Whore of Baby­lon, do not they call ours the Whore of Babel, though not with any Truth, yet with some Plau­sibility? there being a Babel in our Nation, though not in our Church? and many parts of this Nation being become so much the fouler, (I will not say for having been, but) since the time of her being swept, that for one Devil of Popery She hath been dispossessed of, She may be thought (by the Care of Rome) to have given entrance unto seven. It is therefore (as it proves) our unhappy Priviledge of having once drawn neerer, not only to the Mercy, but to the Holi­ness of God, than other Nations, that God is the r [...]adier now in Iustice to stand the farther off from us. And if by a seasonable Repentance, we do not recover our first Approaches, 'twill be as tolerable for Rome in the last great Day, as for Us of this Nation. And so (on a Parallel suppo­sition) [Page 142] it will be somewhat more tolerable for Jerusalem, than for Rome; for Aegypt, than for Jerusalem; for Babylon; than for Aegypt; for S [...]ythia, than for Babylon; and for the wild Salvages, than for them all.

§. 9. Ye will consent the more readily to what I say, by considering those words of our blessed Saviour, Luk. 10. 15. And thou Capernaum which art exalted to Heaven, shalt be thrust down to Hell. Therefore to Hell, because from Heaven. For the higher any one is, by so much greater must be his Fall. When the Eagle in the Apologue caught up the Shell-Fish into the Clouds, it was to break it the more infallibly by letting it fall upon the Stones. And though indeed the God of Heaven never takes any into his favour, to the end he may give them the greater Fall; yet when such will needs fall from their highest Station, they must needs be the unliklier to rise again. They being so broken by their Fall from so high a Pitch, Heb. 6. 4, 5, 6. that hardly any thing can joynt them, or make them whole. For, in our Saviour's own phrase,Mat. 21. 44. They will be grinded to Powder. And 'tis obvious to infer from those other words of Christ, Sin no more, least a worse thing come [Page 143] unto thee, Confer John 5, 14. cum 2 Pet. 2. 20, 21. (Joh. 5, 14,) That God will punish Malefactors, as well in regard of the Benefits they have received, as for the Sins they have committed. And therefore ye that make it your Boast, That ye are Members of a Christian Re­formed Church, Gal. 4. 24, 25, 26. not the Children of Hagar, which is Mount Sinai, and which gendreth to Bondage, but of Jerusalem which is above, and therefore Children of the Promise, whereby ye have the priviledge to call him Father, who by Them that are without, is to be look't upon only as a Creator, and a Judge; And by your being more obliged than other men, are grown by so much the more accountable; Audite Vos Virgam, Hear Ye the Rod.

§. 10. But (Lord) how many have we known, in these last and worst times, who (like Hiel the Bethelite in the Building of Jericho) have laid the Foundation of their Greatness in their First-born, 1 King. 16. ult. and set up its Gates in their younger Children, and yet have been deaf as any Adders, to the Voice of God's Rod in so clear a Cafe? Unto how many of our new Builders, who have cemented their Walls with the price of Bloud, and have set their Nest on high, (with a presumption to be deliver'd from the Power of Evil,) hath [Page 144] the well-instructed Stone cry'd out of the Wall, and the Beam out of the Timber made answer to it, who yet have stop't their Eyes and Ears against the Messages of the Rod that hath spoken to them? I hearkened and heard, (said God here­tofore of his People Israel,) but no man repented him of his wickedness, saying, what have I don? every one turned to his Course,Jer. 8. 6.as the horse rusheth into the Battle. And we do commonly so resem­ble that senseless People, (as to the Callousness of our hearts, and inconsideratness of mind,) that whensoever God dispatches any Embassadour of his Displeasure, although he speaks so loud, that it is hard not to hear him, yet we commonly care so little, as that we seldom or never give ear unto him. Or if perhaps we are attentive to the Voice of Gods Rod, yet we are deaf to the Message on which it comes. Whereas the Audi­ence and Attention which God requires, is rather meant of the second, than of the first of these two. We are not to hearken how it sounds only, but to consider what it says too. Every lash of Gods Rod should make us reflect upon a sin. And as Joseph's false Brethren, when they were brought into Distress, did straight reflect on that Distress into which they had brought their [Page 145] Brother Ioseph; Gen. 42. 21. so if at any time we are groan­ing under the Miseries of a War, we should ex­amine how many ways we abus'd our Peace. If at any time we are brought into some great De­gree of Penurie, we should consider if we have not abus'd our Plenty. And if at any time (as of late) we fall into Times of general sickness, we should reflect on those Sins which have been the great Abuses, and so the Forfeitures of our health. Might I ground a conjecture touching the Message or the Cause of our present Rod, from the words of three Prophets,2, 12. Habakkuk, 3, 1. Na­um, and24, 9. Ezekiel, I should be prompted to con­sider, how many Houses in the late Times have been built with Blood. And Blood we know hath a Voice; yea, and such a Voice too, asGen. 4. 10. cries to Heaven for Revenge. And being the loudest of Cry­ers, 'tis soonest heard. But yet the lover of Souls, who is a God ready to Pardon, in the midst of his Iudgments remembreth Mercy. From whence it is, the Lords Voice does cry aloud unto the City, that the Voice of the City may cry as loud unto the Lord; and that the Voice of mens Tears may even drown that of Blood, as the louder Stentor. Cer­tainly nothing but Repentance will be able to cry up those hovering Judgments, which our Na­tional [Page 146] Sins have been calling down. Nor can any other Repentance cry louder unto God than our Sins have don, but that which brings forth Amendment, and change of life. And this does lead me to the Audience which God would have given to his Embassadour, the third particular in the Division, and next in order to be consider'd.

Audite Virgam, HEAR ye the Rod.

§. 1. Hear the sound of God's Rod, and hear the sense, or signification. For as the Voice of his Rod is double, to wit the lashing of the Aire, and the beating upon our shoulders; the for­mer, when he threatens, and only threatens to in­flict it, the later, when he proceeds to put his Threats into Execution; so the Message which it brings us is double too; for 'tis expostulatory in part, as when it chides us for our Sins; and in part it is exhortatory, as when it presses us to Re­pentance. Such is the admirable contrivance and disposition of Gods Inflictions, that they commonly speak his Mercy at the same instant with his Iustice. As if it were not sufficient that his Ballance is equal, and that he puts Punish­ment into one Scale, as we Offences into the other; [Page 147] He makes the Punishment many times to have such a similitude with the Sin, as that the Pati­ent may see his Malady in the Nature of the Means which are meant for Cure. [...]. Thus in that famous Controversy 'twixt God and Sodom, we may observe an Analoge as well of Likeness, as of Proportion; for besides that his Iudgment was just as general as their Sin, and only a Lot exem­pted from the one, who only was guiltless of the other; they were appositely burnt with Fire of Brimstone, as before they had been with the Fire of Lust. And as their Lust was contrenatu­ral, although from Hell; so likewise was their Fire, because from Heaven. Thus when Corah and his Confederates (the very first Levellers we ever read of) had widely open'd Their Mouths against Moses and Aaron, straight the Earth, by way of Talio, open'd hers against Them. No sooner were their Throats become open Sepul­chers for the Burying of their King and their Priest alive, but straight it follows in the Text, that they were swallowed up quick. And thus as Iosephs cruel Brethren would not hearken to His Request, when he besought them in the anguish and in the bitterness of his Soul; Gen. 42. 21. vers. 17. so for three dayes together He would not hearken unto [Page 148] Theirs, when in the bitterness of their Souls they had sought it of him. And so, as Dives denyed Lazarus a Crum of bread to stay his hun­ger, he was denyed by the same Lazarus a drop of water to cool his Toung. But we need not go further to find out Instances of the Harmony, betwixt the Punishment of Sin, and the Sin it self, than to the words of the Commission with which the Rod was here sent to the men of Israel. The Lords voice cryeth unto the City. And first it crys for Attention, hear Ye the Rod. Next it cryes as an Herauld, that is, it Proclaims the Sin and Punishment of the People. Are there yet the Treasures of wickedness, and the scant mea­sure that is abominable? There's their Sin. Then follows the Punishment, (vers. 14.) Thou shalt eat, but not be satisfied. Again the Rod of God saith, (vers. 12.) The rich men thereof are full of Violence. Whereupon it denounceth, (vers. 15.) Thou shalt sow, but thou shalt not reap; thou shalt tread the Olives, but not anoint thy self with Oyle. Nor is there any thing more equal, than that wicked men should suffer the hainous things that they have don; that the covetous Op­pressor should be Plagu'd with Penurte; and that They who have grinded the very faces of the [Page 149] poor, should finally be famish't for want of Bread.

§. 2. But let us divert our thoughts a while, from the Times of the Text to these we live in. For God hath sent such an Embassadour unto Us of this Nation, as heretofore to the People Israel. And it is now a great while, since our Guilts have risen up into a Rod of wickedness. Ezeck. 7. 11. I mean the Rod of Gods Anger, by which our wickedness is corrected. It being more than twenty years, (and with but little Respiration) since his Rod has been speaking to us in several Dialects of severity. First of all it spake to us by Drums, and Trumpets, and by as many wide Mouths, as the Sword had made wounds in our English Nation; by lying Prophets in the Church, by prosperous Rebels in the State, by loss of ho­nour, and of Religion, by Sacriledge, and Regi­cide, and other execrable effects of a Civil War. From which we have not yet injoy'd more than a five years Respiration, when our Unthankful­ness for That hath betrayed us to a greater and sadder Judgment. For so notable is the diffe­rence betwixt our War heretofore, and our Pe­stilence of late, That the former might be called a Rod of Chastisement, whereas the later began to look like a Beesom of Destruction. That Cor­rected [Page 150] our Nation, but this did threaten to sweep it away. In a very long War there may be very few Battles; But the Pestilence is an Enemy so very skilful to destroy, as that it makes both a nightly and daily Slaughter. It hath slain many more Thousands within the compass of a few months, than our War was found to do in as many years. Just so it was with the famous Pestilence in Thucydides. Thucyd. l. 2. p. 129. ad p. 134. More Athenians were taken off by that invisible Arrow in a few dayes, than by all the great Armies of the Peloponnesians in di­verse years. [...], &c. Ib. p. 129. Invisible I call it, because it walketh in Darkness, and even at that very time when it destroys at noon Day. (Psal. 91, 6.) And 'tis fitly call'd anPsal. 91. 5. Arrow, as well for the swiftness, as sharpness of it. For how swiftly did it fly (in Thucydides his Time) from Ethiopia into Egypt, from thence to Libya, from thence to Persia, from thence to Athens? And how like an Arrow did it fly, [...]. ib. p. 129. (to give an Instance in our own,) as from Amsterdam to London, so pre­sently from thence into divers Countries? Nor did the swiftness of this Arrow exceed the sharp­ness of it at Athens. Where having kill'd up the Physicians, it bred a general neglect of all Indea­vours of Recovery. It made them weary of their [Page 151] Devotions, which at first they had imploy'd as the means of Cure. And, pushed on by their Im­patience, to a [...]. Ib. p. 132, 133. contempt of things Sacred, as well as secular, they grew elaborately Voluptuous in the injoying the goods they had, because they knew not how soon they might loose or leave them. None would enter on any work, [...]. Ib. p. 133. as look­ing to dye ere they could end it. Nor did they fear any Breach of Law, as not believing they could live to be punish't for it. Again this Arrow is so noysome, as well as sharp, (and therefore fitly call'd by David the noysome Pestilence, Psal. 91, 3,) that it does many times kill with the Breath of life. Nay (which is much worse than killing,) it makes a man to be forsaken by the Wife of his Bosom, and even abhor'd by his inward friends; Job 19. 17, 19. as Iob acquaints us with the Acme of all his sufferings. Zosimus tells us of a Pest in the Time of the Emperour [...]. Zosim. Hist. l. 1. p. 21. Gallienus, which was so very much more fierce than the fiercest War, that all they suffer'd from their Enemies was light and moderate in comparison. Nay he tells us of a Pest in the Time of Gallus, (and in the Northern parts of the Roman Empire,) which coming presently after a War, [...], destroy'd the whole of Mankind which [Page 152] the War had left. [...]. Zosim. Ib. pag. 14. There the Rod of God's An­ger was improv'd into the Beesom I lately spake of. It was not only a pungent, but sweeping Rod. And truly such as it was there, it will be here when God pleases. For our greater means of Grace, and more abundant measure of knowledge, are apt to aggravate our Iudgments, because our Sins. And if our Punishment is less, when our Sins are much greater than other mens, it is a just ground of fear, that we are not wholly pardon'd, but only temporally repriev'd, not ac­quitted from the present, but rather reserved for a future, and greater Judgment.

§. 3. Yet so little is this consider'd, and laid to heart in our English Nation, that our general unconcernedness in the miseries of others, and our apparent Inadvertency how much our own may be greater by seeming less, does pass with some for the greatest of all our miseries. For though the Rod of Gods Anger, hath been thus far the Rod of his tender Love too, that it hath sought to gain from us a Day of Hearing, first by its brushing in the Aire, and then by its beating upon our shoulders; yet so barbarous have we been in our Reception of God's Embassadour, that we [Page 153] have hardly yet allow'd it a patient Audience. We have not hearkn'd to the Rod, nor to him who hath appointed it. Nay so much are many of us become the worse for those Messages, which God had purposely designed to make us better, that we may seem to have abused his special Grace into an Instrument of becoming the more ungracious; And by a necessary consequence, to have so much of God's Mercy as to be damn'd by. For should a Porphiry or a Iulian revive amongst us, and together with the profession compare the practice of many Christians, they would have reason to admire, why a great part of Christendom should be rather call'd Christians, than by any other Name; why rather Christi­ans, than Antichristians, considering how they live in a direct contrariety, at once to the Do­ctrine and Life of Christ, What have such men to do to take his Name within their mouths, whilst they hate to be reform'd, and cast his words behind their backs? Psal. [...]0. 16, 17.) Do they not call Christ their King by the same kind of Ironie by which the Iews call'd him Theirs, when platting a Crown upon his Head, and putting upon him a Purple Robe, they said in the bitterness of their Spirits, Haile King of the Iews? Joh. 19. 2. 3. And just as [Page 154] the Gnosticks heretofore, by owning Christ for their Masters whilst they were servants to the Devil, brought the Christian Religion into such ha [...]r [...]d among the Gentiles, that they esteem'd it a meer Device to legitimate Parricide, and In­cest, and some such other enormous Villanies, as were not so much as to be nam'd, much less committed among the Heathens; so 'tis worthily to be fear'd, that when a sort of Professors a­mongst our selves, who call themselves Christi­ans, and Christians of the Reformation, shall be spoken of in Gath, [...]. Clement R [...]m. in Epist. ad Cor. p. 62. and published abroad in the streets of Askelon, the Daughters of the Philistins will too much rejoyce, the uncircumcised will greatly triumph. I say 'tis too much to be fear'd, (and cannot be too much consider'd, unless too late to be prevented,) least that Christ a second time should become through our means, To the Iews a stumbling Block, and to the Greeks Foolish­ness. The greatest comfort of hope we have left is This, That as the scandalous Aspersions which first were cast on Christianity were wash'd away by the Blood of the antient Martyrs, and blotted out by the Ink of the learned Fathers of the Church; so our Protestant Religion may yet be vindicated and rescued from those Aspersi­ons [Page 155] and Brands of Schism and Atheism, where­with some of our Enemies already have, and others are likely to stigmatize us, by the great Piety of some, who do express it in their Practice; by the learning of others, who do assert it with their Pens; and by the Martyrdom of a third sort, who have readily seal'd it with their lives.

§. 4. But be our Fame what it will, unless our Nation shall so repent upon the Preaching of the Rod which God is now holding over us, as once the Ninevites did at Ionah's; or unless it shall be spar'd for the few Righteous that are within it, (as Jerusalem for the righteousness of Iames the Brother of Christ, who was the first Bishop there;) God will probably say to us, by the Rod of his Anger, as heretofore to the Assyri­ans, by his Prophet Isaiah. I will rise up against them, and cut off from England the Name, and Remnant,Isa. 14. 22, 23.and Son, and Nephew. I will also make it a Possession for the Bittern, and Pools of Water▪ and I will sweep it with the Beesom of Destruction, saith the Lord of Hosts. Such is the Voice of God's Red, whereby it would fright us out of our sins; which is the Negative part of a true Repentance. It hath another sort of Voice where­by [Page 156] by it would Woe us to satisfaction, and Refor­mation of life; which is the Positive part of a true Repentance. And so 'tis easie to hear it speaking, as 'twere in genere demonstrativo, in that persuasive way of Rhetorick, wherein another holy Prophet did once bespeak another People in God's behalf. Cast away from you all your Transgressions, Ezek. 18. 31, 32. whereby ye have transgressed, and make you a new heart, and a new spirit. For why will ye dye ô house of Israel? For [...] I have no de­light in the Death of Him that dyeth, saith the Lord God. Wherefore turn your selves and live.

§. 5. But these are no more than the general Lessons of the Rod. The Lessons it teacheth us in particular are more especially these Three▪ First it teacheth us to reflect on those particular crying Sins which have probably been the Cause of our present Iudgment. Such as are Sacrilege, and Simonie, Perjury, and Profaneness, and Im­patience of the Cross, Schism, and Faction, and an Itch after Changes, and that as well in the Civil, as Ecclesiastical Estate. Next it teacheth us the Necessity of casting out the Accursed Thing, however seemingly as gainful as Achan's wedge; Not an Agag, not an Oxe, not the bleating of a [Page 157] Sheep is to be left in God's Ears, when His command is gon forth for the utter Destruction of an Amaleck. 1 Sam. 15. 3, 14, 20. The choicest spoyles must not be sav'd, though it be for Sacrifice, when it stands in competition with our obedience. Vers. 22. Lastly the Rod which at the present is threatning every one of Us, by whipping others into their Graves who are round about us, does teach humility and dejection to such as pr [...]de it in their persons, whether for the strength or the Bewty of them. It seeks to pull down their vain and exalted thoughts of Themselves, as well as to abate their contempt of Others, by making them to know whereof they are made, and by compelling them to consider of what materials they do consist. For if it is true, what is said by the Philoso­pher, [...], That natural Bodies are resolv'd into the very same Ingredi­ents of which at first they were compos'd, And so that nothing is dissolvable into any other Prin­ciples, than those of which it does consist, and which it potentially conteins; It cannot b [...]t fol­low that the Pestilence is the best Orator in the world, to speak the Frailty and the Filthiness of humane Nature; because it teacheth us into what loathsome and detestable matter, the fairest [Page 158] Complexions may be resolv'd, and that by a mouthful of filthy Aire too.

§. 6. If we shall therefore now consent, that God's Rod, as well as his Prophet, his Deluge, as well as his Noah, is still a Preacher of Repen­tance, let us impartially consider, whether the sorrow and Anxiety which the Calamity of the Time may have wrought within us, does pro­ceed from a Resentment of Sins, or Sufferings. Whether it be a Contrition, or an Attrition only. Whether a sorrow that is worldly, and worketh Death, 2 Cor. 7. 10, 11. and by consequence is to be sorrowed for, or a sorrow according to God, [...] [...]hilo I [...]d. [...]. &c. pag. 141. which worketh Re­pentance to Salvation, and therefore is never to be Repented. If the first of these two, we ought to begg of God Almighty, that he will add to our Patience, rather than take from our Punish­ment; that he will strengthen our shoulders, ra­ther than lessen our Burden; And much rather sanctifie, than recal his Rod. But if we find it to be the second, we must not pray for a Remedy, but rather for a Paroxysm of our Disease; and rather exasperate our pain, than too soon asswage it. We ought to be sadded for nothing more, than that we cannot be sad enough; & only glad, [Page 159] that we cannot be so. For let the man of this world but imagin himself upon his Death-bed, And what then would he not give for the completing of that Anxiety, whereof he is now so over apt even to conjure for an Abatement? Afflictions help to make us happy even in this present world, if we have but the Grace to use them rightly; else they will make us the unhappier in that world which is to come. For without the right use, even the Grace of God it self does accidentally highten our Condemnation. And though I never had yet such a Roman Faith, as to believe that there IS such a thing as Purgatory; yet, with submission to God's Oeconomy, I think the most of mankind might be glad there were. Because it seems a very easy Composition with his Justice, to suffer Hell for a time, in order to happiness for Eternity. It concerns us therefore to pray, in this conjuncture of our affairs, that God will give us to drink of his bitter Cup, not as our Appetites shall crave, but as He in his wisdom shall judge expedient. Let him enable us to choose but this one Requisite for our selves, even His sanctifying Grace; And then in company with That, let him allot us what he pleaseth. Be it War, Pestilence, or Famine; be [Page 160] it Ignomy, Overthrow, or suddain Death. For as by looking upon our Sins, we cannot but see matter of Terror, whereby to hold us in con­stant fear; so by reflecting upon our sufferings, we may discern matter of Comfort, whereby to couple our Fear with Hope. I say 'tis matter of some Comfort, that God doth seem by his Cor­rection to own us still for his People; that he does not severely suffer us to be over prosperous in our impieties; that he has not so wholly left us, as not to visit us with his Rod; but that at least he does vouchsafe us the Mercy of his Iudgments to work upon us. And though he threatens to give us up to some of the cruelest of our Enemies, (such as are the two plagues of per­fect beggery, and the Pestilence,) 'tis that he may not give us up unto our more cruel selves; that we may never indure the Tyranny of our own hearts lust, or live under the Yoke of our vile Af­fections. And therefore to the end we may ra­ther kiss, than undutifully repine at his gracious Rod, which does so charitably smite, and would fain wound us into a Cure; let us continue to fix our eyes, as on the Errand on which it comes, so withal on the Author from whom 'tis sent. Which leads me to the Potentate by whom the [Page 161] Embassadour is dispatcht, The last particular in the Division.

Hear ye the Rod, and who hath Appointed it.

§. 1. That the same Dispensation of the Cup of Trembling and Astonishment should not only have such diverse, but such contrary effects, upon the several Complexions it meets withal, as to be one mans Restaurative, and anothers Poyson, softning one into Repentance, and hard­ning another into Despaire; might seem a diffi­cult kind of Riddle at the very first hearing, were it not that this Accompt may be given of it, That the one looks only downwards, and views the Rod of his Afflictions as meerly springing out of the Dust; whereas the other looks upwards, and acknowledges the Finger of Him that sent it. They whose Spirits and Contemplations are ever groveling on the earth, and look no higher than second Causes, are commonly sorry in their Distresses as men without Hope; whereas the men whose Affections are set on things that are Above, and with the Lyncean Eye of Faith can look on the other side the Veil, do so submit to, and comply with the will of God in their afflictions, as to desire it may be don, as well on Earth as it is in Heaven.

[Page 162]I know not whether it is more to be fear'd, or hop'd, that God will never withdraw his Rod which lyes so heavy upon our shoulders, until he has first of all whipt us into the wisdom to discern, and into so much Humility as to acknowledge, That the Original, and Increase, and present Continuance of our Plague, hath not only arisen to us out of natural Causes, (much less out of fortuitous,) to wit from Atomes, or Insects, or from I know not what malignant and secret qua­lities in the Aire; but from the wrath of a pro­voked and jealous God, for the most brutish un­concerdness and Impenitences of Men. The Pla­gue of Pestilence being a Rod of so astonishing a Nature, that though the Heathens look'd upon it as a thing rooted in the Earth, yet they thought it laid on by an hand from Heaven. TheDiodor. Sic. lib. 14. p. 291. Car­thaginians at Syracuse, and the People of Tolouse in the timeIustin. l. 32. p. 271. of Brennus, ascrib'd the Cause of their several Pests unto the Anger of their Gods for the Sin of Sacriledge, and fled for Refuge to Restitution, as the great means of their Reco­very. And however Diodorus did take upon him to assign the [...]. Diodor. Sic. l. 12. p. 100. natural Causes of the Pestilence that reign'd at Athens, yet he assures us that the [...]. Id ib. p. III. Athenians did look upon it as a Rod of super­natural [Page 163] contrivance. Much more should we Christians impute the Cause of our Plague unto God's Displeasure; as being that that serves to humble, and raise us up too. For as 'tis matter to us of Terror, to fall into the hands of the living God, (Heb. 10. 31.) so 'tis matter also of Comfort, that we do not fall out of the hands of God; no nor yet into the hands of relentless men. For with God there is Mercy, and that in the midst of his Iudgments too; whereas the very tender mercies of men are cruel, (Prov. 12, 10.) God does not afflict willingly, nor grieve the children of men; and when at last he is fain to wound, 'tis to the end that he may heal us. But men to men are so inhuman, that they will commonly break our heads with their pretious Balmes too. And there­fore David having his Option betwixt the Sword of the Lord (for so the Pestilence was call'd) and the Sword of man, did soon determin to choose the former. Let me fall now (says he) into the hand of the Lord, (for very great are his Mercies,) but let me not fall into the hand of men. 1 Chron. 21. 13.

§. 2. If we look back upon the Church whilst she was yet but in her Childhood, and consider her Tribulations as far as from Nero to Dioclesian, we may observe how mens reflections upon the [Page 164] Wisdom and Goodness of God's Oeconomies, did smooth the face of Death it self, as 'twas in­flicted by the Rod of Divine Appointment; and made her Children even to Court it, how grim soever it became by its greatest Torments. A­mongst a thousand Examples which might be given of this Truth, I shall not trouble or de­tein you with more than one. In that dreadful and most bloody Sedition at Alexandria (just as if Cadmus had sow'd his Teeth in that fruitful Soil,)Euseb. Eccl. Hist. l. 7. c. 17. when the Gulf of Arabia became a red Sea indeed, which before was only call'd so by either aDiod. Sic. figure or a mistake; when that Sea was so polluted with Blood and Stentch, that had its wa­ter been to be wash'd, all the Ocean (saith Dio­nysius) had been too little to wash it clean; and when, in consequence of This, there was a Pe­stilence so extream, [...]. as that there was not one House wherein there was not one Carkass; They that were Gentiles in the City were every whit as much terrified, as if Moses once more had turn'd their waters into Blood, and had afflicted that Place with the sad repetition of all his Iudg­ments. Whereas the Christians on the contrary, who to their War and their Pestilence, had a third Plague added, (That, I mean, of Persecu­tion,) [Page 165] were so far from sincking under, that ra­ther of the two they injoy'd their sufferings. Whereof the reason in Eusebius is only this, that they heard not the Rod only, but had regard unto Him who had laid it on. And so they look't upon their Iudgment, [...], as the Test or Touchstone of God Almighty, for either the Triall of their Patience, or for the Exercise of their Faith, or for the Proof of their Fidelity. So extreamly much it is for any mans Interest, and Ease, when the Rod of God is sent in a Message to him, that he consider why it comes, and by whose Appointment.

§. 3. And indeed to speak Truth, whoso­ever like the Heliotrope that is still intent upon the Sun, or like the Pilot in a Ship, who, though the waves and the wind do both conspire his Di­sturbance, does keep his eye the more carefully on his Compass and his Star; I say whoever is this steady, well byass'd Christian, that is not a­fraid for any evil Tidings, and though his heels are tripp'd up,Psal. 112. 7. yet his Heart standeth fast, and be­lieveth in the Lord; He is the Person of the world, that leads the world into Captivity. And is not only plac'd above the level of Fortune, but (as [Page 166] slippery as she is,) seems to have caught her within his Net. He seems to have gotten the Gladius Delphicus, that Catholical kind of Sword, by which he easily cuts asunder all the Difficulties of Life. For if he dwell amongst those that are Enemies unto Peace, who, when he speaks to them thereof, make them ready to Battle; behold his Remedy is at hand, whilst he can say with King David,Psal. 121. 1.I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills from whence cometh my help. Nay if his Troubles are yet inlarged, so as they that destroy him guiltless are mighty, and do not come into Misfortunes like other men; yet his Remedy is at hand still, whilst he can say with David too, Verily there is a reward for the righteous, doubtless there is a God that judgeth the Earth. Nay if a Messenger come and tell him (as heretofore 'twas told David) that he who came out of his Bowels does seek his Kingdom and his life; still his Remedy lies in this, that he can say with David still, Behold here I am; if the Lord say, I have no de­light in thee,2 Sam. 15. 26.let him do with me as it seemeth good to him. Nay if Isaiah bring him a Message, that all the Possessions of his house shall be led captive in­to Babylon, and that the Sons which Issue from him shall be taken away by force, to serve as Eunuchs [Page 167] amongst the Heathen; yet still his Remedy is at hand, whilst he can answer with Hezekiah, Good is the word of the Lord which thou hast spoken. 2 Kin. 20. 19. Nay if the Devil besiege his Patience with all the wittiest of his Engines, and reduce him from his great Affluence, unto his Potsherd, and his Byles; yet even then he hath his Remedy, whilst he can ask with holy Iob,Job.shall I receive good things at the hand of God, and shall I not receive evil also? The Lord giveth, and the Lord taketh away, blessed be the name of the Lord. Nay if a Samuel bring him Tidings, not of a private Judgment only, [that the Iniquity of his house shall not be purg'd with Sacrifice,] but of a publick Judgment also, (which whosoever shall but hear shall find that both his ears shall tingle,) to wit, That even the Ark of the Lord is taken, and that the glory is departed from Israel; yet even then he hath his Remedy, whilst he can say with good old Eli,1 Sam. 3. 11, 18, &c.It is the Lord, let him do what seemeth him good. To con­clude with an Instance much neerer Home; Admit the Dutch and French Armies should come upon us whilst we are sick, Gen. 34, 25. as Simeon and Levi fell on the Shechemites when they were sore; And so should be the same to us, which both Egypt and Assyria were once to Israel, to wit the [Page 168] Rod of God's Anger, and the Staff of his Indigna­tion; yet if We are his Children, and They his Rod, let us but strive as little children to be the better for our Correction, and 'twill be natural for the Father to cast his Rod into the Fire.

§. 4. Which being seasonably premis'd, we are no otherwise to bewail the Rod of God upon our Country, then as we have either by our Sins helpt to betray her to its Infliction, or have not been helping by our Prayers to ease her of it. Let us repent us of the first, and betake our selves unto the second, and then submit the event of All, to his Disposal who hath appointed it.

To him therefore who is able to keep us from fal­ling, and to raise us when we are down, and to pre­sent us being risen, before the Presence of his Glory with exceeding Ioy, To the only wise God our Sa­viour, be ascribed by Us and by all the World, Blessing, and Glory, and Honour, and Power, and Wisdom, and Thanksgiving, from this time for­wards for evermore.

FINIS.
Concio Synodica DE P …

Concio Synodica DE POTESTATE ECCLESIASTICA, AD CLERUM ANGLICANUM, EX Provinciâ praesertim Cantuariensi, in Aede Paulinâ Londinensi habita VIII. Idus Maias, MDCLXI.

REVERENDISSIMO IN CHRISTO PATRI AC DOMINO, Do. GUILIELMO, Archiepiscopo Cantuariensi; Totius Angliae Primati & Metropolitano; REVERENDIS DOMINIS EPISCOPIS; Totique Clero Anglicano, Decanis, Archidia­conis, aliisque Compresbyteris, ex singulis Dioecesibus, & Cathedralibus Ecclesiis, Provinciae praesertim Cantuariensis, in Sy­nodo Londinensi, Auctoritate Regiâ Con­gregatis,

T. P. [...], Hoc [...] Qualecunque Dicat Dedicatque.

Actorum Capite quindecimo, versu 28. à sanctâ Synodo Apostolicâ sic scriptum legimus;
Visum est enim Spiritui Sancto & nobis, nihil ultra imponere vobis oneris, quam haec Necessaria.

§. 1. QUemadmodum olim apud veteres mos hujusmodi inolevit, ut opus aliquod sive arduum, sive augu­stum aggressuri, in ipso operis quasi vestibulo à summo Numine auspicarentur; pari modo, (quod benè vertat,) opus arduum Augustum (que) (si quod aliud) aggressuro, (Reverendissimi ad­modum in Christo Patres, vosque quotquot ad­estis, viri & Fratres dilectissimi,) liceat mihi vobis omnibus (si cum Sancto Psalmistâ loqui deceat,) exPsal. 116. 13. Illud Po­culum Salutis dicitur, quod est reverà [...], seu gratiarum actioni [...] de omni salute quam Deus in me contulit. Vide Jun. & Tremell. in Locum. Quem etiam confer cum poculo [...] sive benedictionis. 1 Cor. 10, 16. [...] poculo propinare.

[Page 174]§. 2. Quid enim homini Christiano, aut prius aut antiquius haberi debet, (aut nunc prae­sertim opportunius,) quàm ut à laudibus & Elogiis Patri Luminum buccinandis, verba pub­licè facturus exordium sumat? & post nau­fragium litatò factum, votivam Tabulam sus­pendat?

§. 3. Deo scilicet providente, Deploratis­sima scelerum mancipia, quorum audaciâ ante Decennium Domi fortisque exulabamus, ipsa tandem dispersa vicissim exulant; nec jam am­plius assidentes ‘Cernimus immunes aliena ad pabula fucos.’ Deo brachium exerente, Phaethontes isti praeco­eiores, qui annos proximè elapsos alienis curri­bus insedissent, ceu Brontia quadam perculsi, praecipites ruunt prout aguntur. Nec aliud illis jam superest protervitatis suae solatium, quàm magnis ausis excidisse, & (quod habemus apud Longinum) [...] illud [...] documentumque reliquisse, Posteris suis salu­tiferum, [...], nec ulla mancipiis Sa­turnalia in omne aevum duratura. Deo deni (que) curante, & mirum in modum procurante, ex quàm procul dissitis Britanniae partibus, post [Page 175] duodecennem [...], unius corporis [...] in unum denuò coalescimus? nec jam ampli­us periculosa, sed utili fruimur Innocentiâ?

§. 4. O quàm gratulor vobis vestrum ad vos Receptum exoptatissimum! quodque non amplius in Britanniâ ipsa Britannia sit requi­renda! Quin & solennia Gratiarum vota sunt Hostibus vestris nuncupanda; qui rabie suâ ef­fecerunt, ut [...] accenseamini; deturque vo­bis conspectiorem de Fortunâ ferociente Tri­umphum agere. Operae pretium propè erat in tot discrimina incidisse, ut de Divino in vos fa­vore vel sic constaret;— ‘—Aliquisque malis fuit usus in illis.’

§. 5. Nam si Gregorius Adami Culpam rectè dixerit felicem, quippe quae talem Redemptorem habere meruit: Quidni etiam vobis gratuler Ruinae nuperae Beneficium, quibus Talem, Tantumque (qualis est Caesar noster Britanni­cus) indulsit Deus Instauratorem?

§. 6. Illi ergo bonorum omnium Fonti si­mul & Largitori, qui quantumlibet immeren­tibus haec otia fecit, luctumque nostrum tam diu­tinum in Citharam vertit sempiternam, utpote nobis in quantum Subditis, Imperii Principem [Page 176] Augustissimum; (fugientium Charitum cum Camaenis Deo proximum Statorem:) nobis in quantum Christianis, Ecclesiae Proceres corda­tissimos; nobis in quantum Reformatis, hodier­nam Synodum Consultissimam; nec nostra so­lùm, sed nosmetipsos nobismetipsis etiam resti­tuit; soli (inquam) Thaumaturgo, Triuni Deo, Sospitatori nostro sapientissimo, sit Ho­nos & Gloria in omnem deinceps Aeterni­tatem.

§. 7. Nec tantùm DeoHeb. 11. 6. [...] Gratia­rum Actiones habendae sunt de tot tantisque beneficiis in nos collatis; sed insuper nobis o­randum est pro Catholicâ Christi Ecclesiâ, per varia Regna Resque publicas quaquaversum disseminatâ. Nominatim verò, pro Anglicanâ hâc nostrâ; Atque inibi ante alios, ejusdem Ecclesiae Nutricio Carolo, peculiari Dei gra­tiâ, Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, & Hiberniae Rege, Fidei Defensore, in omnibus Causis, omniumque Personarum, sive sacrarum, sive civilium, immediatè secundum Deum Supre­mo in Terris Moderatore. Pro Reginâ Matre Henriettâ Mariâ; pro Illustrissimo Principe, Jacobo Duce Eboracensi; aliisque quibuscun­que è Regio stemmate oriundis.

[Page 177]Pro utra (que) Domo Parliamenti; pro Regni Proceribus Nobilissimis; praesertim iis qui Regi adsunt à secretioribus consiliis. Specia­tim verò Preces apud Patrem Coelestem sunt effundendae, pro universo Clero Anglicano, in utramque Domum Convocationis mox deinde coituro; pro Reverendissimis Archiepiscopis, Episcopis etiam Reverendis; aliisque quibus­cunque inferioris subsellii Clericis, quibus-qui­bus sive muneribus sive nominibus insigniantur; ut Pater Luminum benignissimus, cujus ver­bum est ipsa veritas, & via ad vitam explora­tissima, pro bonitate suâ dignetur Hodiernis Caetibus Interesse; Quò quaecunque demum consilia ab iis erunt ineunda, in publicam cedant utilitatem, inque Dei nostri Gloriam usque & usque efferendam, per Jesum Christum Do­minum nostrum: cujus meritis innixi, ejusque adjuti oratione, (brevissimâ quidem illâ, sed om­nibus numeris absolutâ,) haec & caetera qualia­cunque quae nobis ex usu futura sunt, à Deo op­timo Maximo iisdem verbis exoremus, quibus Ipse Incarnatus orandum statuit.

[Page 178]Pater Noster qui es in Coelis, sanctificetur nomen tuum. Adveniat Regnum tuum. Fiat voluntas tua sicut in Coelo, sic & in Terra. Panem nostrum quotidianum da nobis hodie: & dimitte nobis de­bita nostra, sicut & nos dimittimu [...] Debitoribus no­stris. Et ne nos inducas in Tentationem, sed libera nos a Malo. Nam tuum est Regnum, Potentia, & Gloria, in Secula Seculorum.

AMEN.

Visum est enim Spiritui Sancto & nobis nihil ultra imponere vobis oneris, quam haec Necessaria.

INeunti mihi rationem de suscepto munere obeundo, (Reverendissimi admodum in Christo Patres, Fratres in Domino Dilectis­simi,) in mentem illicò immissum est, ( [...], an secus, aliorum per me licet judicium esto,) quemadmodum Synodi & Synedria in id prae­cipuè indicuntur, ut hominum animos com­ponant, & paci publicae velificentur; Ita duo esse potissimùm humani generis Propudia, Loio­litas nimirum & Erastianos, qui (instar Davi illius Terentiani) certatim omnia interturbant; ac utramque [...], civilem pariter & Ecclesia­sticam, (nec enim illa minus, quàm haec, vide­tur coelitus oriunda,) quà publicè, quà privatim, non modo vellicant & delibant, sed pro virili sua parte convulsum eunt. Quicquid est juris Ec­clesiastici, aut ad sacram [...] quoquo modo pertineat, Illi solis Ecclesiasticis (Papae scilicet cum Praelatis) in totum asserunt; Civilium interim Magistratuum nulla habita ratione. Isti verò è regione ad stuporem usque abrepti [...], (ut Sancti Basilii verbis utar,) in­super [Page 180] habitis Ecclesiasticis, ad solos homines seculares Rem totam deferunt.

§. 2. Haec sunt Monstra illa Dogmatum, de quibus Primaeva Dei Ecclesia nunquam vel fando inaudivit; sed quae ab aevis sequioribus ex nescio quo Tartaro erumpentia, & in Bri­tannias has nostras malis avibus advecta, cre­dentium animos mentesque ad subjectionem debitam emicantes, ceu pestilenti quodam sy­dere eum in modum afflaverunt, uti corrupta Christiani Obsequii Regula steterit diu, & ob­mutuerit. Hinc enim odia saepe progerminant plusquam Vatiniana; ex odiis Schismata, Facti­ones, Secessiones in partes, & quod malorum fere omnium extrema linea habenda est, Ne velle quidem sibi ut ab altera parte benefiat. Hinc Templa Templis adversantur, Conciliabula ex diametro Conciliabulis opponuntur, atque Altare contra Altare ubi (que) loci fere erigitur. Nec in Schismate (Proh dolor!) sibi terminum figit malorum seges; sed (gliscentibus indies Animorum Pa­roxysmis, & [...],) Res subinde repetun­tur; & factâ clarigatione, fecialis hasta conti­nuò mittitur; Bellum publicè indicitur; ad­versis concurritur aciebus; & (nisi Divinitùs sit provisum) ad ipsam internecionem jugi tra­ctu dimicatur.

[Page 181]§. 3. Neque tamen hîc obtinet, quod [...] fortè objiciant;

Tantum Religio potuit suadere malorum; Quod enim Dominus salvator de se edixit, Nolite ar­bitrari quod Pacem venerim immissurus in Terram; Non enim Pacem,Mat. 10. 34.sed Gladium; non ad Finem ad­ventus Christi, sed tantummodò ad Eventum re­ferri debet, prae hominum vitiis oriturum. Non est [...], sed [...] tantùm [...], quod ibi loci intelligitur: praedixit Ille quid certò futurum esset, non quid fieri decrevisset, aut faciendum esse existimaret. Non se causam fore dissidii, sed puram putam occasionem. Ipse enim qui & Auctor & Princeps Pacis, tanti Pacem aestima­vit, ut etiam sudore suo & sanguine facilè dux­erit redimendam, suisque Disciplulis valedictu­rus Pacem habuitJoh. 13. 27. commendatissimam, nihil un­quam sollicitiùs in votis habuit (immò verò nec in Praeceptis) quàm ut Pacem Amoebaeam in cunctis hominum commerciis vigere faceret. Et nequid nobis videretur intentatum reliquisse (quantum humanae voluntatis ingenium fert,) quò quod maximè cupiebat effectum daret; promisit suis, abiturus, se missurum Spiritum Sanctum, cujus aura non secus ac Pacis vinculo, omnes obicem non ponentes in unum corpus [Page 182] coagmentaret. [...]. Chrysost. Hom. 61. in Mat. 18. p. 659. Promisit Episcopis vel duobus in nomine suo congregatis (sicut Chrysostomus & Eu­thymius Textum illum interpretantur,) se, per spiritus sui virtutem, in eorum medio affuturum. (Mat. 18. 19, 20.) & si numerus tam exiguus spiritu sancto non destituitur, (ut rectè arguit Coe­lestinus in iis quos scripsit codicillis ad Syno­dum illam Ephesinam,) Quomodo (inquit) non credemus in medio vestrum futurum esse, ubi in unum simul conveniunt tanta sanctorum multitudo? ut quod Apostolus dixit de Juramento, [ [...] esse exhibitum, quò succrescentibus controversiis in Finem esset, ad Heb. 6. 16.] non dubitave­rim etiam de Synodis optimo jure asseverare. Convenit enim inter omnes, (exceptis solis So­cinianis, & si qui sint ejusdem furfuris,) penes Synodum Oecumenicam, omnis dissidii Ecclesia­stici jus supremum decisivum censendum esse; in quantum nullum sit Tribunal (nec ullum sanè vel fingi potest) ad quod à Synodo Oecumenicâ ulla competat Appellatio. Quantum autem Oecumenica quaquaversùs per orbem Terra­rum valet, Tantundem ferè Nationalis, (prae­sertim in regno pleni juris, quale Britannicum, Siculumque, quae verè audiunt [...], atque [...],) intra suarum ditionum Pomaeria obti­net.

[Page 183]§. 4. Ne verò longe abeatur, dispiciamus jam de Synodo, quam habemus prae manibus expendendam: Primâ scilicet & celeberrimâ; & ad quam, tanquam ad normam, Reliquoe om­nes sunt exigendae. Nam quemadmodum olim inter Iudaeos, si quaestio aliqua orta esset quam Schismatis suspicio sequeretur, Synedrium il­licò consulebant, prout illis ex LegeDeut. 17. praecep­tum erat; Pari modo & Christiani, exortâ gravi Controversiâ de Lege Ceremoniali per Moysen latâ, & gliscentibus inter illos de die in diem simultatibus, evestigiò ac sine morâ Concilium verè Apostolicum consultum eunt, (ver­sibus 2, 4, 5.) Apostoli & Presbyteri de propo­sitâ controversiâ consilium ineunt. (v. 6.) Inter caeteros Assessores, Beatus Petrus & Iacobus sententias dicunt; & eâdem fere dicendi for­mulâ, qua Senatores apud Romanos sententiarum Dictionem solito more concludebant; [...], quamobrem ego sic censeo, (v. 19.) Mox in Iacobi sententiam illam universi pedibus euntes, de communi planè consensu hujusmodi placitum decreverunt: [...]. [Page 184] Visum est sane Spiritui sancto & nobis nihil ul­tra imponere vobis oneris, quam haec necessaria.’

§. 5. In quo verborum circuitu sive com­plexione, habetis Canonem Ecclesiasticum, ab ipsis Apostolis cum Presbyteris [...] con­gregatis, ad lites quasdam dirimendas, Hiero­solymis constitutum.

Tria sunt autem quae prima fronte hîc se of­ferunt observanda. Quorum illud inprimis no­tandum venit, quòd in ipso Canonis statim ini­tio Spiritus Sancti fit me [...]tio, ne de negotio planè humano, aut merè humana Auctoritate, hîc agi videretur. Non enim Synodi sibi ipsis, nec [...] multitudini, nec soli Regum praecellentiae (quorum aut jussu aut permissu in unum coe­unt,) sed annuenti Spiritui Sancto, quicquid ha­bent potestatis acceptum ferunt.

At postquam Synodus dixis [...]et, [...], quorsum illud etiam adjecit, [...]; num ob istam ratiunculam, (quam tanti faciunt Ro­manenses,) Quia de Spiritûs Testimonio ne­quaquam nobis constare potest, nisi Synodus Inspiranti suppetias ferat? minime Gentium. Sed per figuram illam effertur, quam vocant Rhetores Hendiadyn, sive (ut alii explicatiùs) [Page 193] [...]. Ut sensus sit; visum est nobis [...], nobis [...], nobis edoctis & directis per Spiritum Sanctum, (non ne errare valeamus, sed) ne erremus. Unde & Patres in Conciliis solen­niter dicere assolebant, [Decrevit haec sancta Sy­nodus in Spiritu sancto convocata.]

Secundò verò est observandum, Quòd sancta Synodus non censuit, monendas esse hîc Gentes de Rebus ad vitam necessariis, quas jam illis innotuisse compertum habuit, [nempe à caedi­bus, Latrociniis, Rebellionibus, Sacrilegiis, atque id genus aliis omninò esse abstinendum,] sed de iis tantum praecepit, de quibus potuit litigari, illis­que aliquid subesse Dubii; & per quae stetit, quo minus Gentes cum Hebraeis in unum coe­tum coalescerent. Cujusmodi erant [...], sive Immolatitia, sanguis etiam, & suffccata, quae ne Gentes degustarent hîc cautum est. Si quis autumaverit, sub hoc Canone comprehendi quaecun (que) ad salutem requiri solent, toto Coelo errâsse dicendus erit. Quum praecepta sint alia at (que) alia, sub poenâ mortis etiam sancita, quae adeò non comprehenduntur [...] sub isto tam brevi verborum ambitu; ut nec legi­timè ad eundem reduci queant. De illo uno Quaesitum est, à quibus rebus Incircumcisos [Page 194] cavere sibi oporteret, (sintne malae, an mediae, non multum refert,) quò inter Gentes & Judaeos aliquando tandem conveniret. Esu Sanguinis & Suffocatorum. Christianis etiam est interdictum (implicite saltem & interpretativè) à secundo [...]. Conc. Gangr. Can. 2. sed in Cod. Can. Ec. un. Can. 60. A. D. 32 [...]. Canone Concilii Gangrensis: diuque postmodùm fuisse in Ecclesiâ Dei observatum, (nempe post tempora Apostolica,) Testes habemusSuffocatis & Morticinis abstinemus, ne qu [...] sanguine contaminemur, vel intra viscera sepulto. Tertul. Apolog. c. 9. Tertul­lianum,Tantum (que) ab humano sanguine cavemus, ut nec edulium pecorum in cibis sanguinem noverimus. Min. Fael. in Octavio.Minutium, [...], &c. Clem. Alex. Paed. l. 3. cap. 3. p. 228. edit. Paris, 1629.Clementem [...] etiam Alexan­drinum, quin & Novollam Leonis 58vam [...]. [...]. p. 475. edit. Scrimger. Quanquam prorsus exolevisse sub Temporibus [...]; Euseb. Hist. E [...]c [...]. edit. Steph. 1544. l. 2. fol. 46. p. 1. Augustini, hujusce Canonis Reverentiam, (si non ubique, saltem in Africâ,) ipse nobis Augustinus testatum fecit. Atque vel inde satis constat de rerum istarum indifferentia, sive [...], quibus tamen accedens Lex mora­lem impingit necessitatem. Necesse est enim sub­jici, Rom. 13. 5. & visum est nobis (inquit Syno­dus Apostolica) aliud onus non imponere, quàm haec necessaria; vel (ut ex voce illâ [...] in promptu est hariolari, praesertim illis qui Grae­cè [Page 195] non vulgo sapiunt,) visum est nobis ea tan­tummodò imperare, quae omnino ut fiant, pro­pter Legem nunc latam necesse est.

Quin & illud est tertiò notatu dignum, quòd quemadmodum ipse Christus Religionis cor­ruptelas reformaturus, ad Primordia rerum & Fontes recurri voluit, (Mat. 19. 8.) ita & Syno­dus Apostolica de re praesenti decretura, ad Le­gem illicò respicit Genese [...]s nono promulgatam, non tantùm Gentibus, aut Judaeis, sed Filiis Noae, Aut (quod in idem planè recidit) Huma­no Generi observandam; utut, tempore pro­cedente, apud solos ferè Judaeos vigorem tenuit.

Expensis autem his Tribus, in quibus Scopus hujus Canonis praecipuè vertitur & consistit; Tria [...] statim emergunt, cum bono Deo eventilanda.

Inprimis enim videndum habeo De Potestate Ecclesiastica hujusmodi Synodo competente; quousque scilicet de jure protendi debeat, & quibus cancellis circumscribi.

Secundo loco agendum erit de Rebus purè Adiaphoris; an, & quatenus, & cujusmodi, Necessitatem sibi acquirant; & (legitimâ Synodo decernente) in Leges abeant.

[Page 196] Tertio demùm dispiciendum de Norma illa & Perpendiculo, ad quod decreta Ecclesiastica ne­cesse habent ut exigantur. Haec sunt Tria illa [...], quae pro Temporis ratione, & quantâ po­terunt Brevitate, incumbunt mihi enucleanda.

§. 1. Ad primum [...] quod spectat, Quic­quid est juris Ecclesiastici ad quatuor haec ca­pita referri potest. Inprimis nempe Liberam Religionis professionem, quam Constantinus & Licinius [Libertatem Religionis] in Edicto suo nuncupârunt; Deinde etiam Immunitatem à cunctis publicis muneribus, quae [...] Iustiniano appellatur; Tertiò verò Ex­emptionem à Secularibus Iudiciis; postremò Ius Auctoritativum de Laicorum causis Cognoscendi. Quid ex his Divino jure, & quid humano sit in­troductum, (nempe favore Imperatorum, [...]. Constantini, Constantii, & Constantis, Leonis deni­que, & Anthemii,) facilè cuiquam innotescet, qui cum Scriptis Canonistarum Divina confe­ret. Gravitèr autem errare solent, qui non distinguunt Potestatem à Deo datam Ecclesia­sticis, ab eâ quam Regi acceptam ferunt. Illa enim quasi separat Rempublicam ab Ecclesiâ, sed Ecclesiam Reipublicae adjungit ille. Nam ante tempora Constantini qui Magni nomine in­signitur, [Page 197] (Nominisque mensuram reverà implet,) ita Ecclesia in Regno erat, ut pars ipsius non censeretur. Neque enim aequo jure cum reli­quis civibus utebatur, nec praeter Iesum Cruci­fixum (cui sub cruce militabat) contemptae pas­sim Disciplinae ultorem habuit.

§. 2. Quantum ad Ius Ecclesiasticum in­ternum attinet, Jus nimirum praedicandi, ad pre­ces publicas conveniendi, sacram Synaxin cele­brandi, aedes sacras aedificandi, sacras Synodos cogendi, sacram denique Disciplinam pro rei merito usurpaudi; Illud Apostolis & Episcopis, quiApud nos Apostolorū locum Epis­copi tenent. Hieron ad Marcellum adversus Mon­tan. Ep. 54. p. 160. B. tenent Locum Apostolorum, (ut ipse Sanctus Hieronymus disertè docet) non nisi desuper & à Deo concessum venit. Sed quantum ad juris Exercitium, (quod jus externum vocare licet,) Jus nimirum faciendi quicquid ad sacram [...] pleno modo administrandam optari queat, id (que) non clanculùm & in Latebris, sed [...], (ut loqui solent Imperatores,) Illud à piis Im­peratoribus (sed per illos etiam à Deo) Ecclesia­sticae Hierarchiae indultum fuit.

§. 3. Nam licet Synodus Ancyrana atque Neocaesariensis (ipsâ Nicaena Anteriores) absque jussu Constantini coactae sint; Regiâ tamen auctoritate munitas esse, nemo sanus inficiabitur. [Page 198] Distinguendum autem est semper inter Syno­dos Generales, & merè Topicas; Illae à solisVide Eu­trop. Longo­bard. p. 10. Imperatoribus, Hae ab EpiscopisEpistolae per fratres à Metropolitano dirigendae sunt, &c. Concil. Tarra­con. 500. post Christum annos in Hisp. celebra­ti, Canon. 3. [...]. Con­cil. Antioch. Can. 19. Sed Cod. Can. Eccl. univ. Can 98. [...]. Concil. Antioch. Can. 20. [...]. Concil. Chalced. Can. 18. Codicis vero Can. Eccl. univ. C. 197.Metropoliticis (sive Principum Iussione, sive tacito consensu,) pro veteri more indici possunt. Ad remConsule Euseb. lib. 3. de vit. Const. cap. 4. Evagr. l. 2. cap. 4. Theodoret. lib. 2. c. 8. Anonymum I. C. de libertate Eccl. cap. 3. exem­plis evincendam, (si per otium meum liceret, aut vestram saltem per patientiam,) sexcenta sanè in medium proferre pos [...]em. Sed ne testi­bus supervacaneis impraesentiarum abuti vi­dear, sufficiat semel vel dixisse, quod sanctis­simè recipio in me probandum, (tum contra Papae Parasitastros, tum contra eos qui hâc ex parte Mephitim illam Papismi plus nimio re­dolent,) Quòd sine Regibus annuentibus, ex quo Reges evaserunt Ecclesiae Filii, Nutriciique, & quasi Episcopi [...], etiam divinitùs con­stituti, (ut Magnus Ille Constantinus non semel dixit,) nunquam Placitis Synodalibus subscribi licuit.

[Page 199]§. 4. Jus autem liberè cogendi Synodos, & jus in Synodis celebra [...]dis condendi Leges, pars est cultûs Christiani necessaria prorsus, & [...]. Quomodo enim fient omnia [...],1 Cor. 14. 40. nihil scilicet confuse, & pro cujusque Temeritate? Quomodo controversiarum figetur Serra, & malae fidei mercatoribus Labia saltem obtu­rabuntur? Unde tollentur corruptelae, quae in Ecclesiae Disciplinam subrepsisle comperi­entur? (ut paucis denique absolvam,) Ubi loci di [...]ficillimae de Rebus Fidei Quaestiones, aut tutò poterunt eventilari, aut ad optatum ali­quando perduci Finem, si non in Synodo Nati­onali in Nomine Domini congregatâ, cui vel ipse fidem dedit, se pro certo interfuturum?

§. 5. Quotus enim quisque est, etiam in sacris versatissimus, (si privatim accedat, & extra Synodum,) cui cùm abdita mysteria Di­vinae Naturae appropinquant, simulque incum­bunt enarranda, non refugiat evestigiò trementi sanguis, atque prae metu exalbescat? Quo­tusquisque vel Ingenio complecti queat, (nedum verbis assequatur,) quomodo Pater sine initio, & sine fine gignat Filium, in quem ita Gene­rans sese totum effundit, ut ipsi nihil decedat, & a quo Generatus eâ nascitur ratione, ut ab [Page 200] eo qui generat recedat nunquam? & à quibus utrisque Spiritus Sanctus eo pacto procedit, ut ne [...] quidem confusis Personarum Trium proprietatibus, ejusdem naturae inter omnes consortium existat absolutissimum? Quis est ille in Theologicis usque adeò oculatus, ut expedire mihi queat (saltem pro rei dignitate) ineffabile illud Divinae cum nostrâ Naturâ con­tubernium? quove nexu sibi invicem eum in morem sint copulatae, ut idem qui semper ex Deo vero verus Deus existat necesse est, Homo quoque, & quidem verus, ex verâ ho­mine nasceretur? aut quomodo mulier Des­ponsata ita Parentem suum pepererit, ut virgo [...]uerit, etiam à Partu, multo quàm ante Imma­culatior?

§. 6. Certo certius (Auditores) tantùm abest ut privatim de rebus hujusmodi sit statu­endum; ut nulla sint capita Theologi [...]a, unde natae sunt aut plures, aut certè difficiliores de ipsa Fide Quaestiones. Nulla de quibus erra­tum est, aut facilius utique, aut periculosius. Nulla in quibus insudarunt majore cum animi conten­tione, suprà-quàm-dici-potest eximia Scripto­rum veterum Ingenia. Nulla in quibus expli­candis, aut magis variant Interpretes, aut ma­jores [Page 201] veritati offundunt Tenebras. Tanta est ho­minum imbecillitas, in Rebus Dei investigan­dis; Tanta verborum etiam obscuritas, in in­vestigatis enarrandis; Tantaque rerum diffi­cultas, quae omne verborum artificium plerum­que superat, & compluribus parasangis post se relinquit.

§. 7. Egone verò, aut Ille, aut quisquam alius [...], ut ad ejusmodi ferè [...] mysteria, per loca crebris variisque difficulta­tibus impedita, frequentibus salebris intersepta, lamis ac saltibus impervia, eluvionibus & vora­ginibus saepenumerò intercisa, aditum Singuli faciamus, qui vixdum patuit Universis? ‘Hi sunt vel Synodo tam digni vindice Nodi,’ Ut sibi in solidum enodandis, Frequentiam Ho­minum Angelorum (que) videantur forsan desiderare. Nec aliusmodi sanè frequentiam, quàm cui Chri­stus per Paracletum ita interest, & praeest, ita dirigit, atque gubernat; ut vere possit & sine fuco Tritum illud pronunciari, [Decrevit haec Sancta Synodus in Spiritu Sancto Convocata,] aut quod eôdem ferè redit, [...], Visum est nobis per Spiritum Sanctum, nihil ultra imponere vobis oneris, quam haec necessaria.

[Page 202]§. 8. Non praecise, & per se, & antecedenter necessaria; Necessaria tamen omnimodè, ut vo­bis in partes abeuntibus statuatur uniformis vi­vendi ratio. Necessaria etiam, quia Praecepta. Charitas enim (fatente Beza) in Rebus Mediis est necessaria. Charitas autem sine obsequio, nulla potest excogitari. Et quandoquidem il­lud [...] usque adeò sit pure Graecum, ut apud Atticos etiam Scriptores de iis rebus adhibeatur, quas aut fieri, aut omitti Lex ipsa jubet, ideo rectà me ducit ad secundum [...] trutinandum;

II Nempè de rebus antecedentèr & ex naturâ suâ Adiaphoris. An, & quatenus, & cujusmodi Necessitatem sibi acquirant, & (legitimâ Synodo decernente) in Leges abeant. [...].

§. 1. Vocabulum illud [ [...]] quod à Sanctâ Synodo adhibetur, liquidò notat Au­ctoritatem Praecepto junctam. [...] autem hic di­citur quod [...] suprà (v. 10.) Apertè innuens, Materiam Canonis Apostolici Adiaphoris esse annumerandam. Non de Fornicatione, aut com­mercio cum Idolis, (quae Natura sua sunt mala, & quorum merces mors est,) sed de sanguine lo­quor, [Page 203] & suffocatis, à quibus ut rigidè se abstine­ant tenentur Gentes. Cujus rei Indifferentiam (si per se consideretur) ille Christi Aphorismus abundè probat. Non quod intrat in os coinquinat hominem, sed id quod exit. (Mat. 15. 11.) Et qui forte pauci adhuc ista tangere formidant, (inquit EpiscopusAugustnius ubi suprà, lib. 32. cap. 13. p. 200. C. Wirtemb. Con­fess. art. 35. Vide Bezae Epist. Octavā ad D. Ed­mund. Grin­dallum Epis­cop. Lond. pag. 210. Hipponensis) à caeteris omnibus irri­dentur. Cui etiam suffragatur universa Ecclesia Wirtembergensis: Instituerunt (inquit illa) in Actis Apostolicis, ut Gentes caverent ab esu sangui­nis & suffocatorum; non ut haec observatio inter Gentes esset perpetua, sed Temporalis; & tantis­per duratura, dum hujusmodi esus non esset amplius offendiculum. Ita Ecclesia etiam Bohemica, capite d [...]imo quinto.

§. 2. Rerum autem Indifferentiam cessare pos [...]e, & [...] transire in Necessaria, (saltem pro temporis conditione, necdum legibus abro­gatis per quas jubentur,) Argumentis penè in­numeris probare possem, nisi id hominis videre­tur libertate loquendi suâ intemperantèr abu­tentis. Pace vestrâ tamen liceat (modò brevi­tèr raptimque) ut inde usque ab initio rem to­tam repetam. Dignum est enim quod hic ad­vertam, Post privilegia multifariam primis Pa­rentibus indulta, placuisse Deo Protoplastas [Page 204] triplici Lege coercere. Primâ scilicet naturali, cujus primumAquin. 1. 2. q. 94. art. 2. Praeceptum est, Bonum esse prosequendum, vitandum malum; Altera super­naturali, de Credendo & sperando in unum Deum, ipsumque animitus diligendo; Tertia deni (que) spe­ciali, (ut doctissimus Torniellus loquendum pu­tat) De ligno scientiae Boni & Mali sub poena mor­tis non comedendo. Si quis autem hîc sciscite­tur, cur prioribus non contentus, tertiam insuper Legem adjecerit Deus? Respondent illico Do­ctores, id duplici de Causa à Creatore fuisse fa­ctum. Prima causa haec erat, ut sua in homi­nes [...] luculentiùs aliquantò constare pos­set; cui Res per se Medias, nullisque Legibus adversantes, pro absoluto suo imperio, aut prae­cipere placuit, aut prohibere, quemadmodum ipsi collibitum fuerit. Altera causa videtur esse, ut vel sic in primo homine, (Humani Generis planè Archetypo,) luce clariùs innotesceret futuris seculis, quantum obsequii quasi vectigal (in his quae mala non sunt) [...] solvendum esset. Inprimis Deo, per Quem Rex Regnat; deinde Regi, qui Dei in Terris vicarius audit; postmodum verò Potestatibus à Rege missis. Ita enim Beatus Petrus, Pauli optimus Interpres, Ep. 1. cap. 2. v. 13. & sic deinceps.

[Page 205]§. 3. Et sicut in commodum Reipublicae conduntur Leges seculares; ita in usum etiam Ecclesiae, ab ipsis Ecclesiae incunabulis, Ec­clesiasticae quaedam Leges vigorem suum obti­nuerunt. Nascente adhuc Christianismo, ut in externis etiam Ritibus cultus Dei promove­retur, Beatus Paulus hanc tulit Legem; Om­nia decenter, atque ordine fiant. 1 Cor. 14. 40. ubi vocabulum [...], idem sonat quod [...]. (c. 7. v. 35.)In Col. 2. 5. Chrysostomus, Oecumenius, & Theophylactus, exponunt [...] per [...]. ut nihil confuse peragatur, & pro cujus (que) temeritate. Illud enim cum decoro, (ut S. Ambrosius in­terpretatur,) quod fit cum Pace & Disciplina. Rectè igitur Calvinus illud Pauli praeceptum vocavit Regulam; ad quam (inquit) omnia quae ad externam [...] Ecclesiae spectant exigere con­venit. Et si quis fortè hic urgeat, quod Apo­stolus Iacobus pugnare secum videatur, cum negat exhibendam esse Gentibus molestiam [...]., (Act. 15. 19.) & tamenElegisse mihi viden­tur pro tem­pore Rem facilem, & nequaquam observanti­bus onerosā. Aug. contr. Faust. l. 32. c. 13. Ritus praescribit qui in Lege Mosis continebantur; respondet optimè Calvinus, (cu­jus utinam hâc ex parte fratres nostri dissi­dentes sequaces fia [...]t!)Calvin. Inst. l. 4. c. 10. p. 30 Primum nihil ab il­lis exigit, quod fraternae concordiae non deberent. Deinde etiam haec praecepta nihil eorum conscientiis [Page 206] inquietudinis aut turbae afferre poterant; in quan­tum scirent, se coram Deo esse liberos. Praeterea, in externa Disciplina & Ceremoniis, sigilla [...]im vo­luit praescribere quid sequi debeamus.—postremo; prout Ecclesiae utilitas requiret, tam ritus usitatos mutare & abrogare, quam novos instituere conve­niet. Et,Demon­stravimus de principio, potestatem h [...]nc fuisse à Christo Ec­clesiae tradi­tam, ut scili­cet pro cir­cumstantiis locorum & temporum, proque ne­cessitate Ec­clesiarum le­ges concipiat & Canones. Zanch. l. 1. in 4tum praecept. p. 765. ut in pauca rem conferam, Ecclesiae ferè ad unam omnes quae Protestantium nomine censentur, saltem Bohemica, Helvetica, Gallica, Belgica, Wirtembergensis etiam, & Suevica, An­glica, Saxonica, & Confessio Augustana, (quas de industriâ nudius-tertius hisce oculis usur­pavi) uno ore confitentur, etiamsi non uno ver­borum ambitu, Quod omnes Ritus & Ceremoniae, quae ad pacem faciunt & Charitatem, nec verbo Dei adversantur, sive eae ab Episcopis, sive à Synodis Ecclesiasticis, sive ab aliis Auctoritatibus quibuscun­que extiterint, Vide Harmo­niam Confessi [...] num Genevae Edit. 1581. d p. 210. ad p. 231. prae­sertim p. 213. 214. semel introductae servari debent; & de eo simpliciores laborare non debent, neque hoc mo­veri aut per [...]urbari, sed quia bonae sunt, iis etiam ad bonum uti.

§. 4. Quod illis potissimùm notandum ar­bitror, & remotis Arbitris expendendum, qui ita videntur animati, ut nihil sibi mandari ve­lint, quod non in ipso sacro Codice concep [...]is ver­bis praecipiatur. Certè graviter in eos censur [...]m [Page 207] agit Theologus ille consummatissimus, Epis­copus▪ hodie Lincolniensis, (cujus laudes sanè reticeo, quia crediderim de his reticeri velle, & ipsius modestiae parcend [...]m puto;) Posse (inquit) de novo Leges condi,Sanderson de leg. Hum. oblig. Prael. 7. p. 288. de Ritibus, de Rebus, & personis Ecclesiasticis, omnibusque sacri cultus externi circumstantiis, ad ordinem, honesta­tem, & aedificationem spectantibus, extra eas quae sunt a Christo & ejus Apostolis traditae in sacris literis; adeo manifesta res est & rationi consentanea, ut perversi judicii obstinatique animi suspicione aegre se liberaverit, qui siccus & sobrius id negave­rit.

§. 5. Quin & Res per se Medias Necessitatem posse induere, si non satis aliunde, vel inde liquet; Quòd duplici semper Iure, Divino scilicet & Canonico, Primaeva Dei Ecclesia felici omine re­geretur. Quorum illud in Sacro Codice, Hoc in Codice continetur quod à Concilio Chalcedonen­si Corpus Canonum appellatur. Uterque olim in Conciliis Sedile habuit Peculare, in ipso Con­sessus Meditullio eminentissimè collocatum; ut ex conspecto eorum jure, Apostolorum suc­cessores Religionis Dogmata explorarent, ob­ortas Haereses succiderent, & quicquid uspiam controversiae ad Rem-publicam Ecclesiasticam ali­quo [Page 208] modo pertinebat, Divino semper admini­culo ad laetum exitum perducerent.

§. 6. Quòd autem Leges Ecclesiasticae, Au­ctoritate Regiâ statuminatae, ipsas hominum conscientias in Deo onerant, ex eo facilè con­ficitur,1 Pet. 2. 13, 14. quòd [...] eo modo ac methodo parendum docet Beatus Petrus, ut Regi in quantum supremo Domino, Reliquis in quan­tum a Rege missis, utrisque verò propter Deum obsequium debitum exhibeatur. Et meritò qui­dem; quum Totum Regimen exprimatur per [...], (Rom. 13. 2.) unde & Petrus nos jubet (apto vocis delectu) [...]:1 Pet. 2. 13. nimirum [...] Rom. 13. 1. [...]. Et quando­quidem in ordine sive Progressu Potestatum, à Presbytero ad Episcopum, ab Episcopo ad Syno­dum, à Synodo ad Regem, à Rege statim ad Deum scandimus; ineluctabili consequentiâ videtur mihi concludi posse, Quod quicquid Reges prae­cipiunt, sive per se immediate, sive per alios quoscunque quos Potestatis suae participant, si nusquam à Deo prohibeatur, id ipse Deus praece­pisse censendus est. Nam & identidem praece­pit, ut unusquisque Potestatibus obsequium prae­stet. Nec illud tantùm, ut unusquisque; verum etiam ut Omnis [...]. Rom. 13. 1.Anima sublimioribus Pote­statibus [Page 209] subjecta sit. Cujusmodi phrase sub­monetur, quòd non in speciem, aut ore tenus, sed medullitus, & ex animo; non propter i [...]am amoli­endam, sed propter ipsam Conscientiam, fidem­que nostram liberandam, morem gerere Potesta­tibus devincti sumus. Non ad oculum servientes, quasi hominibus placentes, sed ut servi Christi faci­entes Dei voluntatem, in Cordis nostri simplicitate; bona fide servientes, sicut Domino, & non homini­bus. (Eph. 6. 6.)

§. 7. Nec hîc immemores esse decet, quod in Synodo Nationali Res Regis agitur; quippe qui duplicem Personam sustinet, & Jure duplici potitur; unde & Regis Auctoritatem, non modò in Personas, sed & in Causas Ecclesiasticas ag­noscitArtic. 37.Ecclesia Anglicana. Et quandoquidem edixit Salvator noster, redde Caesari quae Caesaris, perinde est ac si dixisset, (Judice saltem Aug. in Matth▪ de pu­ero Centurio­nis judicantis se indignum Praesentiâ Domini. Au­gustino,) Nisi Caesaris praeceptum praecepto Dei ad­versatur, tanquam judici supremo parendum est. Cui consonum accinuit Iohannes Bekinsau apud Goldastum. Quicquid jusserit Supremus Magi­stratus quod Dei mandatis non repugnat, ita ut locum non habeat illud, [Melius est Deo quam hominibus obedire,] omnes, cujus-cujus honoris fuerint, nisi Dei ipsius Ordinationi resistere velint, profecto ob­sequi [Page 210] tenetur. Eundem in sensum Apud Con­fess. Bohem. cap. 16. de Magist. Polit. Hieronymus, Si Dominus (inquit) jubet quae non sunt adversa sacris literis, servus Domino subjiciatur. Huc ac­cedunt Confessionum Reformatarum etiam suffragia, nimirum Vide Har­mon. Confess. Sect. 19. pag. 276, 281, 282, 286. Belgicae, Bohemicae, Saxonicae, Augustanae. [Universi & singuli eminentibus Pote­statibus subjectionem praestent, in omnibus quae Deo non sunt contraria. Necessario debent obedire, nisi jubentibus peccare.

§. 8. Nec tantùm numero suffragantium, sed & gravissimis Rationum momentis nitimur. Illud enim inprimis incumbit Regi, (aliisque sub eo qui Gladium habent,) summam curam adhi­bere, ut Ecclesia Dei Ritè, atque ordine Gu­bernetur; ne polluatur unquam, aut corruat, sed contra omnigenas corruptelas sarta tecta praestetur. Privatis omnibus curandum, ut [...]in­cera Ecclesiae membra sint; neve sinant cor­pus suum (quod Templum Dei nuncupatur à Spiritu Sancto) pluribus sordibus inquinari, quàm ut purissimus ille Spiritus in eo velit in­habitare. Regibus ea propter commissus est Gladius secularis, quo extrinsecus accingun­tur ceu Dei vindices in iram, Rom. 13. 4. Pri­vatis verò non permittitur ni [...]i gladius ille spiri­tus, (seu verbum Dei,) quo Christianos ad unum [Page 211] omnes adversus impetus Diaboli accingit Paulus. (Eph. 6. 17.) Praefectis denique Ecclesiasticis commissus est Gladius Spiritualis, quo omnes subditos immorigerosMatt [...]. 18. 17, 18. Tit. 1. 13. [...], (id est, per modum Excisionis,) eosque Satanae etiam tradere 1 Cor. 5. 5. [...], ab ipso Deo mandatum habent. Frustrà enim dixisset Christus, Dic Ecclesiae, (Mat. 18. 17.) nisi effraenes compescendi facul­tas ei competiisset. Ita naturâ est comparatum, ut Gemella haec Potestas, Sacra pariter, & Se­cularis, (prorsus ut Pietas, & Probitas, Prov. 24. 21. Timor Dei, & Regis,) manus porrigant sibi invicem ab omni parte auxiliatrices.

§. 9. Ab utriusque Auctoritate quicquid Legum positivarum de rebus nudè Adiaphoris sancitum fuerit, (ex sententiâ Ecclesiae Angli­canae,) ipsam obligat conscientiam. Conscientiam dicimus, non Rei ipsius, (sive prohibitae, sive prae­ceptae,) quae per se est [...], sed nostrae saltem o­bedientiae, quam Lex Divina à nobis exigit; & adeò non est [...], ut ad salutem etiam aeternam sit usquequaque necessaria: utpote quam qui non praestiterit, damnationem sibi accersit, si fides Apostolo sit habenda, disertè illud asseveranti, Rom. 13. 2. Hanc esse mentemVide Tom. 2. H [...]mil. 4. Ecclesiae nostrae, videre est in Homilia de Bonis operibus institutâ. [Page 212] Dicit autem Ecclesia Suevica;Harm. Con­fess. Sect. 19. pag. 292. Graviter peccant qui propter has indifferentes Ceremonias turbant Ec­clesias, dam­nant alios principes, & Magistratus. Haeccine Pietas quam jactamus? Haeccinecha­ritas quam debemus Ec­clestis & fra­tribus? Zanch. de Rel. lib. 1. pag. 765.se inter primi Ordinis Bona opera, dedisse locum Obedientiae quae Magistratibus exhibetur. Et unusquisque studiosius publicis legibus se accommodat, quo sincerior fuerit Christianus, fideque ditior. Verba sanè, si qua alia, valdè [...], propè dixeram etiam dig­nissima, quae Canonibus nostris accenseantur. Videant, quibus vacat, Confessionis illius Sue­vicae caput tertium supra vicesimum.

§. 10. Hâc Gemellâ Auctoritate, Regiâ scilicet & Ecclesiasticâ, utrâque coelitùs ori­undâ, adhuc in Lumbis Proavorum innixi su­mus, cùm ab ill [...] sive Ecclesiâ sive curiâ potius discessimus, quam ab omnibus deserendam Ro­mani fecerant. Unde nihil frequentiùs in ore erat Pontificiis, quàm nihil apud nos ordine, ni­hil decenter & [...], sed susque deque potius omnia in sacris coetibus usurpari. Quibus ut os occluderemus, eo pacto resecuimus quic­quid aut spurcum fuit, aut frigidum, aut sacris literis adversarium; ut retinenda etiam censue­rimus, non tantùm ea quae nôrant omnes ab ipsis Apostolis derivata, verùm etiam & alia quae­dam quae exNunquam Ecclesia Dei in Terris ca­ruit Cere­moniis, ne (que) carere po­test; cum sine Ceremoniis, nec fideles in unum con­venire & co­alescere pos­sunt, nec Deo publicè ser­vire. Zanch. de Rel. l, 1. p. 420. Thes. 2. usu publico videbantur, quippe quadantenus facientia1 Cor. 14. 26. [...].

[Page 213]§. 11. Recténe, an secus, non Illorum erat dispicere, nedum certè pronunciare, quibus di­citur ab Apostolo, obedite Praepositis, & subja­cete, Heb. 13. 17. si quid aut deficit, aut redun­dat, aut quocun (que) modo claudicat in i [...]tis Pla­citis Ritualibus, quibus obstrepunt Novatores, totisque viribus adversantur; totum illud luben­tissimè Gubernatoribus Ecclesiasticis, in legi­timâ Synodo convocatis, seu auferendum, seu ampliandum, seu castigandum etiam submittitur. Absit autem in tali Synodo, ut cum carne & sanguine deliberetur; aut consilium ineatur de istis Homulis deliniendis, quibus quieta movere magna merces. Nam (ut optimè Hilarius,) Dulce quidem est nomen Pacis, sed aliud est Pax, aliud servitus. Et aliquantò quidem praestat [...],Ignat. ad [...]ol. Edit. Voss. pag. 12. (ut Ignatius scribit ad Polycar­pum,) discerpi simul & vincere, quam turpi cedere contumaciae; & optimas Leges abrogare, eâ tantùm de causâ, quod saepè à pessimis vio­lantur; aut summis curis distringi nequid illis non placeat, quibusRom. 131. Dei Ordinatio vix unquam placuit, & quibus non placet placere Deo. Il­lud ferè unum Curandum est, ut in omnibus Placitis Synodalibus, identidem respiciatur ad illam duplicem Evangelium praedicandi ratio­nem, [Page 214] à [...]; Clem. Alex. Strom. lib. 1. p. 270. in 2 Tim. 2. 2, & 15. [...]. Id. ib. p. 271. [...]. Id. ib. p. 272. Clemente Alexandrino indigitatam; nempe [...], quarum una erat [...] altera. Illud enim in moreCatholici ex more suo fidem veram duobus his modis approbant.—Non quia Canon solus non sibi ad universa sufficiat, sed quia S. Scripturam pro suo quisque arbitratu interpretantes varios errores concipi­ant, adeoque necesse sit, ut ad unam Ecclesiastici sensus Regulam Scripturae Coelestis Intelligentia dirigatur. Vinc. Lirin. advers Haeres. cap. 41. erat Eccle­siae adhuc incorruptae, (testante Vincentio Liri­nensi,) Fidem veram probare duobus his modis; Di­vini Canonis auctoritate, & Ecclesiae Catholicae Tra­ditione. Ad quam utramque Beatus Paulus hortatur Thessalonicenses. Itaque fratres perstate, & retinete Traditiones, quas didicitis, sive per Sermonem, sive per Epistola nostram, 2. ep. c. 2. v. 15. Atque ita traducti sumus ad tertium [...] pensitandum; Nempe ‘De Regula illa aut Norma, ad quam decreta Eccle­siastica necesse habent ut exigantur.’

§. 1. NOn abhorrebit à proposito (hinc ar­reptâ occasione) secretioribus aliquan­tisper suspiriis vicem nostram lugere, nostris (que) malis non tantùm Poenae, sed & Reatus ingemis­cere. Unde enim in Clerum, & in Ecclesiam, nisi ab ipsis Ecclesiasticis tam atrociter animadver­sum? ex quibus quippe quàm plurinii, malae [Page 215] fidei mercatores, [...] quaedam & [...] sim­pliciorum ex vulgo hominum credulitati ob­truserunt: & nescio quem fucum nundinarium veritatis Fronti illinentes, offucias fecerunt Re­ligioni, fraudem Populo, & proximè aberant ne sibi ipsis etiam perniciem. Nam dum sa­crae paginae [...] venditabant, sugillabant in­terim Ecclesiam, (ut ut1 Tim. 3. 15. Columnam & firma­mentum veritatis,) & Disciplinae receptissimae Antichristi stigma inurebant; Patrum Naevos & labeculas sub aspectum vulgi ponebant; sua­que ipsorum deliramenta pro imperio obtru­dentes, Scripturas Dei sacrosanctas in Lesbiam Regulam demutabant. Quae horsum-versum versatilis, ad Fidei dogmata dijudicanda vice Canonis illius [...] (proh dolor!) adhibeba­tur. Et quemadmodum de olivae nucleo mitis­simae asper exoritur oleaster, Deque papavere Fici gratissimae ventosa & vana Caprificus exur­git; Ita & Haereses de nostro fructificaverunt non nostrae; degeneres veritatis grano, & mendacio sylvestres.

§. 2. Sed Haec utique (inquit ille) & Ipsi ha­bent in nos retorquere,Tertull. de Praescript. ad­versus Haeres. cap. 17. 18. à nobis Scripturarum Adul­teria fieri. Ergo non proficit Congressio Scriptura­rum [ex privatâ nimirum interpretatione] nisi [Page 216] ut aut stomachi quis ineat eversionem, aut Cerebri. Si enim recipit Adversarius, non recipit integras; Et si aliquatenus integras praestat, nihilominus diver­sas expositiones comminiscitur. Tantumque veritati obstrepit Adulter sensus, quantum utique corruptor stylus. His nituntur Novatores, pro iis scilicet stabiliendis quae ex falso composuerunt.—

Id. ib. cap. 19. Ergo non ad Scripturas provocandum est, [pro cujusque Arbitratu explicatas,] nec his constitu­endum certamen, in quibus aut nulla aut incerta vi­ctoria est, aut parum certa. Ordo rerum expostulat, ut illud inprimis decernatur, Quibus competat fides ipsa, cujus sint Scripturae, à quo, & per quos, & quando, & quibus sit. Tradita Disciplina, qua fiunt Christiani. Ubi enim apparuerit esse veritatem Dis­cipline, & Fidei Christianae, illic erit Veritas Scri­pturarum, & Expositionum, & omnium Traditio­num Christianarum.

§. 3. Seriò dicam, Auditores, (& quantum­vis Literatori, liceat tamen vel dixisse,) quod quotiescunque apud me solum rationes ineo, quibus aut funi Disputationum, aut Schisma­tum cumulo, aut Haerese [...]n Congeriei aliquando tandem occurratur; non videntur haec mihi a­liter, quàm in Ecclesiasticae Auctoritatis sta­bilimento expediri posse. Nec unquam erit ut [Page 217] procedamus in Animorum consensu & Pace publicâ stabiliendis, (quae jam sola fere Sparta incumbit Clero adornanda,) priusquam ad de­cantatum illud indubitatae per omnia secula In ipsà Ca­tholicà Ec­clesià mag­noperè cu­randum est, ut id tenea­mus quod ubique, quod semper, quod ab omnibus creditum est. Vin. Lir. ad­vers. Heres. cap. 3. Traditionis fulcimentum pro sua quisque virili, [...], quà publicè, quà privatim, nosmet­ipsos accinxerimus. Quicquid extra hunc api­cem insudabitur, totum [...] quantum-quantum non nisi [...] comperietur; & utcunque [...] elaboratum, certè [...] evanescet, Iunone nostrâ fruamur, sed momentanea; nullâque extrinsecùs adhibitâ vi, mox in nubeculam desiturâ. Nova­tores illi inter Clericos qui in ipsum os Anti­quitatis contemptim admodùm oggannierunt, quot quantisque hoc in Regno [...] quàm promptos Aditus patefecerunt? Si quicquid Vetus Ecclesia sive decrevit, sive admisit, per­que decursum tot seculorum ad hunc usque di­em [...] deduxit, susque deque jam tandem habendum sit; valeant per me licet unà cum [...], etiam Decimae, Paedobatismus, & Diei Dominici Reverentia. Immò (quod totus horreo inter effandum) ipsius Numinis Tres Persona­litates, & Processio Spiritus etiam à Filio, ad privati cujusque arbitrium tanquam ad Lydi­um Lapidem revocabuntur, Nihil deinccps [Page 218] in Ecclesiâ relinquetur illibatum, sed ex easto Veritatis Sacrario in turpissimum haeresiarcha­rum lupanar desinet. In obscurioribus aut am­biguis Scripturae locis interpretandis, abundet quisque suo sensu per Ecclesiam licet; eâ lege videlicet, ut ad Fidei [...] exigantur omnia; semperque (ut Vincentius Lirinensis monet) Propheticae & Apostolicae Interpretationis Linea juxta Ecclesiastici atque Catholici sensus Regulam dirigantur.

§. 4. In hujusmodi Thematis tractatione, certè si quantum mihi rerum dicendarum sup­petit, tantum vobis Patientiae in promptu esset, periculum vobis immineret, ne in suggesto con­senescerem.

Sed opportunè mihi succurrit, quàm non facilè condonetur ad clepsammidium concio­nanti, prolixius agere. Et ne Tempus praeter­labatur hujusmodi Pensis praefinitum, satius duco circumscribere quod alioqui restat discu­tiendum, quàm aut vestro taedio non occur­rere, aut modestiae meae limites videri saltem transilire.

§. 5. Interim tamen non possum quin vos obtester, (Reverendissimi admodum in Christo Patres, Fratres in Domino dilectissimi,) per [Page 219] Patrem Luminum benignissimum, qui Divini vos Luminis participes fecit; per Sacrosan­ctum illum Spiritum, qui vos obsignavit [...]:Eph. 4. 30. perque dulcissimum illud No­men quod super omnibus vobis est invocatum; per siquid vestris animabus aut unquam Cordi aut Curae fuit; ut ea vestrûm unicuique obe­undi muneris sit conscientia, quae memoriam Sui non perhorrescat, suae (que) ipsius non metuat interesse Posteritati. Ut ab hâc Synodo Apo­stolicâ Pharmaco vobis indicato, morbis pub­licis sanandis medicatrices manus adhibeatis. Ut quod in Synodo Oecumenicâ, nemine qui­dem refragrante,Concil. Ni­caen. Can. 6. A. D. 325. id in vestrâ Provinciali, laeto celeusmate excipiatur, [...]. Utque de vobis unusquisque dicendum putet, contra quàm Ille [...] Greg. Naz. Epist. 55. ad Pro­copium vero, 42. p. 814.Nazianzenus de sui seculi Conciliis, [...].

§. 6. Nihil mihi ulteriùs restat, quàm ut suppliciter & obnixè atque animitùs Deum ve­nerer, ut ducat vos omnes per Spiritum San­ctum, in omnem omnino veritatem; suggerat­que vobis consilia Ecclesiae suae salutaria, pro­pter Merita Mortemque Filii sui unigeniti. Cui Filio cum Patre in unitate Spiritus sancti, Im­mortali, [Page 220] Invisibili, soli Deo sapienti, sit Honos, & Gloria, & Gratiarum Actio, & nunc, & deinceps, in Secula Seculorum.

FINIS.
Concio Academica DE …

Concio Academica DE HIERARCHIA SECULARI, Speciatim & Praesertim De Iure Regum, HABITA IN TEMPLO BEATAE MARIAE APUD OXONIENSES, PRO TERMINO INCHOANDO XIV. CALENDAS MAIAS, M.DC.LXIIII.

In Epistolâ priore Beati Petri, Capite secundo, Commate decimo tertio, de Politiâ Chri­stianâ sic scriptum legimus.

Subjecti igitur estote omni humanae Creaturae propter Deum; sive Regi, quasi praecellenti; sive Du­cibus, tanquam ab eo missis; in vindictam ma­lefactorum, laudem vero Bonorum.

§. 1. REquirenti mihi nuper, ad hanc Pro­vinciam destinato, (Viri & Fratres Dilectissimi,) fi quid in eâ (non adornandâ, sed) pro viriculis obeundâ, vel feliciter inventire, vel observare diligentèr, vel accuratiùs contexere, vel qualitercunque demum aliàs praestare pos­sem, quod Audientibus aut Curae aut Cordi esset, aut quo gratiam non planè nullam ab aequis rerum Aestimatoribus, vel (quod potius in votis erat) apud Deum saltem inirem; evestigiò & sine morâ subibat animum-recordatio, quod [Page 224] nullum certius promptiusve aut Malis Publicis Remedium, aut Bonis Publicis Fulcimentum vi­detur posse excogitari, quàm si Principum Jura, cum officiis Populorum qui iis subsunt, ad testatissima sua Principia in omnium Animis exigantur. Idque methodo tam distinctâ, ver­borum ambitu tam exporrecto, & momentis Rationum cum rationibus argumentandi tam ad Vulgi Captum accommodatis; ut nemo tam bardus inveniatur, qui officii sui non gnarus sit, aut sanè frontis tam perfrictae, qui satis gna­rum se esse negare ausit. Constat autem apud omnes qui de Rebus civilibus administrandis vel fando unquam inaudiverunt, perinde Principi ac Populo certos limites & Cancellos statutos esse, fines certos metasque tam à Deo & Naturâ quàm à Gentium legibus assignatos, ‘Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere Rectum.’ Quippe quibus proculcatis, Sana Rerum Ad­ministratio pessum datur, & contabescit. Nec tantummodò Seditiones, (ut ut Illa satis ampla malorum seges,) sed & quae inde enascuntur, vitia scilicet omnifaria, radices agunt.

§. 2. Videtur ergò totis viribus in id praeci­puè incumbendum, ut Jura Principum in Po­Populos, [Page 225] cum horum Officiis erga Principes, & utrorumque Officia adversus Deum, non mo­dò omnibus innotescant, sed aequâ lance truti­nentur. Idque ob alias non contemnendas, sed hanc potissimum rationem, uti tranquillam & quietam degamus vitam cum omni Pietate & vene­ratione. 1. Tim. 2, 2. Quod videatur Sanctus Paulus Succincte admodùm loquutus, simulque oppidò Copiose. Quippe qui multum non multis quamvis alibi passim enuntiat, plura tamen pau­cioribus nusquam loci enuntiaverit. Nempe Vo­cabulum illud [...] (fatentibus ipsis Disci­plinariis) complectitnr omne genus officia quae in hominum Commerciis vigere debent. Et in eo quod superaddit [ [...]] planè omnimo­dam comprehendit quae Deo debetur observan­tiam. Nescio enim quo pacto, comparatum est ita, ut Pietas simul & Politia, quemadmodum Dei & Regis Timor, manus invicem sibi porri­gant ab omni parte auxiliatrices. Eum scilicet in finem constituuntur Magistratus, propter quem & Christiani & Cives sumus, prorsus ut Pietas cum Pace ubique vigeant, & conjunctis­simo perfruantur in omnium Animis Contu­bernio. Cujus rei Desiderio nunquam feliciùs satisfiet, quàm si qui Praesunt & subduntur quod [Page 226] suarum est partium ex aequo praestent, Illud est maximè Subditorum, ut toti ordini Magistratuum, seu [...] quantumcunque [...], (ut no­stra habent exemplaria,) vel quantumlibet [...], (uti habemus in Archetypo,) perquàm morige­ros se praebeant vel propter Deum. Ad Magistra­tus autem spectat ex alterâ parte, five in penam, sive in praemium, sua cuique distribuere; Bonos Clypeo tutari, in malos Gladio animadvertere; Piè viventibus favere, in immorigeros verò saevire; ‘Parcere Subjectis, & Debellare Superbos.’ Quod utrumque simul officium spiritus sanctus hoc Textu complexus est,

Subjecti igitur estote omni humanae Creaturae propter Deum: sive Regi, quasi Praecellenti: sive Ducibus, [aut Praesidibus] tanquam ab eo missis; ad vindictam malefactorum, laudem vero bonorum.

§. 3. Quod Praeceptum Apostolicum quò fructuosiùs participemus, oremus Deum Mise­ricordiarum, Patrem luminum benignissimum, (cujus verbum est ipsa Veritas, & via ad vitam exploratissima,) ut misericorditèr ei compla­ceat hodierno Coetui interesse; ut quicquid è [Page 227] corde meo in linguam, & inde in Aures etiam vestras, pro Bonitate suâ solitâ [...]it perducturus, in nostram omnium quà privatim quà publicè cedat Utilitatem, atque in nominis sui Gloriam in majus indies efferendam, per Jesum Chri­stum Dominum nostrum.

Et ut quod nostrâ causâ oramus, eò faciliùs exoremus, Oremus insuper & praecipuè pro Ecclesiâ Christi militante, per varia regna Res­que Publicas quaquaversùm disseminatâ, no­minatim verò pro Anglicanâ hâc nostrâ, Atque inibi ante alios, pro ejusdem Ecclesiae Nutricio Carolo, peculiari Dei Gratiâ, Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, & Hiberniae Rege, Fidei Defensore, in omnibus Causis omniumque personarum, sive sacrarum, sive civilium, immediatè secundum Deum Supremo in Terris Moderatore. Pro ejus Conjuge Catharina, Regina nostrâ Serenissi­mâ; Pro Reginâ Matre Henrietta Maria; pro Illustrissimo Principe Iacobo Duce Eboracensi; aliisque quibuscun (que) è regio stemmate oriundis. Pro utrâque Domo Parliamenti. Pro Regni Proceribus nobilissimis; praesertim iis qui Regi adsunt à consiliis secretioribus. Speciatim verò preces apud Patrem Coelestem sunt effundendae, pro universo Clero Anglicano; pro reverendis­simis [Page 228] Archiepiscopis; pro Episcopis Reveren­dis; aliisque quibuscunque inferioris subsellii Clericis, quibus-quibus sive muneribus sive nominibus insigniantur. Pro utraque Acade­miâ, ac inprimis hac nostrâ. Pro Honoratissimo Domino Cancellario, ejusque Vicecancellario Dignissimo. Pro omnibus Doctoribus; Pro­curatoribus utrisque; Collegiorum & Aula­rum praefectis singulis; & praesertim (quò me vocat officii ratio singularis) pro Collegio Mag­dalenensi, ejusque membris universis.

Grata insuper publicorum qui in Album Academiae referuntur Benefactorum, facienda est à nobis inpraesentiarum Commemoratio. Nimirum Principis Illustrissimi, Humphraedi Du­cis Glocestriae; Iohannis Kempe, Cantuariensis Archiepiscopi; Thomae Kempe, Episcopi Lon­dinensis; Margaretae, Comitissae Richmundiae; Henrici Septimi, & Elizabethae Uxoris ejus; Richardi Litchfield, Archidiaconi Middlesexiae; Thomae Woolsey Cardinalis, & Archiepiscopi Eboracensis; Henrici Octavi; Mariae Reginae; Reginae etiam Elizabethae: Iacobi Regis: Thomae Bodleii, Henrici Savilii, Guilielmi Sidley, Nico­lai Kempe, Militum; Thomae White, S. Theolo­giae Doctoris; Guilielmi Camdeni, Armigeri: [Page 229] Aliorumque si qui sint, qui Academiae Oxoni­ensi quoquo modo benefecerunt.

Et quia Deus est Ille solus Bonorum omni­um Largitor, qui aut Nos aut Propatres nostros per manus hominum locupletavit; (Quibus meritò accenseatur Guilielmus etiam Wainfletus, Episcopus olim Wintoniensis, Magnus Angliae Cancellarius, Collegii juxta & Aulae Beatae Mariae Magdalenae Fundator longe munificentissimus,) pro­inde soli & uni Deo, de tot tantisque Beneficiis in Nos collatis, Gratiarum actiones habendae sunt, per & propter Mediatorem & Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum. Cujus meritis jam freti, ejus (que) adjuti oratione, Deum Opt, Max. iisdem verbis comprecemur, quibus Ipse Incar­natus precandum statuit.

Pater noster qui es in Coelis, sanctificetur Nomen tuum. Adveniat Regnum tuum. Fiat voluntas tua sicut in Coelo, sic & in Terra. Panem nostrum quo­tidianum da nobis hodie: & dimitte nobis debita nostra, sicut & nos dimittimus Debitoribus nostris. Et ne nos inducas in Tentationem, sed libera nos a Malo. Nam tuum est Regnum, Potentia, & Gloria, in Secula Seculorum.

AMEN.

Subjecti igitur estote omni humanae Creaturae pro­pter Deum: sive Regi, quasi praecellenti; sive Du­cibus, tanquam ab eo missis, ad vindictam male­factorum, laudem vero bonorum.

§. 1. Quod ab initio hujus Capitis huc us (que) dixerat in Thesi Beatus Petrus, pergit porrò jam per partes, & in Hypothesi explicare. Inprimis autem agit de debitâ illâ obedientia, quam & Legi, & Regi, quin & à Rege Deputatis prae­standam statuit. Ad quam feliciùs evincendam, Duobus nititur Argumentis; Quorum alterum ab Authore, à Fine alterum mutuatur. Ordi­nationis hujus Civilis (ut ut [...], sive Humanae Creaturae,) Deus ipse & Author & Vin­dex audit. Nec enim ideo Humana dicitur, quòd sit humanitu [...] oriunda, (ut Graeca Scholia & Didy­mus videntur velle interpretari,) sed quod homi­num sit propria, interque Homines constituta. Finis autem hujusce Ordinis non modò utilem eum probat, sed usquequaque Necessarium; Quum hâc potissimùm ratione, & Virtutibus & Vitiis stipendia constent: Illis nimirum Praemia, Istis Poenae constituantur. In quibus duobus quasi Cuneis, sive vitae hujus Cardinibus, Tran­quillitatis nostrae Ianua in totum vertitur atque consistit.

[Page 231]§. 2. Sed ne (que) satis sibi duxit Beatus Petrus, hoc officii tantùm in genere, [...] praecepisse; verùm insuper nos docet, (& copioso quidem Compendio,) quônam ordine & methodo, quo­nam modo atque mensura, in hoc officio exe­quendo utendum sit. Nempe á lege Evangelicâ praeceptum est, ut & Deo, & Regi, & Regis nomine Gubernantibus Subjecti simus. Sed pri­mum Deo, deinde Regi, demum à Rege Depu­tatis. Deo scilicet propter seipsum, Regi verò propter Deum, à Rege denique Deputatis propter Regem obtemperandum. Ita tamen propter Regem, ut priùs & potiùs propter Deum per quam Rex regnat, ac magistratus inferio­res Potestatis à Deo datae participes facit, tam His quem Illi parendum sit.

§. 3. Ita autem distinguit Petrus inter Regem & Rectores a Rege missos, (Verbi gratiâ inter Claudium qui dubio procul imperabat cum haec Epistola scriberetur, Eosque Imperii procurato­res qui tunc provincias Romanorum Claudii nomine administrabant,) ut Illum vocet [...], Hos tantùm [...]. Utrae (que) voces quid differant, ex diversis Scripturae Locis constare queat. Nam ut supremas Potestates per [...] expressit Beatus Paulus, (Rom. XIII, I,) Ita sanctus [Page 232] etiam Matthaeus, de Romani Imperatoris Vicario loquens, [...] eum appellat, Mat. 27, 2.

§. 4. Duo sunt igitur, inter alia, (quorum certè hic Textus feracior est quàm ut singula tractare per tempus liceat,) quae dignissima mihi videntur ut principe loco dispiciantur; Magistratuum Ordinatio, & eorundem Subordi­natio. Quumque ita à Deo sit comparatum, ut suprema Potestas sit penes Regem, Potestas verò Subordinata penes Populi Primores à Rege missos; tum His, tum Illi, sed cum Dis­crimine obediendum. Nam [...]. Regi quasi Praecellenti, (secundum vulgatam versionem,) aut propter Ipsius Potestatem, (ut habet versio Arabica,) aut quta omnia ei sunt, (ut habet Aethiopica,) aut pro­pter ejus Imperium, (uti est apud Syriacam.) Ut summatim Rem dicam, Cuivis Humanae Or­dinationi, aut cuivis Humanae Creaturae, (nam sic Apostolo [...] hic loqui placuit,) ea me­thodo ac modo parendum docet Spiritus San­ctus, ut Regi in quantum Supremo Domino, Re­liquis in quantum à Rege missis, utrisque verò propter Deum, obsequii Debitum sit persolven­dum. Et inde Duo (ut modò dixi) sese offerunt explicanda; Nimirum Ordinatio, & Subordina­tio Magistratuum.

[Page 233]§. 1. Ad primum membrum quod attinet, Argumentis ferè innumeris evinci potest, Quod Magistratus etiam civilis, aeque ac Ordo Ecclesia­sticus, summo jure censeri debet inter species [...]. Caelitus scilicet oriundus, jureque Divino constitutus. Et ut palam hoc fiat in ipso operis quasi Vestibulo, videtur mihi nostrâ omnium maximoperè interesse. Est enim illud vel luce clarius, & apud omnes in confesso, quod si Populi Universi Vicarius Rex esset & Vicemge­rens; si solùm Populi Minister & vindex Irae; si Potestates sublimiores à Populo essent Ordinatae, (quod toties venditant & contendunt Hyperas­pistae Democratici,) si perverso hoc sensu huma­na essent Creatura, nec alio jure fruerentur quàm quod effraeni Multitudini acceptum ferunt; Actum esset illicò de Causa Regia, quam tantâ animi confidentiâ in nos suscepimus asserendam. Quapropter Illud ante omnia incumbit mihi evincendum, non à Populo simul convento Ordi­nationis hujus Originem, (quod ipsiNotandum est, primò ho­mines non Dei praecepto, sed sponte addu­ctos experi­mento Infirmi­tatis familia­rum segregum adversus violentiam, in societatem civilem coiisse, unde ortum habet Potestas Civilis, quam ideo humanam ordinationem Petrus vocat. Grot. de Jure Bel. & Pacis, l. 1. cap. 4. Sect. 7. pag. 86. Grotio [...] errore patrio adhuc correpto humanitùs contigit autumasse,) sed à Deo constituente pe­tendam esse.

[Page 234]§. 2. Inprimis autem huc facit, quôd Pote­stas hinc inde in sacris literis pro ipsâ Persona usurpatur, quae Potestatem Illam habet coeli­tùs sibi demandatam. Quod enim dicit Gen­tilis Ille, [...], (Mat. 8. 9.) perinde est ac si dixisset, [...]. Pari modo & istae phrases, Homo sum sub Potestate consti­tutus, (Luc. 7. 8.) Et omnis anima Potestatibus supereminentibus subjecta esto, (Rom. 13. 1.) ut ut per modum abstractionis quoad sonum efferuntur, funt purae putae Concretivae quoad significatum. Nam quos Apostolus (ad Romanos) [...] nun­cupat, Salvator noster [...] vocandos cen­suit. (Luc. 22. 25.) Cujusmodi metonymicam loquendi rationem non in irrita usurpatam à spiritu sancto existimemus, sed eo fine & pro­posito ut omnibus Subditis innotesceret, non duntaxat ad Personas & nudam [...] Imperan­tium, verùm insuper ad officium & [...] respici­endum, quibus desuper instructi unctique sunt. Unde passim apud Homerum— [...]. Quin & veteres Aegyptii in ea semper sententiâ erant, (ut Author est nobis Diodorus,) [...].Diod Sic. l. 1. Cui con­sonum est illud quod inter Placita Essenorum Porphyrius memorat, [...].

[Page 235]§. 3. Quorsum autem Magistratus passim in vetere Instrumento per vocem Elohim efferun­tur?Exod. 22. 28. Non propter aliquid Divinitatis ipsorum Essentiae inhaerentis, (quippe quibus compertum est humanitus omnia evenire, aeque ac reliquis ex vulgo humani Generis,) Sed inprimis ob ra­tionem à Salvatore nostro exhibitam, nimirum quòd ad eos Sermo Dei factus est. (Joh. 10, 35.) vel (ut planiùs id exprimam, & exegeticè,) quòd ad divinum illud munus ita divinitus sunt vocati, ut in eodem obeundo ipsius Dei in Ter­ris Vicarii sint. Ob secundam rationem à Moyse redditam, Quia non hominis, sed2 Chron. 19. 6.Dei Iudicium est; aut saltem aliquid divini admistum habet. (Deut. 1. 17.) ob tertiam insuper rationem quam apud Psalmistam videre est, nempe quod Deus Illis adest in Rebus Imperii Administrandis. (Psal. 82. 1.) Unde legimus de Moyse, quod erat in Deum Aaroni. (Exod. 4. 16.) Deusque dicitur Pharaonis ab ipso Deo constitutus, (Exod. 7. 1.) nequaquam [...], benè tamen [...], putà divinam Auctoritatem, quâ deo concedente mu­nitus est.Psal. 61. Ego dixi vos Dii estis, id est (ut op­timè exponit Iustinus Martyr, aut Quisquis scripsit Quaestiones & Responsiones ad Orthodox­os, Iustin. in qq. & Resp. ad Orthod. q. 142. p. 378.) Dedi vobis [...]. proinde popu­lum [Page 236] judicate, ac si Ego judicarem. Eodem planè sensu & Illud dicitur (Psal. 86. 8.) Non est similis Tui inter Deos, id est Dei in Terris gerentes vicem, penes quos est civilis aut Ecclesiastica Admini­stratio. Ob quartam denique rationem, Dei nomine censentur, quia divini sunt regalis officii Fructus, nimirum Pax, & Iustitia, ex eâdem qua­si Arbore aequis passibus succrescentes.

§. 4. Huc accedit quod viri principes &Psal. 82. 6. Filii Dei appellantur in sacrâ paginâ. Ut cum di­cuntur Filii Dei Filias hominum deperiisse, (Gen. 6, 2,) Symmacus & Aquila [...], Filios Dei vertendos censent. Non propter summam Sanctitatem quâ Reges subditis antecel­lunt, (Nam ex faece subditorum sunt Filii Dei Adoptivi,) nedum propter Naturae prae reliquis homulis excellentiam, (nam unus Christus hoc pacto Filius Dei est appellandus,) Sed propter Muneris Dignitatem statim à Deo eminentissi­mam, quâ Magistratus in Solio positi privatas omnibus anteponuntur; vel propter Nomen Angelorum, quod cum Illis Spiritibus commune habent, qui & Ipsi Filii Dei Iobi 1. 6. &c. 38. v. 7. 2 Sam. 14. 17. &c. 19. v. 27. non uno loco denominantur. Et summâ sanè cum ratione dicuntur Angeli Magistratus, partim quòd Deus eorum operâ in rebus mundi dispensandis [Page 237] (sive in poenis sive in praemiis pendendis) uti­tur; partim quòd Angelos Illos. Coelestes perinde animi Puritate, ac splendore Majestatis referre debent. Idque ob Illam, inter caeteras, quam Irenaeus innuit rationem; Cujus Iussu homines Nascuntur,Iren. lib. 5.Hujus Iussu & Reges constituuntur, apti iis qui ab ipsis regnantur.

§. 5. Immò nec illud praetereundum, quòd Reges non rarò in Sacro Codice per unctos Do­mini exprimuntur. (Id quod David de Saule dixit, 1 Sam. 24. 7.) non ob illud duntaxat quod vulgò creditur, quia Reges Israelitici ad jura regia promovendi, cum illâ ungendi Caeremoniâ, jubente Deo inaugurabantur; (1 Sam. 9, 16. & cap. 15. ver. 1;) sed eâ potissimùm de Causâ, quam Sanctus Paulus assignavit, (ad Rom. 13. 1.) quia legitima Potestas Regium munus obeundi, non nisi coelitus & à Domino concedi queat. Cyrus enim, quantumvis Ethnicus, nec unquam oleo delibutus, Christus tamen & unctus Domini ab ipso Domino dicebatur. (Isa. 45. 1.) Quod ma­nifestum Discrimen innuit inter Externam Un­ctionem, quâ Invasores Imperiorum perfundi possint, & Unctionem illam Internam, quâ Dy­nastae solùm legitimi (bonae fidei possessores) non tantummodo in Regnum, sed & in Ius reg­nandi [Page 238] admitti solent. Quod ad Priorem un­gendi rationem attinet, Haec in Unctos etiam Diaboli conferri potest, ideoque contemptim per se habetur. Posterior autem ungendi ratio est quiddam divinitus impertitum, & ad Unctos Domini constituendos, tum necessariò requiritur, tum sola sufficit. Nam ubi legitimus est suc­cessor, Unctione opus non est, ut rectè Iunius & Tremellius ad 2 Reg. 23. 30. Quocirca po­pulus Israeliticus Iehoachazum unxerunt, non ad aliquid Juris impertiendum, sed ut ejusmodi Ceremoniâ testatum facerent, Regnum Armis Aegyptiorum aliquandiu intercisum, quasi de integro Huic tradi contra Aegyptios defenden­dum.

§. 6. Quarto loco vel inde constat de Magi­stratus Civilis Hierarchia; Quòd, sicut omne jus Paternum ex Iure Divino dimanavit, (idque ponitur extra omnem controversiae aleam, si­quidem Deus in Decalogo distinctè jubet, ut unusquisque Parentibus morem gerat,) I [...]a om­ne jus Regium à Paterno primitùs dimanasse, ali­quantò luculentius per se videtur, quàm ut in eo demonstrando prolixiùs agam. Praeterquam enim quòd palam constat, omne Regimen ab initio intra solius Paterni Juris pomaeria clau­sum, [Page 239] non nisi tempore procedente in varias For­mas pullulâsse; & utriusque generis [...] (Regnum scilicet & Sacerdotium) ad Primoge­nitum apud Judaeos ex Dei Decreto pertinuisse; (ipsoque Judice Aristotele, Arist. 7. Eu­dem. 10. [...],) Accedit etiam illud notatu dignum, quòd Rex quandoque in sacris Literis per Pa­tris Nomen enuntiatur. Ita enim David com­pellat Saulem, 1 Sam. 24, 11. Et quum Debora summâ Rerum in populo Dei potita esset, non Reginam se, aut Iudicem, sed Matrem in Israel vocandam duxit. (Jud. 5, 7.) Nec hoc in loco reticendum, quod apudHieron. l. 9. in Ezek. Sanctum Hieronymum videre licet; nimirum Philistinos in more sem­per habuisse, Reges suos ad unum omnes Abi­melechi nomine compellare; quod quidem Pa­trem, juxta ac Regem, felici omine consignifi­cat. Et quandoquidem qui in Populo Primas tenet, non magis Princeps, qu [...]m Pater, & Pa­ter quidem Patriae vocari solet, (secundum illud Xenophontaeum, Xenoph. [...]. l. 8. [...]) du­plex inde Documentum & Principibus & Sub­ditis haurire datur. Principes scilicet admonen­tur, nequando secùs illi in Subditos quàm in li­beros animadvertant, iisque de Rerum affluen­tiâ Esa. 49. 23. Nutriciorum instar prospiciant. Subditis [Page 240] insimul innuitur, eodem Tituli compendio, ut Principes suos (quantumvis asperos) Parentum loco revereantur.

§. 7. Quid, quòd Populi Pastores identidem appellantur à Spiritu Sancto? Num ob Naturae praestantiam aliquam, quâ caeteris hominibus haud secus praestant, ac homines caeteri suis Gregibus atque Armentis antecellunt? minimè Gentium. Sed multò potiùs quòd eandem nascendi sortem perpessi, & ex eâdem humo saepe sublati, in id fastigium Majestatis ad Dei Nutum evehuntur, Deique in Terris Thronum tenent.Augustin. de Civ. Dei. l. 5. Eapropter Augustinus disertè docet, eun­dem Deum qui Majestatem Suavissimis dedit Imperatoribus, putà utrique Vespasiano, dedisse etiam Domitiano, quamvis Tyranno crudelissimo. Eundem Deum qui Constantino, etiam Apostatae Iuliano Majestatem regiam commodavisse. Unde Supremis Magistratibus planè ex aequo obediendum, sive aequis, sive iniquis, modò non sint absque Titulo, sed exercitio solo Tyranni. Quippe caetera dispares, in hoc conveniunt, quòd Majestatem à Deo datam videntur ex aequo participare.

§. 8. Quàm reverentèr denique Sanctéque Majestas Regia haberi debeat, ut Majestatis ip­sius [Page 241] Dei sive Particula, sive Propago, vel inde licet conjectare, immò fortiter arguere; quòd ab omnibus in Theologia, Iurisque Prudentia ver­satissimis, Crimen laesae Majestatis Sacrilegio pro­ximum judicatur. Immò crediderim esse Pia­culum Sacrilegii nomine censendum, Vicarium Dei, & Unctum Dei, & Ordinationem Dei impe­tere, adeoque ipsum Deum in ejus Diacono vio­lare. Ita enim Beatus Paulus de Potestate & Per­sona Regali statuit, in Epistolâ ad Roma [...]os, capite decimo tertio; ubi quinquies de utris (que) sic scriptum legimus. [...], v. 1. [...], v. 2. [...], v. 3. [...], v. 4. [...], v. 6. usque adeo verum est quod Sanctus Paulus asseverat, [...], ut Ipse Dominus & Salvator ipsam Pilati [...] (siquam saltem haberet) con­tra seipsum etiam adstrueret. [...] (inquit Ille) [...]. (Joh. 19, 11.) Ideoque cùm Samuel affatus Populum haec verba praemisisset,1 Sam. 18. 18. [En Regem quem elegistis & petiistis,] Illa statim subjunxit eodem spiritûs anhelitu, [Ecce Deus posuit eum Regem super vos.] Id est, Regem deposcentibus Deus vobis Hunc dedit. Vos elegistis, sed Deus posuit. Vos in speciem elegistis,1 Sam. 9. 16. &c. 10. v. 24. cap. 12, v. 13; sed quem Deus jam dudum & in solidum elegerat, cap. 10, v. 24. [Page 242] Quid,Iun. Brut. Vindic. contra Tyran. Qu. 3. pag. 268. quòd Ipse Iunius Brutus simul fatetur & ostendit, Deum Reges instituere, Regna Regibus dare, ipsos Reges eligere? Quibus feliciter con­cessis, Juris Regii non refert, ut Electio quae Dei est suffragiis Populi comprobetur. Nec multùm videtur interesse, si Populus Reges con­stituere aut Regna tradere dicatur, dummodo Deus etiam conceditur cùm Regna dare, tum Reges ipsos instituere. Quinimmò Reges à Deo non tantùm eligi, [...]ed & constitui,Iren. ubi supra. Clem. Constitut. l. 7. c. 17.Irenaeus & Clemens Authores sunt. [...] Quod Reges regnant per Deum, [...] affirmatur ab ipso Deo, Prov. 8, 15. Neque tantùm permissive, (ita enim & Diabolus per ipsum Deum regnare dicendus est,) sed per Deum constitutive, prout Viri oculatissimi Lo­cum illum interpretantur. Et benè regnant per Deum, qui solùm propter Deum regnare de­bent, Potestatisque Judiciariae Capitale sup­plicium infligendi Deum solum Autho­rem habent. De cujus rei ratione vel inde breviter nobis constat, Quòd Nemini liceat per Dei leges mortem sibi accersere. Nam quod sibi n [...]n licet contra se, Id ut aliis contra se li­ceat, aut sibi contra alios, nemo potest efficere. Ratio est, quia Nemo Jus aliis conferre potest [Page 243] quod ipse prius in seipso conferendum non ha­buit; nec plus sibi adversus Alium, quàm ad­versus se sibi licere queat. Ergo Legem pro­mulgare sub Paenâ Capitis observandam, & Legem istam violantibus sententiam Capitis ir­rogare, illud est Praerogativae quod soli Deo Magistratus acceptum ferunt. Unde & liquidò satis constat de eorundem Hierarchiâ.

§. 9. Sed hic objiciant Misobasiles, & magni Nominis Litigatores, qu [...]d aliquammultis antè seculis quâm Populus Israeliticus à Deo Regem efflagitaslet, Moses de Rege illo praedixit, Deu­teronomii 17. 14, 15. Quum perveneris in Terram quam Dominus Deus tibi possidendam dedit, in ea (que) habitaveris; Tu dices, (inquit Moses) constituam Regem super me, ut caeterae Gentes quae sunt in cir­cuitu; tum vero eum Regem constitues quem Domi­nus elegerit è medio fratrum tuorum. Unde elici­tur Argumentum, qu [...]d licet Regis Electio ad Deum spectet, ejusdem tamen constitutio sit pe­nes Populum.

§. 10. Huic autem objectamento, ut ut pal­marium esse videtur, & quod in os nobis obgan­niunt Incerti vulgi Assentatores, videtur posse multifariam, & tamen breviter os obstrui.

Inprimis enim Regem à Deo petiit iste Po­pulus, [Page 244] utpote gnarus & sibi conscius, sui juris non esse, Regem aliquem creare. Secundò, dices Tu, [Constituam.] Sed à Dicto ad Factum, prout à Facto ad Ius, pessimè valet argumentum. Tertiò. constituam Regem (non subter, sed) su­per me. Ergo Populo Universo, non tantùm sin­gulis in Populo, (fatente populo universo,) su­perior audit. Dato enim, (at non concesso,) quòd summa Rerum ab origine penes Populum permansisset; si tamen Regi à se electo ita sese addixit in Servitutem, ut totum illud quod ha­buerat regnandi Jus à semetipso abdicaverit, & in alium planè transcripserit; nec ampliùs re­tinet, nec jure potest revocare, quod sciens vo­lensque non-suum fecit. Quartò, Moses addidit [constitues,] non omnino imperative, sed modo prorsus indicativo. Praedixit quod de facto futu­rum viderat, non praecepit quod Ipsi de Iure facerent. Aut, quintò, [...], per vul­garem figuratè loquendi modum, constituere di­cuntur, Quem non-recusant, & à Deo agnoscunt Constitutum. Sextò. non quemcunque constitues, sed quem Dominus tuus elegerit. Et Regem sanè quemcunque, modò à Domino suo [...]lectum, non est Populi reprobare, quantumvis magni; nisi fortè Deus Ipse (Dominus Ille Exercituum) [Page 245] qui singulis in Populo major esse non negatur, universis tamen minor habendus sit. Septimò. dixit Populus Samueli, Praepone nobis Regem, (1 Sam. 8. 5.) Et Commate Sexto, da nobis Regem. &1 Sam. 10. 1. Commate 19. Rex nobis praeerit. Dixitque Samuel, (Saulem Regem allocutus,) Unxit te Iehova in Antecessorem super suam Pos­sessionem. quod est perinde, ac si dixisset, Nihil aliud nunc feci, quam quod ante in mandatis ab ipso Domino acceperam. Edixit enim Jehova, (verse 22,) Ausculta voci eorum, ut praeficias iis Regem. Non ergò Populus sibi ipsi, sed Samuel Populo; neque Samuel suâ sponte, sed ipso Deo praecipiente, Regem Populo praeficiebat.

§. 11. Et haec sufficiat praelibâsse de Magi­stratuum Ordinatione. Quae ideo [...], sive Humanae Creaturae censetur titulo, non quòd non sit [...], planéque divinitùs oriunda, sed quòd Hominum sit propria; &, quantumlibet à Deo, apud homines tamen constituta.

§. 1. Deinceps sequitur expendenda Subor­dinatio II Magistratuum. Quam ita nobis hoc loco descripsit Petrus, ut satis liquidò edocuerit, Quid [...]uique Magistratuum, & Quo sit ordine deferendum. Subjiciamini (inquit Ille) omni hu­manae creaturae, sive ordinationi, & propter Deum [Page 246] subjiciamini. Non tantùm Claudio Impera­tori, verùm & Furio Camillo Scriboniano, aliis­que etiam Caesareis in aliis Provinciis Procu­ratoribus. Non tantùm Regi morem gerite, sed & à Rege Subrogatis, & Provincias particulares Regis vice administrantibus. Neque summi dun­taxat, sed imi subsellii Administris. Universis inquam & singulis qui de Iure vobis praesunt, ac legitimè praeficiuntur; sed suo ordine & loco, suo modo atque mensurâ, suum cuilibet obsequium praestandum est. Nam Regi in quantum supremo Domino, Reliquis in quantum â Rege missis. Regi soli secundum Deum, Reliquis verò secundum Regem, licet utrisque propter Deum, Divus Pe­trus hoc loco parendum vult.

§. 2. Ad quam Doctrinam Apostolicam tam claram, tam facilem, tam omnium oculis expositam, & paci publicae conservandae ab omni parte necessariam, nunquam satis mirari possum, neque Calvinum, neque Paraeum, ne (que) Plessiacum Mornaeum, (viros acri licet Ingenio & alioqui perspicacissimos,) eo modo quo decebat animum suum advertisse; sed usque adeo aut caligasse ad tam divinum Scripturae Lumen, aut datâ operâ Caecutiisse, ut affirmare non-dubita­verint de popularibus Magistratibus, (nempe de [Page 247] puris putis Subditis in Magistratu inferiore con­stitutis,) eos ita ab ipso Deo Libertatis popu­laris Tutores fieri, uti adversus ipsum Regem (in hac viriliter asserendâ) etiam manu armatâ grassari liceat.

§. 3. Contra Cujusmodi Grassatores de Regum jure edisserturo, videtur mihi Res tota inde usque ab origine, non modò quoad Natu­ram, verùm etiam quoad Nomen, & quoad No­minis rationem, petenda esse.

§. 4. Et quia multum est Discriminis inter Subjectum & Adjunctum, de quorum debitâ con­venientiâ incumbit mihi dispiciendum; Sepa­ratim inprimis videndum habeo, quid sit Ius quod ipsum quaeritur, deinde quid Reges de qui­bus quaeritur. Ita postmodùm conjunctim at (que) dilucidè innoteseet, Quod & Quatenus Adjun­ctum Subjecto competat.

§. 5. Ius, pro triplici Respectu secundum quem ad Subjectum referri solet, trifariam ferè intelligitur. Si ad Personam referatur, est qui­dem Qualitas moralis, personae competens, ad ali­quid juste vel habendum vel agendum. Si refera­tur ad ipsam Rem, Justitiae scilicet materiam, Nihil aliud sanè videtur quàm quod est Iustum significare, & Naturae Societatum ratione utentium [Page 248] non repugnat. Si ad cujuslibet virtutis materiam spectat, eodem redit quò Ipsa Lex, ut statuatur esse Actuum moralium Regula, non ad illud dun­taxat quod Iustum dicimus, verùm etiam ad Illud quod Rectum, obligans. Jus, priori modo acceptum, Potestas passim appellatur. Quae ita differt à Potentia, ut illa moraliter, & de jure, haec de facto, & Physiologice, apud Authores usurpetur. Illa graecè [...], haec [...] nuncupatur. Vis qua­liscunque Potentia dicitur; Potestas non item, nisi legitimè exeratur. Penes Tyrannos abs (que) Titulo saepe summa regnandi Potentia manet. (Cujus furfuris erat Cromwellus nostras, Hu­mani generis Propudium post homines natos iniquissimum.) Potestas verò non competit nisi legitimis Magistratibus; qui utcunque exercitio Tyranni sint, castè tamen sanctéque apud Sub­ditos quoscun (que) haberi debent, quippe qui nu­minis sunt Vicarii optimo jure constituti. Adsit modò Possessor justus, de Personae injustitiâ nulla nobis lis erit. Qui effraenem sine Titulo Potentiam habent, Deo tantùm permittente; Illis saepe resisti nequit. Sed qui legitimam Potesta­tem, Deo caelitùs constituente; Illis nunquam resisti debet. Eaque propter Beatus Paulus Pon­tifici Maximo conviciatus per Imprudentiam, [Page 249] Veniam illicò aucupatur Ignorantiae suae con­cedendam, (Act. 25, 5.) Nesciebam (inquit) Fratres Pontificem esse Maximum. scriptum est enim, Principi Populi tui non maledices. Ac si dixisset, Magistratibus etiam injustis summam deberi re­verentiam; nec ex ore tantùm Illam, sed & ex animo deferendam.

§. 6. Quod qu [...] clariùs elucescat, transeamus evestigi [...] ab Adjuncto ad subjectum: A Iure sc. quod quaeritur, ad ipsum Regem de quo quaeritur.

§. 7. Nomen Regis à Regendo, ut Nomen Principis à primas ferendo fluxit. Illo Imperii Summitatem, hoc Ordinis Primatum, utroque Regis Privilegium simulque Officium indigi­tante; Ita ipsâ Etymologiâ comparatum est, ut auditis etiam Titulis quibus per leges insigni­untur, statim & Muneris & Mercedis Memo­ria Regibus refricetur. Sive enim per Caput totius corporis politici, (quemadmodumJud. 11. 8. Iep­tha à Gileaditis,) sive etiam per ipsum Verticem, partem Capitis sublimiorem, (ut Tropus iste explicatur ab ExpositoribusDeut. 33. 20 Esa. 3. 17. Septuaginta,) sive per ClypeosPsal. 47. 9.Terrae, sive per TerraePsal. 82. 5.Fundamenta, sive per Annulos sigillares, (utHagg. 2. 23. Zerubbabel à Iehovah,) sive perJer. 51. 25. Montes, sive perIsa. 3. 7. Medicos, sive per PopuliNum. 27. 17Pastores, sive demum per2 Reg. 13. 5. Sal­vatores, [Page 250] qui primâs tenent in Magistratu descri­bi solent; eorum aut Dignitas, quoad Originem, aut Auctoritas, quoad Potentiam, aut utilitas, quoad officium, nec obscurè quidem nec invenustè Au­dientium animis instillantur. Rex denique à Regendo vel ideo fluxit, quia Deo solo minor Regendi Ius habet quicquid nomine Subditorum venire solet. Et quicquid uspiam Titulorum in Sacris Literis ei ascribitur, videtur prorsùs ex industriâ ad id inventum, ut solum supra se De­um Rex habere significetur.

§. 8. Liquet autem ex Iure Regni, quod in Libro Samuelis legendum prostat, Regibus legum Violationem sine ullo apud Homines supplicio cedere.1 Sam. 8. 10, 11, &c. ad vers. 19. Unde crimine vacare dicuntur Reges, (Quod inter Juris nostratis placita agnoscunt fa­cilè Juris Confulti,) non perinde ac si reapse inson­tes sint, sed ex eo quòd rerum à se gestarū rationi reddendae non sint obnoxii; at (que) eo saltem sensu so­luti legibus, in quantum à Causâ unquam dicendâ (quantumvis Rei) liberantur. Rex verè dicitur, cui Subditi vel primarii fidem jurant, cujus Ima­ginem nummus praefert, cujus legibus omnes parent à cujus Judiciis ad neminem provocatur, penes quē est [...] non solummodò [...], sive Iudiciaria, verùm & [...], sive Legislativa; vel (quòd [Page 251] eodem ferè redit,) Potestas [...] (Nam Par in Parem non habet condendi leges Potestatem; ut solius sit Regis, Jus ipsum dare, uniuscujus que verò Judicis, Jus datum dicere.) Unde & [...] Rex [...] antiquitùs vocabatur, ob hanc potissi­mùm rationem, quòd etiamsi secundum leges imperitare teneatur, putà in foro Conscientiae, In for [...] tamen humano ita legibus absolvitur, & ipse sibi suisque in Legem cedit, ut impunè quidlibet faciendi Ius quoddam habeat. Solus Ille dicen­dus Rex, cui competit Majestas; Quae ab om­nibus aliis Titulis inferiori Magistratui compe­tentibus, (utpote [...] in se complectens,) immane quantum discriminatur. Nihil autem Majestati tam proprium est, quàm [...], (id est,) à nemine pendere, nemini esse obnoxi­um, à nemine posse judicari. Benè igitur Rex Otanes apud Herodotum dicebatur [...]. Benè etiam Xiphilinus, [...], (aliter enim [...], id est supremus Dominatus, nequaquam esset.) sed optimè om­nium Cassiodorus hanc rem expressit. Causa Re­giae potestatis supernis solis est applicanda Iudiciis; quandoquidem e Coelo petita est, & soli Coelo debet Innocentiam. Tantùm abest ut Regnum habeat qui Potestati qualicunque rationem reddere obli­gatur, [Page 252] ut [...], apud Pausaniam opponantur. Solus Ille Rex est (ipso fatente Iunio Bruto) cujus amplissima censetur Potestas, aut qui Supremus est Gubernator, quemadmodum Junius & Tremellius complusculis Locis inter­pretantur. Supremus autem est Gubernator, cu­jus Potestas Gubernandi praecipuè vertitur & versatur, in condendis legibus, iisdemque tollendis cum opus fuerit; in foederibus faciendis, Bello (que) & Pace decernendis; in vectigalibus ac Tributis ad usum Publicum exigendis; in Magistratibus In­ferioribus pro arbitratu suo creandis; in honoribus Titulis (que) prout voluerit conferendis; in Conciliis & Synedriis pro imperio indicendis; Et (quod rei est Caput) in se suis (que) quibuscunque, ut ut atroci­ter delinquentibus, à Judiciis tamen Humanis cùm visum fuerit eximendis. Ut Rex reapse non sit, sed tantummodò [...], qui auctoritate suadendi, non jubendi Potestate munitus est; aut cujus Actus qualescunque alterius juri substi­tuuntur.

§. 9. Cujus Rei veritatis Argumento esse potest, & fidem facit, quòd apud veteres La­tinos ita Regnum distinguitur à Principatu, ut Hic ab Illo immane quantum superetur. Cae­sar enim narrat de quodam Gallo, quòd prin­cipatum [Page 253] Galliae obtinuisset, cùm Regnum solum­modò affectaret. Et Suetonius de Caligula Ser­monem habens, affirmat parum abfuisse, quin speciem Principatus in Regnum converteret. Diciturque Maroboduus (apud Velleium Pater­culum) non duntaxat Principatum, sed & ipsam vim Regiam complexus animo. Et etiamsi apud nonnullos ista vocabula adhibeantur ac si essent [...], (Nam & Duces Lacedaemonii, quamvis Ephoris Subjecti, Regis nomine gaudebant, pla­nè ut Vandali in Africa, & Gothi in Hispania, quorum Reges exauctorabantur quoties popu­lo displicebant, Regnum habere prae se ferebant, nimirum [...], ut modò dixi, & planè [...]) Ita tamen Aristoteles distinguendum existima­vit, inter Regnum [...] veré (que) dictum, & purum putum Principatum, (qui apud Vandalos & Go­thos & Lacones obtinebat, Regnique nomen men­tiebatur,) [...]ti hunc inter, & Illum, species aliquot interposuerit. Illi competit Principatus, qui sub certis conditionibus in Dignitatem suam ad­sciscitur. Unde & cautè distinguendum est in­ter Dignitatem, & P [...]testatem; Patrocinium inter, & Imperium; in fide esse, & in Ditione. Benè potest esse Princeps, in cujus fide est populus aut Patrocinio: Solus autem Rex erit, sub cujus [Page 254] pleno Imperio & Ditione. Quocirca Carolus Ille Quintus, ut ut summus Imperator, & totius ferè Belgii non minùs quàm Hispaniae reverâ Rex esset, Brabantinae tamen Provinciae non nisi Prin­ceps & Patronus censendus erat. Quippe qui pactum cum eâ iniit, ut sibi nulla obsequii, clientelae, ac obedientiae officia à populis defe­rantur, quibus Ipse praestare nolit integra quae solenni religione sposponderit. Sub cujusmo­di conditione Regem suum Poloni eligunt, ut quo die Rex ipse fidem suam non liberat, Po­pulus illicò universus à fide suâ liberetur. Illud autem est Regnum latinissim [...] sic dictum, cui Tria illa competunt, quae Thucydides Civitati quae verè sit Civitas impertivit; ut nimirùm sit [...]. Id est, ut Legibus, & Iu­diciis, & Magistratibus suis utatur. Unde & Sophocli dicebatur [...], Straboni verò [...], Plutarcho deni (que) [...].

§. 10. Et quicquid uspiam de Regno, (quod subjectum est commune hujusce Juris de quo agi­tur,) ex Authoribus Antiquissimis exscribi po­test, eò pertinet & collimat, ut ipsius etiam Regis (qui subjectum est proprium) Naturam ex­plicet. Quippe cujus est, (Plutarcho Judice,) [...] audit apud Ae­schylum; [Page 255] & (quod eodem planè facit) [...], Dioni dicitur. Id ni fuerit, profectò Populus Rex Regum ubique Regnorum vocandus erit; quin & omne genus Regimina reapse erunt Popularia. Nam Populi Liberi qui verè sit Liber, & Regis proprè sic dicti, e­adem planè est ratio. Libertas autem civilis sine summo Imperio non solummodò non constat, sed & concipi non potest. Ut Rex reverâ sit manci­pium, sine Imperii Summitate, quibuscunque demùm Titulis per contumelias & ludibria gaudere soleat.

§. 11. Qui diligenter observarunt, quòd Re­gibus Hebraeis verbera saepe infligerentur, si eas Leges violâssent quae de Regis officio manebant scriptae; (qui tamen Reges quin in plerisque summo jure imperaverint, dubitari quidem nefas magnus Grotius arbitrabatur, inquantum Popu­lus iste Regem sibi dari efflagitaverant, Qualem habebant vicinae Gentes, quae, quum essent Orientales, addicte admodumGrot. de Iure Belli & Pacis, lib. 1. c. 3. Sect. 20.regnabantur;) fa­tentur simul quòd suâ sponte, atque in sig­num Poenitentiae ejusmodi verbera suscipie­bant; nec à Lictore caedebantur, sed ab eo quem vellent, eoque modo quo vellent, & sic à Paenis coactivis immunes erant. Nec quicquam offi­cit [Page 256] Majestati vel Dictatoris absolutissimi, si iis Legibus obtemperet, quarum Ipse & Sanctor, & Vindex est; vel si ea supplicia tulerit, quae sciens volensque Ipse sibi irrogaverat. Satis autem ostendit Samuel, in Jure Regum descri­bendo, adversus Regum Injurias nullam in Po­pulo Potestatem relictam esse. Quod rectè Veteres collegerunt, ex eo quod David affatus Deum, (etiam post alias at (que) alias à se illatas, non tantùm Bathshebae, & Uriae, sed & omnibus Subditis Injurias,) Soli Tibi peccavi, dixisse dici­tur, Psal. 51. 4. Nempe ad Regum Ius summum & Illud spectat, (si vocabuli Rigore velimus uti,) summam Subditis Injuriam inferre posse, nec iniqua tantùm facere, sed facienda etiam prae­cipere. Ita tamen ut nomen Iuris non ad Iusti­tiam Praeceptorum referri debeat, sed ad solam Praecipientis Impunitatem. Nec ita Impunitas in­telligitur, quasi Regibus supplicium omninò nul­lum, sed quasi nullum nisi à Deo legitimè queat irrogari. Cùm omria Illis licere dicimus, Nihil aliud intelligimus, quàm omnia Illis impune ce­dere; satisque ad Paenam censendum esse, quòd Deum in Coelis Ultorem habent.

§. 12. Incommoda autem objicientibus quae hinc sequuntur aut sequi possunt, si ad Injurias [Page 257] impunè inferendas Ius regium extendatur; In promptu habeo respondendum, Nullam for­mam Politiae absque Incommodis apud mortales vel fingi posse; Nullos hominum in Terris ab omni parte beatos esse; Illum statum praeferen­dum, non qui malis omninò nullis, sed qui mi­nimis urgetur. Minus autem Incommodorum constat esse sequuturum, si omnia uni licere de­tur, quàm si ratio actionum reddenda sit. Nam si Reges etiam in seculo pro Tribunalibus hu­manis sistendi essent, nunquam Domus Reg­natrices in tuto essent permansurae; Ipsa Regna Resque Publicae mox deinde convellerentur, si iis ipsis qui subduntur Jus regnandi subderetur cum ipso Rege. Nemo verò inficias iverit, Pub­licam Pacem & Quietem quovis pretio redi­mendam. At neque Quies sine Armis, neque Arma sine stipendiis,Tacit. Hist. 4. neque stipendia sine Tri­butis, nec Tributa sine Regis Imperio summo, sive [...] haberi queunt. Et qui summum Imperium habet, non potest non patere multo­rum Odiis. Unde securitas Imperantis est omni modo munienda; Et summus ubique Guber­nator perinde [...] esse debet, atque [...] apud Graecos, qui etiam in Praeliis flagrantissimis, atque ab hostibus infensissimis, ut sanctè semper haberetur in more erat.

[Page 258]§. 13. Sed & praeterquam quòd Incommoda neque solvunt Argumentum neque conficiunt, Jus regium non ex eo quod His aut Illis videtur optimum, sed solùm ex ejus voluntate unde ip­sum Jus oritur, est metiendum. Voluntas au­tem Dei in verbo suo manifestatur; unde Regis Jus summum impunè quid [...]ibet faciendi irrefra­gabilibus Argumentis firmari possit. E. G. 1 Sam. 8. 11, &c. Eccles. 8. 4. Rom. 13. 2, 4, 5, 6, 7. & 1 Pet. 2. 18, 19, 20, 21.

§. 14. Nec quicquam in eo derogatur Divini Verbi Testimoniis, quòd Ethnicorum Cory­phaei in eandem ubique sententiam eunt. Seneca Bruto errorem exprobrat,Sen. de Be­nef. l. 2. c. 20. graviter (que) in eum cen­suram agit, quòd Regis Nomen extimuerit, cùm optimus status Civitatis sub Rege sit. Ne­que enim omninò quaeritur, An sit serviendum, sed potiùs utri duorum, Regi scilicet an Plebi ser­vire praestet; uni soli, an Universis. Omne Tyrannidis Exercitium per se est malum, Cic. de Legi­bus lib. 3. (inquit Cicero,) sed eatenus est ferendum, immo etiam & praeferendum, quatenus Bonum quod in eo quaesitum est sine isto malo non haberemus. Et vel Incom­moda cum Commodis sunt amplectenda, vel haec cum illis mittenda sunt. Unde Cappadoces apud Strabonem, cùm oblata à Romanis Liber­tas [Page 259] esset Popularis, oblatam valdè noluerunt, sub Rege vitam praeferentes.Strab. lib. 2. mihi p. 540. [...]. Ac si nulla sine Rege genuina Libertas haberi posset, quia néc ulla sine Rege Salus ex­istit Diuturna. Sicut autem Potestas Regia sub se reli­quas complectitur, Patriam scilicet, & Herilem, Ita in Res singulorum majus est Dominium Regis ad Bonum commune promovendum, quàm Dominorum singula­rium, ad Bonum proprium; & unusquisque Reipublicae, ad usus publicos, longè magis obligatur quàm Creditori; (ut habet Regula Juris-Prudentium.) Cujus Regulae ratio est, (uti ex Ethicis Aristotelicis videtur nihi colligendum) [...] Unde Plinius ad Trajanum, Regis est quicquid est omnium. Et Philo Judaeus [...] explicatiùs aliquantò id ipsum asserit. [...].

§. 15. Et si ita se Res habeat, ut quicquid pretiosi apud Subditos custoditur, eorum qui regnant magis sit, quàm Possidentium; Et in Regno rectè sic dicto,Tacit. l. 8.Vnus­imperitet nullis jam exceptionibus, non precario regnandi jure; Si de privatis judicare ad Magistratus pertineat inferio­res, de Magistratibus illis ad Principem, de Principe verò ad solum Deum; Si qui verè Rex est non duntaxat ex legibus, verum etiam in Leges Imperium habeat; nec aliter constet Regale Regimen, nisi sui planè sit Juris, ipsumque [...] Ipsi maneat inviolatum; exinde statim conficitur, (& consequentiâ quidem ineluctabli,) Quod Magistratus Inferiores, ut ut in unum coeuntes, Populique Universi gerentes vicem, & à Romano etiam Pontifice quomodolibet animati, Regem tamen non pos­sunt sine crimine Capitali Armis aggredi, aut per Dei [Page 260] saltem leges ei litem intendere, aut quocunque demum praetextu quicquam Illi intentare.

§. 16. Quod ex Praemissis Consectarium, etiamsi ex Praemissis sit usque adeo luculentum, ut vehementer sit ignarus qui illud nescit, & deplorati planè ingenii qui non agnoscit; Quinimmò pluribus Testimoniis è sacrâ Paginâ expromptis, pluribus etiam seculorum apud Histoticos exemplis, pluribus denique Sapientûm & Sanctorum Martyriis comprobetur, quàm ut hodiè in Dubium vo­cari debeat; quia tamen hoc vitium praesentis seculi videatur, ut nihil sit tam firmum quod non convellitur, nihil tam sanctum quod non facilè violatur, nihil de­nique tam certum quod non voeatur in controversiam; non solummodò non inutilis, sed & apprimè necessaria videri poterit, tam conspicui Axiomatis in tantâ Luce Elucidatio.

§. 17. Quod etiamsi cum bono Deo in animo habe­am effectum dare; impraesentiarum tamen hoc facere, neque per vestram mihi licebit (Dilecti Fratres) Patien­tiam, nec per Tempus huic Penso ex consuetudine prae­stitutum, nec per tremenda illa mysteria quae adhuc re­stant percipienda. Quorum idoneae Perceptioni quò fructuosiùs velificemini,

Gratia Domini Nostri Jesu Christi, Dilectio Patris, & Communicatio Spiritûs Sancti sit cum omnibus vobis in Secula Seculorum.

FINIS.
THE PURIFICATION OF …

THE PURIFICATION OF OUR LADY, AND PRESENTATION OF OUR LORD.

A SERMON Preached before the KING At WHITE-HALL upon Candlemas Day, 1661.

LUKE 2. 22.‘And when the Dayes of her Purification according to the Law of Moses, were accomplished, they brought him to Ierusalem to present him to the Lord.’

§. 1. VPon the Feast of the Nativity, our Lord himself was a Present. Upon the Feast of the Epiphanie, He was Presented. And now on the Feast of Purification, He pur­posely comes to Present Himself.

He was a Guift sent at Christmas, from God to Men. At Twelftide as God, he is said to have received Guifts of Men. And now at Candlemas, as Man, he is a Guift unto God for the Sins of Men. At the 16 verse of this Chapter, the Ru­ral Votaries from the Fold did find him weeping in his Cratch. At the 21 verse we find him bleed­ing in His Cradle. But in the words of this Text, we find Him smiling (as we may guess) [Page 260] in his Mothers Armes. She devoutly carrying Him, and her Devotion carrying Her, and the Law of Moses carrying Both, at once that Shee may be Purified, and He presented unto the Lord.

§. 2. I have desir'd so much the rather, in the choise of this Text, to take advise with the Rubrick, and the Gospel appointed for the Day, Because we have hardly escap'd an Age of so much ignorance in the Canons, and Disobedience to the Commands of our English Church, that unless the old custome be now reviv'd, the Peo­ple of England (like the Italian Priest,) will be in danger of disputing in time to come, whether the Rubrick be Fish or Flesh; and be as apt to be in doubt, as the Man in Poggius, whether the Pentecost were a Man or a Woman. Again I choose so much the rather, to do the work of each day on the day it self, because the Festivals of the Church being consider'd in conjunction, do comprehend the Fundamentals of Christian Faith. And so a Pertinent discourse upon each of Them, will (when the Calendar is expir'd) be­come a Body of Divinity.

§. 3. I shall therefore make hast to the due Solemnity of the Day; and by premising its [Page 261] several Names, shall give a guess at some part of its Nature too. 'Tis call'd the Feast of Pu­rification, from the Pure Virgins being cleans'd from her Mosaical Impurity. The word Impuri­ty being us'd by such a Scriptural Catachresis, as only to signifie the yoke, or the obligation, which by the ordinance of Moses was fasten'd on her. 'Tis call'd the Feast of Presentation, from our Lords condescension to be presented unto the Lord. It might have been called the Feast of Ransome, because no sooner was he presented and given to God, but he was presently bought back with a Piece of Silver. 'Twas commonly call'd Hypapante throughout the Churches of the East, from the Interview and meeting be­twixt our Saviour and good old Simeon, (v. 28.) Candlemas it was call'd, or the Feast of Lights, because of a Custome still retein'd in the Church of Rome, though worthily cast off by the Church of England; for that of old it was the Day wherein they consecrated Candles, and that in honour to the Idol which was commonly call'd Februa. A Goddess feign'd to be propitious to pregnant Women in their Child-births; and therefore allow'd to have the Priviledge of giving a Name to this Month, as well as the [Page 262] mode of Solemnizing this very Day.

§. 4. From whence (by the way) 'twill not be useless to observe, that the purifying of Wo­men after the Agonies of their Child-birth, is a thing common to us of Christendom, not only with the Iews, but the Gentiles too; and may be matter of contention to the Malice or Igno­rance of a Sect, which is either so stupid as not to know, or else so obstinate as not to acknowledge, or at least so over peevish as not to admit of a consideration, That the very same custome in se­veral Places, may receive its Beginning from God and Belial; though not observed in the samé, but in a contrary manner; not with the same, but with a contrary mind; nor at all to the same, but to a contrary end. [...] (saith Gregory Nazianzen) [...]. The Iew keeps Holy-Day, but according to the Letter. [...] The Gentile keeps Holy-Day, but according to the Flesh. [...], The Christian also keeps Holy-Day, but according to the Spirit.

§. 5. Let us Rejoyce then on This Day, be­cause it is the Day which the Lord hath made. And again let us rejoyce, even because it is the Day which hath made the Lord. I mean hath made him, of a Lord, to become a Servant; hath made [Page 263] him, of a God, to become a Votary; hath made him of a Giver become a Guift. The Lord him­self, on this Day, having been brought unto Ieru­salem, to be presented unto the Lord.

§. 6. And as the Text does thus instruct us to the Solemnity of the Day; so the double Solemnity of the Day does teach us how to divide the Text; or rather the Text divides it self into these two Generals.

The Purification of our Lady, and the Pre­sentation of our Lord. For each of which com­pellations, we have not only Custome, but Reason too. For as Christ in the Greek does import a Lord, so Mary in the Hebrew is known to signifie a Lady. And it is obvious to infer, That She may well be our Lady, who was the Mother of our Lord.

In both these Generals put together, there are seven Particulars to be observ'd.

First the Actions, which are express'd; [...], they brought, [...] they presented. Next the Agents, which are imply'd; namely the Rela­tions and Friends of Christ. They brought, and They presented. Thirdly the Subject, [...], they brought Him. Fourthly the Place; [...], to Ierusalem. Fifthly the End; [...], [Page 264] to present him unto the Lord. Sixtly the Time, [...], when the dayes were accomplished wherein the Mother was to be purifyed. Last of all the Obligation and Inducement unto the whole; and that is [...], the Law of Moses.

To go no farther than the two Generals, were too little for the Text; And yet to insist on each Particular, would be as certainly too much for the Time allow'd. And therefore I shall pitch on a Middle course; so extending the Ge­nerals, and so contracting the Particulars, as to wind them up together into these four Bottomes.

The Purification of the Parent, at once a Maid and a Mother too.

The presentation of her Son, at once pre­sented unto the Lord, and the Lord presented.

Next the Circumstances or Adjuncts of Time and Place, wherewith these Actions were to be cloath'd.

Lastly the Rule of the Actions and Adjuncts too, unto which they both are to be conform'd.

§. 1. I must premise, touching the first, the Purification of the Virgin, (the first in Order, though not in Dignity, and perhaps to be pre­fer'd for giving the Title unto the Day,) That a [Page 265] legal Cleansing or Purification must needs imply and presuppose a legal Impurity and Pollution; for which the Mother being deliver'd, and the Babe newly Born,Levit. c. 12. and c. 15. did stand condemn'd by the Law to a kind of Excommunication, to wit an absolute Exclusion, during the time of their uncleanness, as well from the Touch of a pri­vate Person, as from an Interest and share in the Publick Meetings. First from the Touch of a private Person, The Mother, like her Babe, if She brought forth a Son, was no longer exclu­ded then until the eighth Day; And no longer, if a Daughter, than till the fourteenth. But from the publick and solemn Meetings the prohibi­tion was more severe; for if she brought forth a Son, she was excluded for 40 dayes; if a Daughter, for seventy four. Again the Infant, if put to Nurse, remain'd unclean but for a Month; but continuing with the Mother, the legal uncleanness continued also.

§. 2. Now this imputative uncleannesse may seem to be an Adambration of that [...]. Philo. Original Vitiosity, with which our Nature was corrupted by the Sin of the first Adam, and was by con­sequence to be purified by the Innocence of the second. For as the legal uncleanesse was not so [Page 266] null'd upon the 8 Day, as to exempt the persons cleans'd from being purified on the 40; [...]. Iambli­cus. Aristoteli vero dicitur [...]. (with­out which later purification they were not to enter into the Sanedrim, and sure much lesse into the Temple;) we may say in like manner of ori­ginal Sin, It hath taken so deep a Root in the posterity of Adam, that however it were re­mitted both in the Iewish Circumcision, and Christian Baptisme, yet its Reliques and Dreggs doe so stick in Both, as to exclude us from the Communion & fellow-membership with the Saints, (supposing we live to a riper Age,) untill we are purified by Repentance in the Blood of the Lamb, wherof the legal purification was but an Embleme. And this may prompt us to give a Reason, why at the time of Purification there was to be offer'd unto the Lord, either a Lamb and a Pigeon, (that is, if the Parents were rich enough,) or else (in case they were not,) a pair of Turtles or Pigeons without a Lamb. The one for an Holocaust, the other for a Sin­offering. The first to signify their gratitude, the second their Repentance. The one was to acknow­ledge the special Blessing of the Delivery; and the other was to expiate the Sullage of it.

§. 3. Lord! how filthy and impure is the life [Page 267] of man, the purest part of whose Life, which is his Birth, can make his Mother stand in need of a Purification? That we are sprung out of the Dust, shew's the unworthiness of our Nature; but that we derive it from our Parents, doth speak its guilt too. 'Tis true the Soul of man is a pretious Treasure; But he hath it (saith St. Paul) in an earthen Vessel; 2 Cor. 4. 7. which is suffici­ently ignoble, in regard of the matter of which 'twas made; but in regard of the Mould where­in 'twas cast, (or of the Conduit through which deriv'd,) it is not only ignoble, but most unclean too. If men will glory in their Extraction, let them first make it appear that they are born from above; let them prove they are regenerate, and born again;Joh. 1. 13.not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. [...], (as St. Paul speaks out of the Poet,) that in­deed they are the offspring, and Sons of God. For [...], This (saithChysoft. in Genes. Homil. 23. Chryso­stome) is the noblest kind of Genealogie. And so the Bereans were [...], not only nobler, but better born, than the noblest Jewes of Thessalonica, Act. 17. 11. Gregory Nazianzen Greg. Naz. Orat. 28. forbids us to make a Boast of our Progeniters, unless we think it was for nothing, that the Virgin here was pu­rified, [Page 268] and Christ presented; or that our Mothers once were Churched, and we Baptiz'd. No, it rather becomes us (with holy Iob) that we say to Corruption, Thou art our Father; and to the Worm, thou art our Mother. Or that we go be­yond Iob, Nihil aliud est homo quàm sperma foeti­dum, saccus st [...]rcorum, ci­bus vermium. post hominem vermis, post vermem f [...]e [...]or sic in non bo­minem ver tur omnis ho­mo. Bernard­de Anima. c. 3. p. 1051. in saying to Iniquity, Thou art our Brother; and to Uncleanness, Thou art our Sister, For let our other Relations be what they will, we cannot possibly deny that Sin and We were born Twins, if we take David to be Orthodox in what he saith of our shape, and Conception too; that the one was in Sin, and the other in Ini­quity.

§. 4. Lord! how strange a thing it is, that any man should grow proud? And yet how hard a thing it is, to meet with a man who is truly humble? Quid superbis homo, atten­dens quod fu­isti v [...]le se­men, sanguis coagulacus in utero? unde superbit, cujus conceptio Cul­pa, Nasci pae­na, labor vita, necesse mori? Id. ibid. Our understandings indeed are dark, our wills disobedient, our hearts dec [...]itful, our passions eminently perverse; But, which makes us most miserable, we are so senseless of our being so, That our special Impellents to Humiliation are common Incentives unto our Pride. We are apt to glory in our Infirmities, (if I may use St. Pauls words, not only without, but against his meaning,) and to take honour unto our selves from the justest matter of mortifica­tion. [Page 269] 'Tis not the knowledge of what we were, nor the remembrance of what we shall be; 'Tis not the baseness of a Conception, nor the unlove­liness of a Grave; 'Tis not the gastliness of Death, nor yet the dreadfulness of Iudgment, that can subdue our exalted Thoughts to an humble sense of our unworthiness. But apt we are to be transported, with a complacency in our selves, and a contempt of others, although we cannot but be convinc'd, (at least in our lucida Intervalla, or godly Fits,) That we are wretched, and poor, and blind, and naked.

§. 5. Clemens Romanus (I remember) in his Epistle to the Corinthians, could think of no fitter spell, wherewith to lay, or exorcize, the Devil of Arrogance, or Ambition, than this so seasonable a Topick from whence I argue. Are we indanger'd by a [...] from the froth and va­nity of our minds, which only raiseth us (as it did Lucifer, and the other morning Stars,) to an higher Fall? [...]. Let us reflect (saith the Father) upon the stuff which we were made of; and [...]. Clem. Rom. in Ep. ad Cor. p. 50. set the contumelies before us, through which we passed into the world. I am truly so far of that Father's mind, that had we but patience enough to meditate on our original, [Page 270] and our End; Si diligenter consideresquid per os & na­res, caereros (que) Corporis mea­tus egrediatur vilius Ster­quilinium nun. quam vidis [...]i [...] ▪ attende, homo, quid fuisti ante ortum, quid abortu ad occasum, quid eris post ha [...]c vitam. Bernardus ubi suprà from what we came, and whether 'tis that we are tending; would we contem­plate on our Features in that impartial Mirroir of a skeleton; and instead of a fawning Glass, see our selves drawn unto the life in an hollow Cranion; I am inclinable to infer we should be higher in Gods eyes, (which regarded not the high, but the low estate of his Hand-maid,) after the rate of our being viler, and more contemp­tible in our own. And even by minding higher Things than now we doe, we should lesse be highminded than now we are. Then let us not stand at too great a distance from the most de­spicable Person for whom Christ dyed; (no not so much as from the man, who bids us stand farther off, for he is holyer than we;) since we are equally descended from the very same Eve; and so, by Her, from the very same Adam; and so, by Him, from the very same Earth. Suppose a Potter of the same clay shall make a washpott, and a Basin, intending That for the Kitchen, and This especially for the Closet; shall the Basin say to the washpot, I am better than Thou? There may indeed be a great, but there cannot be any intrinsick difference; as wholly depending upon the Will, and (by That) upon the usage [Page 271] of Him that owns them. In this they certainly agree, that they consist not of a different, but of the same kind of Dirt; and being broken both in pieces, are equally cast unto the Dunghil. That all were equal in the womb, is contended by Philo, [...]. Philo. the Learned Iew. That all were equal in the Laver of their Regeneration, Gregorie Nazianzen does argue with exprobration, asTingebantur olim eodem lavacro pueri, senes, divites, pauperes, viri, & mulieres; unde Greg. Nazian. ob­jurgat opulen­ [...]os, quos pude­bat cum tenu­ibus simul tingi. B. Rhe­nanus in Ter­tullian. de Coron. Mill. cap. 3. Beatus Rhenanus does well observe. And so 'twas rationally or­dain'd by the Law of Moses, That both the poorest and the richest, the meanest and the most honorable, the Virgin mother herselfe and her purer Babe, (however different they might be in all the Circumstances of Life,) should be equally rated, as well at their Births, as at their Burials. And though the Emperour Leo, Sirnam'd Isau­rus, had rather the Power than the Authority to put an excize upon women's child Births, making every man pay for his being Born; Yet 'twas righteously provided under the legal Di­pensation, (because by commission from God Him­self,) that all the masculine children which were withall the First-born, should pay the same kind of Custom at their entrance into the world, and discharge the same Debt at their Exit too. Perhaps to teach us This Lesson, amongst some [Page 272] others, that the difference of Degrees in the Sons of men, although indeed 'tis of divine, yet it is not of natural, but of positive Institution. For though God puts them asunder as far as the Zenith is from the Nadir, fixing a King upon the Throne, and casting a Rebel into the Dungeon, (which is enough to stop the Mouths of all our levelling Fanaticks, whether the Adamites a­broad, or the Anabaptists at home,) yet all men by Nature are no less than twice levell'd; before they come into their Cradle, and when they go in­to their Grave.

§. 6. But though this is the Lesson which we are taught by that Law, by which the mother after her child-Birth was to be purifi'd in the Temple; Yet it may easily be demanded, how the Law of purification could reach the Virgin. For was shee not chaster than the Turtles shee came to offer? was shee not her selfe a living Temple; and very much purer than the Temple to which shee went for a Purification? Can there be any cleaner Flame, than what stream's forth from a Virgin Taper? would we not wonder at such a Chymist, as should use his Alembick to cleanse Elixirs? And probably laugh at that Goldsmith, who should refine his metals beyond [Page 273] their Quintessence? To purifie a Virgin, may seem a Soloecisme as great, as for a man to wash Water. And to purifie such a Virgin, as had been happily impraegn'd by the Spirit of purity, is just like washing the clearest water, as it newly glide's forth from the crystal Spring; not so much as deflowr'd by the embraces of the River, much lesse by being mixt with the Brackish Ocean. Its true indeed shee was a Mother, but by so much the more a Maid too. Shee was deliver'd of a Son, but of such a Son, as was the wisdom of the Father. Shee lay in of an Infant, but such an Infant, as was The Word. Shee encompassed a man, but such a man, as was Emanuel. Shee brought forth a child, but such a strange child, as had the Goverment on his shoulders; A child whose name was called wonderful, Counsellour, the mighty God, the Everlasting Father, the Prince of Peace, Isa. 9. 16. And being deliver'd of such an Infant, such a child, such a manchild as This; How could That which made her pure, make her need a Purification? Or (to give this obje­ction its utmost strength) Admit that Marie in her Person mightstand in need of being puri­fied, (though not in regard to the Babe shee bare, Yet at least to the Parents of which she was [Page 274] born;) must therefore the Author of her Pu­ritie submit himselfe to have a s [...]are in her Purification? must Christ himself become the Subject, as well as the Maker of tha [...] Law? For so the greatest number of Copyes agree to have him; reading [...] (not [...] but) [...] the dayes (not of her, but) of their Purification. So reads the oldest and best of Manuscripts, which 'tis our happiness to pos­sess in our English Archives. So readsHomil. 14. and 18. Origen out of choice, whose matchless pains in compa­ring Manuscripts might make him the abler to choose aright. So reads Erasmus, and Zegerus, Laurentius, and De Dieu. And by the stream of such strong Authority, the Judgment of Beza is carried down; And so is the Arabick Transla­tion, which seems to follow the Vulgar Latin, as well in This, as in other Things. Nay so reads the Syriack, which is in order of time before the Arabick, from which our English Translators do seem to have render'd it in the singular. Now that Mary should be Purified, there is a rea­son more obvious. Because though her self was a Mother-Maid, in so much that a Child-Birth which defiled other Women, may well be said to have cleansed Her, (& so her real Purification was [Page 275] coetaneous with her delivery;) yet we know she was the Daughter of a Conjugal Bed, and so the subject of an Original, though not an Actual Vi­tiosity. Albeit the Greek Fathers are wont to call her [ [...]] the Mother of God, yet did they not make her, by That, a Goddess; (as some in the world are bold to do, by the Rapine and Sa­criledge of their Devotion, whilst they supplicate God the Son for the Merits of his Mother, or pray unto the Mother to lay her commands upon her Son.) The Guilt of Adam did adhere to her righteous Soul, although it could not mix with it; And so she wanted at least a legal, if not a literal Purification. But how so derogating a Rite should be competent to her Son, who was not meerly a Son of Adam; may seem at least to be a Quere which should not pass unresolv'd.

§. 7. But This was don (saith Aquinas) for our Instruction; That we may carry our selves with meeknesse, as we have Christ for an Example. paying Obedience from without us to publick Sanctions, where none from within us is strictly due. Every Christian (like Christ Himself) is to be actively Obedient in many things, though not as necessary, yet as conventent; though not for conscience, yet for the benefit of conformity; [Page 276] though not for private, yet for publick satis­faction; though not to avoyd Sin in Himself, yet not so much as to occasion it in other men. But however this Reason may passe for good, methinks 'twere easy to give a better. To wit that our Saviour being laden with the Iniquity of us all, (to use the words of the Prophet Esay) was in all our behalfes to stand in need of a purification. Being made Sin for us, (as St. Paul speaks to the Corinthians, 2 Cor. 5, 2.) and at last numbred with the Transgressors, and so made subject to the Levitical, as well as the Moral Law of Moses, (born as he was, of a Iewish parent, a branch sprung forth from the Root of Iesse,) He was first to fulfil, and then to abro­gate the law of Rites; or rather to abrogate, whilst he fulfil'd it. And this may help us to give a Reason, (besides the Poverty of his Pa­rents,) why they offered not a Lamb, but a pair of Doves. For what needed the Type, where the Antitype was present? What place could there be for a Lamb out of the Fold, when be­hold the Lamb of God that came down from Heaven? The Lamb to expiate for our Souls, as well as the Shepherd to direct them.

§. 8. The Thought of which should s [...]ve [Page 277] to fill us, not with Gratitude only and Love, but even with wonder and admiration, That the Lawgiver himself would be obedient unto the Law, thereby to free us from the Law as the strength of Sin; and so to free us from Sin, as the sting of Death; and so to free us from Death, as 'tis the Victory of Hell. That the Holy of Ho­lies, and King of Kings, would meekly take up­on him the Form as well of a sinner as of a ser­vant; and become legally unclean, whereby to take away from us our great uncleanness; for according to the Hebraisme by which the Hel­lenisticks are wont to speak, nothing worse can be meant by the legal uncleanness of a Iew, than that external obligation to the performance of a Duty, which by an arbitrary Law is incumbent on him. And to This our blessed Saviour with­out the least stain of guilt did submit himself, not at all for himself, but for Us alone. For Us it was that he descended from out the Bosom of the Father; for Us he poured out himself, so far forth as to be empti [...]d of all his Glory, that we might drink of his Fulness, Grace for Grace. For Us it was that he was cloyster'd in Marie's Womb; for Us that he was folded in Marie's Armes; for Us that he was put upon several [Page 278] Iournies, whilst yet he could not either [...] Ponitur pro [...]. nam addu­cendi verbum ponimus in eo qui pedibus eat: id quod de Christo in eâ aetate dici non p [...]terat. Castalio in locum. go, or with ease be carryed; To wit from Nazareth to Bethleem, and from Bethleem to Ierusalem, and that upon more accounts than one, not only to be purified, but presented unto the Lord.

II This (as I said in the Beginning) was the se­cond Action of the Day, and so deserves the second Place in the consideration of the Text.

§. 1. To give you the History of the Action from that which gave it its Original, I must goe back to take my Rise from as farr as Exodus. Exod. 12. Where after Sundry dismal miracles for the freeing of Israel out of Aegypt, the last and greatest was shewn at midnight. When the sword of the Lord did cut off all the first-born among the Children of the Egyptians, from the first-born of Pharoah that sate on his throne, Verse 29. to the first-born of the Captive that lay in the dungeon. But the first-born of Israel being miraculously pre­serv'd, Chap. 13. Vers. 15. were immediately claimed by their preserver. who besides the common Interest which he had in them as his Creatures, Exod. 1. 22. did farher devote them unto Himself by a peculiar right of Re­demption too.Num. 8. 18. And though by way of Commu­tation [Page 279] He took the Levites unto Himself, (in stead of all the first born of the Children of Israel,) Yet were not the Levites so full a Ransome, Num. 18. 16. but that they were farther to be ransom'd by the summ of five Shekels.

§. 2. Now put all this together, and it will prove an Adumbration of the holy Child Iesus; who, though the Lord, and the Redeemer, was yet presented unto the Lord, and Redeemed this Day with a piece of Silver. For He was sure the Fist-born, who is expressed so in Scripture by way of Eminence, and whom the First-born of Israel were but intended to represent. He pre­sented Himself as our Elder Brother, (and so again the first-born,) to redeem us from the Fury of the Destroying Angel. He, as the First-born, orPsal. 2. 8. Heir of all things, was presented this day to receive his right of Primogeniture, by claiming the Heathen for his Inheritance, and the uttermost part of the earth for his possession. He again was the first-born, who presented Himself unto as many as would receive him, that he might give them power to be the Sons of God. Joh. 1. 12. To sum up all in a word, He is call'd the First-Born of every Creature (Col. 1. 15.) who was begotten of the Father before all [Page 280] Time; And the first-born of his Mother, brought forth into the world in the fulness of Time. He was again the first-born by vertue of his office, as Mediator. The first that was born of a pure Virgin; the first that ever was born without the least stain of Sin; the first and last that was born both God and Man. Many wayes the first-born, he was brought on this day to be presented unto the Lord, not as a Servant only, or Sacrifice, but as a King, and a Priest too, on whom his Brethren depended for Life and Fortune; so to claim his own Right, and so to communicate it to Us, that whether Paul, or Apollo, whether Cephas, or the World, whether life or Death, whether things present or things to come; All might be ours, as we are Christ's, as Christ is God's.

§. 3. From the whole History of the Action, (so farr at least as our Lord was concerned in it,) it will be easy enough to gather These usefull Considerations.

§. 4. First that the Dayes being accom­plish't, when both the Mother and her Babe might have the freedom to goe abroad; The first Journy they took, was not to Nazareth, [Page 281] but Ierusalem. She brought Him to God's House before her own. Implying this Caveat to Christian Parents, that they suffer not the Devil to take the first Hansel of their Children; but acquaint them with God in their very Non­age; and so present them unto Him by a Reli­gious Education. 1 Sam. 2. That they devote them to his Service, even as early as Hannah devoted Sa­muel. That their enmity to Sin be as soon be­spoken, as the ChildAnnorum fermè novem, altaribus ad­motus, tactis Sacris jureju­rando adactus ab Amilcare, se quum pri­mum posset, Hostem fore Populo Roma­no. Liv. l. 21. cap. 1. Hanibal at the Altar was bespoken by his Father to hate the Romans. That they suffer them not to lisp in the Language of Egypt, but (as Children put to Nurse in the Land of Goshen) make them Suck in good man­ners as soon as Milk. That they permit them not to enter within the Breath of the Prophane, from whose un [...]avory communication (like the New-landed Spaniard,) they can many times Swear, when they cannot speak. That they put so fit a difference betwixt themselves and Brute-Beasts, as to become unto their children, not only carnal, but spiritual Parents; and so beget them to God by a second Birth, as not to afford them any reason to Curse their first. This is the Use we are to make of our first Consideration, the Mother's seasoning of her Babe, not at Na­zareth, but Ierusalem.

[Page 282]§. 5. Secondly let us consider, That as of all the Iewish off-spring, not the Females, but the Males were to be offer'd unto the Lord; (as it were intimating unto us, that They alone may expect to be admitted into God's Presence, who Captivate the Lusts of the effeminate Flesh, by the masculine power of a controuling spirit;) so of all the Males too, none but the best, or the first-born were set a part for God's Portion. For when I say the first-born, I mean the Might of the Parents,Gen. 49. 3. and the beginning of their strength, the excellency of Dignity, and the excellency of Power, as Iacob said of his Eldest Son Reuben. They were not then like the Parents of our last and worst Times, who when their children are Blind, or Crooked, or (in a word) nothing worth, do fly for refuge to the Temple, and make them Deodates. God is little beholding to such a Parent, who when his Son is too dull for either the Shop, or the Exchange, does straight present him unto the Lord, by devoting him to serve in his dreadful House, and (as a Minister) to wait at his holy Table; Does give him over to the Pulpit, because too old for the Grammar School; And if he cannot Write or Read, does therefore teach him to Pray extempore. As if to the office [Page 283] of a Workman who needeth not to be asham'd, there were nothing required but lungs and Impudence. From the beginning (I am sure) it was not so. For Kings and Princes in time of Yore were thought most proper to be the Priests. And when the Priesthood was Entail'd on the Tribe of Levi, it was by way of Prerogative, and in reward of a special Service. The Best by Pedegree, by Sex, by Primogeniture, They that were every way the Best, and the Choisest Persons, were set apart in the Beginning for the peculiar Service of the most High.

§. 6. From whence 'tis obvious to infer, That as of the fruit of a man's Body, so by con­sequence of the Fruit of his Labour too, of the fruit of his Substance, and of the fruit of his Soul, of every thing that he calls His, He is not to offer up to God, but the best, and choisest. We must not sacrifice to Pleasure with the strength and Beauty of our Age, and think that God will be content with a noysome Carkass; (like the false Votary in the Apologue, who vow'd to consecrate unto Iupiter, Half of the All that he went to find, and presently finding a Bagg of Nuts, made no doubt but he should bravely perform his Vow, by giving the shells unto his [Page 284] God, and taking the Kernels unto Himself;) This were at best to forsake the world, because the world forsakes Us; And only to keep our Baptismal Vow, because we know not any longer which way to break it. Will God accept of our Presenting our selves unto him, not (as Christ on this Day,) when newly come into the world, But (as the Clinicks of old,) at our going out? Will he accept of our coming, when we come to him but in a Fright? not of choise, but necessity? not at all as to our best, but rather as to our last, and our only Refuge? Will he re­ceive us when we shall choose him as the [...]; not as the greatest Good Thing, but the lesser Evil? not as better and more desirable than the Injoyments of the Earth, but as preferrable at least to the Pains of Hell? It cannot possibly be our vertue, to be forsaken of our Sins, or rather bereaved of our strength whereby to be vigorously Sinfull, and without which we can no longer be sturdy Sinners. So again, (in pro­portion to this Discourse,) 'Tis not enought that we present him with the Labour of our Lipps, and that a little towards Night, to make our Time the more supportable; (which is to make our bet­ter Actions a meer Divertisement to our [Page 285] worse;) But we must Sacrifice to our God, the very best of our Day, which is our Morning; the very best of our Years, which is our Youth; the very best of our Body, which is our Heart; the very best of our Being, which is our Soul. Our Body must be the Temple, our Heart the Altar, our Sincerity the Priest, our Devotion the Fire, our blessed Saviour must be the God, and our Soul the Sacrifice.

§. 7. But then withal (like a sacrifice) it must be pure, and unpolluted; pure, as the Vir­gin, who was this Day Purified; And unpolluted, as the Babe, who was presented this day in the holy Place. And yet because we cannot (other wayes) be purified as the Virgin, much less per­fect as the Babe, (who yet hath commanded us to be perfect, even as our Father in Heaven is perfect, Mat. 5. ult. and to purifie our selves, as Himself is pure, 1 Joh. 3. 3.) Because, I say, we cannot otherwise be pure and perfect, Let us do like the Virgin, (as well this day, as from this day forwards,) Take the Babe into our Hearts, as she now did into her Armes; And so together with our Saviour, present our selves unto the Lord. For as the Man that was condemn'd by the Roman Senate, procured Love as well as Par­don, [Page 286] by representing the Scars in his naked Bo­some, which were the Monuments of his Suf­ferings for the honour and Service of his Coun­try; so to obtein at once our Pardon and Accep­tance also at Gods Tribunal, not only Pardon of our Sins, but Acceptance of our Persons, we must recount the many sufferings of our Elder Brother in our behalf;Heb. 2. 17. & 3. 11. pleading the Scars and the Blood­shed sustein'd by the Captain of our Salvation. To such objections as may be made by an Injur'd Iustice, we must present an injur'd Iesus as our only Answer and Apologie. To every Arrow levell'd at us by God's Displeasure, we have but Christ and Him Crucified for our Shield or Helmet to intercept it. Though with our Prayers and our Tears (our only warrantable Weapons) we humbly venture to contend with the Lord of Hosts, hoping the Pungency of our sorrow will make him yield; (yield I mean to his own Re­sentment,) yet may we not hope to prevaile up­on him, unless we stand behind Christ, and (as the Virgin this Day,) hold him up as our Buckler, our only Armour of Defence, against Himself (if need be) as our Injur'd Iudge too. For (that I may shew by an experiment how as a Buckler he must be weilded,) be our misdeeds never so [Page 287] numerous, they are no more than his Merits. Though he will come to be our Iudge, He is first our Advocate, who, before he can censure, will plead our Cause. Are our Sins of deep die? his Blood was Crimson, in which our sins being washed, will be as wool. Are they swell'd into a Deluge? That stream can drown them. Are they damning and mortiferous? Those wounds can bury them. He was a Fountain, for our sakes dry; a Fountain of water, for our sakes thirsty; a Fountain of living water, for our sakes dead. And shall we suffer by the Sins, for which he suffer'd? no blessed Lord, Though thou canst not but perceive them as they lie open in our Souls, yet being hid in his Grave thou wilt not see them; or though thou canst not but see them with the Eye of thine Omniscience, yet with that of thy Iustice we hope thou wilt not; or though thou canst not but in Iustice detest our sins, yet in Mercy be thou pleas'd to forgive the sinners.

§. 8. Thus the Feast of Presentation is to be celebrated by us throughout the year. The holy child Iesus must still be brought into the Temple, And All he suffer'd in our behalf be still pre­sented unto the Lord. We must present him unto [Page 288] God, that is to say, unto himself, even as often as we go into the House of God; comprecating nothing, but for his sake; deprecating nothing, but for his Merits; presenting nothing to be ac­cepted, but in his Name and Mediation. No nor so much as in his Name may we adventure to present him, until we are purified by the Gos­pel, as Mary was under the Law. This as fitly prepares for a cleansing week, as that week does for Lent, or that Lent for Easter. We (I say) must be purified from all kind of filthiness of fl [...]sh and spirit, (2 Cor. 7. 1.) before our Saviour (wirh effect) can be thus presented. But purified with Mary, we cannot be, unless with Mary in the Text, we live in obedience to Laws establish'd, although the matter they are made of be ante­cedently indifferent, and subject to diverse Excep­tions too. Such as the Time, and the Place, wherein the Duties of the Text were to be punctually perform'd. The Time is here imply'd to be the end of the Dayes of their Purification; the Place is expressed to be Ierusalem. And the Rule of Conformity, The Law of Moses. Of which last parts of the Division of the Text, I shall speak very briefly, and in Conjunction.

[Page 289]§. 1. Had the Parents of this Child been of III the humour of our Times, and only consulted with Flesh and Blood, They had not stood on the Punctillio's ofClementè Romano ta­men Judice, [...] Clem. Rom. in Ep. ad Cor. pag. 53. Time and Place; but very much rather upon the Equity of a most rational Disobedience. What? must the work of Puri­fication be tyed precisely to a Day? Or must not the holy Child Iesus be either presented, or redeem'd, until he hath punctually attain'd the fortieth day after his Birth? May we not stay a little longer, until the wayes and the weather are more inviting? or may we not go a little sooner, before the Noise of a Messias awake the Iealousie of a sleeping, but furious Tyrant? Or may we not huddle it up at Home, to save a very tender Mother, and her more tender Babe, at once the Hardship and the Risque of so long a Iourny? shall we confine the Omnipresent within the Walls of Ierusalem? or think Ubiquity it self can be pen't up within a Temple? or believe there can be Holiness in a consecrated Fabrick of Wood and Stones? Admit Ierusalem is the greatest, yet (since the Birth of the Messias) Bethleem sure is not the least among the Cities of Iudah. And when the Antient of Days becomes the Babe to be presented, It may be fitter that the Temple [Page 290] should come to Him, or at least that his Presence should make a Temple. (Just as the Presence of the King (wheresoever he is) does create a Court, whereas the Pallace of the Court cannot either lessen or raise the King.) Besides; God regards not the Ceremony, but the meer substance of our Devotion. It matters not so much either when, or where, as how affected we come before him. An humble soul is the Temple that He delights in. A broken Heart the best Altar whereon to Sacri­fice. And the best Sacrifice we can bring is a contrite Spirit. Or if this will not serve; yet may not the Ceremonies required be don at Beth­leem at the present, and repeated at Ierusalem at times of leisure and convenience? Can a very good work be don too often? or the discharge of a Duty begun too soon?

§. 2. This had been to chop Logick just like Naaman the Syrian, in the second of Kings, and the fifth Chapter: where commanded by Elisha to wash himself in the River Iordan, and that precisely seven Times, whereby to be clean­sed of his Leprosie, (ver. 10.) He, instead of being thankful, began (saith the Text) to be very wroth, (ver. 11.) It seem'd to Him a strange thing, that he could not be clean, unless he would be super­stitious. [Page 291] He expected that the Prophet should have come out to him in Person, and calling on the name of the Lord his God, should have struck his hand over the Place, and so have recover'd him of his Leprosie. What? (saith he in the next verse) Are not Abana and Pharpar, Rivers of Damascus, better than all the waters of Israel? May I not wash in them, and be clean? Thus did the Wisdom of Elisha seem light as Folly, whilst weigh'd in the scales of that Syrian Fool. But though he pre­sently went away, not obedient, but in a Rage, (ver. 12.) Yet his Servants said That (ver. 13.) which turn'd his Rage into Obedience. My Fa­ther, if the Prophet had bid thee do some great thing, wouldst thou not have don it? how much rather when he saith unto thee, wash, and be clean? whereupon he was cured, (but observe in what order,) first of his Folly and Disobedience, and immediately after of his Disease too.

§. 3. Let us now apply this to certain Secta­ries here at home, who often indeavour in their Discourses to shew the fitness, the lawfulness, and many times the moral Necessity of their be­ing Schismatical and Disobedient. I shall give but one Instance, because I want Time to insist on many; And in the office of Confession, be­cause [Page 292] it is amongst Christians a kind of Gospel-Purification. The Duty of Confession from the Penitent to the Priest, hath been commanded by the Church in the purest Times of Antiquity; and however misus'd by the Church of Rome, hath been reform'd, and not abolish'd by this of England. Now some Male-Contents there were, who thought our Church not clean enough, un­less they might sweep away the Pavement; And amongst many other things, their Stomacks rose against Confession. Will not God (say they) be pleas'd with the acknowledgment of the Heart, but must That of the Mouth be required also? Or can we not make it in our Clossets, but they must have it in the Church too? Must we powre out our Souls into the Ear of the Priest? Or can he loose us from our Sins, who is bound and manicl'd in his own? But I would say to such an English or Scotish Naaman, no other thing than was said by the Syrian Servant. My Brother, or my Sister; suppose our Mother the Church of England, had bid thee do some great thing, wouldst thou not cheerfully have don it without Dispute? How much rather when she saith, wash and be clean? That is, confess, and be forgiven? vouchsafe to write after the Copy, which the Virgin and her [Page 293] Babe in this Text have set thee. Who did not (as they might, upon better pretensions than thou canst bring,) alledge the Priviledge of their Purity, or the natural Indifference of what was commanded by the Law, whereby to withhold their obedience from it. They did not think much to present their Turtles, because Themselves were the chaster and more innocent Paire. He who thought it no Robbery to be equal with God, thought it also no dishonour to be equal with Man; And would be obedient to the Law, how much soever he were above it. [...], as [...]. Clem. Rom. in Ep. ad Cor. p. 53. 54. Clemens Romanus does well observe to my pur­pose. The Sacrifices of God were not any where to be offer'd, but precisely at Ierusalem; nor any where at Ierusalem, but in the Temple; no nor any where in the Temple, but at the Altar; each of which places, notwithstanding, was an­tecedently Indifferent; and so far only good, as 'twas commanded, not commanded for being good. 'Tis in the Power at this day of God's Vicegerents upon Earth, to limit the Time, and the Place, yea the manner also, and measure, I say not of private, but publick Duties. And by how much a thing is the more indifferent in its use, it should the rather cease to be so, when by legal Authority it [Page 294] shall be turn'd into a Law. Since of Laws that are humane, the only fit Subjects are things in­different. Nor can we solidly object the seem­ing difference of Authority, in things indifferent under the Law, and things indifferent under the Gospel; whereof the former were commanded by God himself, the later only by his Vicegerents. For even These under the Gospel are at least me­diately commanded by God himself; as being commanded by that Authority which God hath commanded us to obey. And let us distinguish how we can, betwixt a Divine, and a Humane Law; we must acknowledge the Truth of this Proposition, That Disobedience to the second Table, is as bad as Disobedience against the first. He Rebel's against God, who withholds his Obedience from God's Vicegerent. And as there is indeed a Time, to obey God rather than man; so is there also as fit a Time, to obey God by obey­ing Man. Which if the Sons of disobedience would but unpassionately consider, they would not make their Duties difficult, by calling them humane Impositions; nor cast about for expedients whereby to legitimate such a Sin, as is compar'd by God himself to the Sin of Witchcraft.

[Page 295]§. 4. Then let us imitate our Saviour,Dies Purifica­tionis, id est, Dies quibus se continuer at domi; Impu­ritatem simu­lans, ne legis Transgressio­nis accusare­tur. Vatablus in locum. in that Example of his Meekness we this day Ce­lebrate. Who rather than seem a Non-conformist, or a contemner of the Law, (whereof the matter was but indifferent, until established by lawful and just Authority,) Impuritatem simulabat, (as learned Vatablus Interprets,) thought fit to counterfeit an Impurity he could not possibly con­tract, and made as if he had been unclean, (as a man born of a woman,) that he might yield unto a Law which did least concern him; unless a Law for Purification was not impertinent to a Lamb, whose happy Priviledge it was, to be pure and spotless.

§. 5. It was according to such a Law, as was not Moral, but Ceremonial, that the Prophecy of Haggai was now accomplish'd; when by the Presence and Presentation of God Incarnate, the Glory of the later Temple did far exceed that of the former. It was according to such a Law, that the offering of the Temple which was this day presen­ted, was more immense than the Temple which circumscrib'd him. It was according to such a Law, that the Transcendency of the Gift which was this day given, was at once adequate to the goodness, and to the greatness of the Receiver. [Page 296] To sum up all in a word, it was according to such a Law, that our Blessed Redeemer was pleas'd himself to be Redeem'd; The great Re­deemer of the world, to be Redeem'd by a Country Maid; And the Redeemer of the world by the dear purchase of his Blood, to be cheaply Redeemed by a Maid, for a little Silver.

Now to Him who this Day became obedient unto the Law which was Ceremonial, that he might free us from being Slaves to the Law of Sin by Disobe­dience; And was presented unto the Lord under the Form of a Sinner, so to present us unto himself without the least stain of sin; To the only wise God our Saviour, who came on purpose to Redeem us from all Iniquity, and to purifie to himself a pecu­liar People; be ascribed by us, and by all the world, Blessing, and Glory, and Honour, and Power, and Wisdom, and Thanksgiving, from this Day for­wards for evermore.

FINIS.
A SERMON PREACHED UP …

A SERMON PREACHED UPON Act-Sunday-Morning AT St. MARIES CHURCH IN OXFORD JULY 10. MDCLXIV,

Touching the Usefulness and Necessity of Humane Learning, together with its Insufficiency without the Help of the Divine.

ACT. 2. 4.‘And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other Tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.’

§. 1. IF we look upon the Text as that does look upon the Context, we shall find in it a Fitness for the Solemnity of the Time. Not as if the Time of our Oxford Act were also the Time of our English Pentecost, (for such we know it is not,) But only in as much as this Hebrew Pentecost does in many things resemble our English Act. For

§. 2. All the Order of the Apostles were now assembled at Hierusalem, which in the latitude of its Importance implies three Things; not the Monarchy only, and Church, but University too of Israel. Psal. 122. 4. Thither went up the Tribes, not to the Sanedrim only, but to the Temple. Psal. 48. 2. There's the Church. On the Northside lyeth the City of [Page 300] the Great King. There's the Monarchy. And what in the 87 Psalm we commonly render the Gates of Sion, The [...] Psal. 87. 2. Targum reads the Gates of the Schools. Now the Schools of the Prophets, whereof there were in Hierusalem not so few as fourQuas Scho­las fuisse Hie­rosolymis, po­sterioribus Iudaicae Poli­tiae Tempori­bus, ultra Quadringen­tas Rabbini volunt. Mon­tacut. in Ori­gin. Eccles. Par. 1. Sect. 8. pag. 87.hundred (at least as the Rabbins do make report) in the later Times of the Iewish Politie, And theDeut. 16. 18. [...] more than once in the Septuagint; These infer the University. There it was that The Apostles were Altogether in an Assembly, at once to receive, and to shew their Parts; to become not only Licensed, but Gifted Preachers; to be no longer rude Inceptors, (for they were hitherto nothing else,) but Learned Doctors in Divinity; at once to be qualified with Ability, and to do the Exercise for their Degree.

§. 3. Never was there any Exercise so well and laudably perform'd. For every one of these Inceptors was even fill'd with the holy Ghost. Every one spake as the Oracles of God. 1 Pet. 4. 11. Every one was so great a Linguist, (not only such a Polyglot, but such a Pantiglot in his speaking,) that Atheneus his Galen was but an Infant in comparison. Every one was a Theopneust, and had the Privi­lege to speak through a Door of Utterance, which was Divinely open'd to him by the Third Person [Page 301] in the Trinity. To understand how they spake, we stand in need of the Greek to explain the English. For they spake (saith the Text) [...], not [...], but [...], after the measure that they were prompted by the ever blessed Paraclete, (as well without, as within the Veile,) not to speak as other men, words of va­nity and lightness, but to speak Apophthegmes, and Cubes, as heretofore with lesse reason 'twas said of Socrates.

§. 4. And in proportion to their Exercise which was so eminently good, we find their Au­ditorie too was extremely great. Never was there such a Concourse of Spectators and Hear­ers at any Act, or Comitia, before, or after. For there were present at this Assembly, both Iews, and Proselytes; And of these last, of every na­tion under Heaven, (v. 5.) which though spoken by an Hyperbole, a very ordinary figure amongst the Hebrews, (for no man certainly will say there were French, or English, Scotch, or Irish, which yet at that Time were of some of the Na­tions under Heaven;) Yet Parthians, Medes, and Elamites, and some who dwelt in Mesopotamia, Cappadocia, Pontus, and Asia, in Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and Libya, (about Cyrene,) [Page 302] Cretes, and Arabians, and strangers of Rome, we are certain were a part of that mighty Con­course, which flock't about the New Doctors, and heard them speak to their Amazement in their several Languages and Dialects, the tre­mendous and wonderful works of God, (v. 11.)

§. 5. And yet I say these Apostles were but Inceptors in Divinity. They did all at this Assem­bly no more then celebrate their Commencement. For though their Master gave them a Call whilst he was yet upon the Earth, yet to execute their Calling, He did not give them Qualifications till he ascended into Heaven. (Eph. 4. 10. 11.) He who commission'd them to go, and to teach [...]ll Na­tions, (Mat. 28. 18.) did also commission them to tarry, and not depart from Hierusalem, but with meeknesse there wait for the promise of the Father, (Act. 1, 4.) St. Iohn is positive, and dogmatical, That the Holy Ghost was not yet given, because that Iesus was not yet glorified. (Ioh. 7, 39.) And 'tis as evident from St. Luke (Act. 1, 5,) that till this Actus Comitialis, or Solemn Assembly at Hierusa­lem, they had not been baptiz'd with the Holy Ghost. From whence it follow's, That if they had only had an eye unto their mission, and Commission, and taken their Journeys thereupon into the several [Page 303] Quarters of the world, they had shew'd them­selves Zealous, but Indiscreet too; And their Preaching might have been good, but ineffectual. For all the world (except their Country-men) had been Barbarians unto Them, and They Barbarians to all the world, had they only spoken Syriac, as hitherto they had don. If their Toungs had not been cloven into all kinds of Dialect, how could their Sound have gon out into all Lands, and their words unto the Ends of the Earth? How many men's Souls were to be heal'd, by their miracu­lous Ability to heal their Bodys? How could the Scholars have repeated whatsoever the Master had said unto them, (he having not written, nor they taken Notes,) but that the Spirit was now by miracle to bring all things to their Remembrance. (Ioh. 14, 26.) So that besides the holy Function unto which they were admitted some weeks before, there was an absolute Necessity they should have Qualities to discharge it. Graces they had before, for the Sanctification of Them­selves; But now it was that they had Gifts, for the Edification also of others. They had before a kind of Thummim, sett by God upon their Hearts; But not 'till now had they the Urim, divinely sitting upon their Heads too.

[Page 304]§. 6. And though I know there are not wanting many Enthusiasts here at home, (not to speak ofV. Frid. Baldwin. de Cas. Cons. l. 4. c 2. Cas. 9. p. 690. 691. Ex­cus. Francof. 1654. Carolostadius, his Brother Gabriel, and the chief Schoolmaster of Wittenberg, by name Thomas More, who dehorted all People from the study of Languages and Arts, alledging that they were all to be taught of God; nor to insist on those Franciscans, who made unlearnednesse a Profession, and did not take a little pride in being call'd Fratres Ignorantiae; nor to mention those Popes of Rome, some of which were such haters of human Learning, as to esteeme the study of it a mark of Heresy; no nor Iulian the Apostate, who to destroy the Kingdome of Christ by so much a more compendious Ruin, employ'd his vast Im­periall power in shutting up Academyes & Schools;) Though, Isay, besides These, whom I discover from abroad, There are not wanting here at home, who love to argue against the Needful­nesse of our Schooles and Universities, even from this very Scripture which lye's before us; who would blow down our Colleges with the violence of this wind, And with the Fire of these Tongues would burn them up too; yet by as happy a Violentum as any Logician can desire, the first does serve but to establish, and the se­cond [Page 305] to refine them. For had the Apostles been bred at Athens, or in the Schools at Hierusalem, and got these Toungs by Education; God had not been at the expense of so great a miracle to inspire them. But as the miracle was us'd to supply the Defects of Art and Nature, And to fill up what was wanting of Education and In­dustry in Christ's Apostles; So in these later Times of the Christian Church, the Defect of that miracle is supplied by all These; I mean by Industry, and Art, and Academical Education. 'Tis true indeed, that If real miracles were as rise, and as much in fashion, amongst the Fathers and Sons of the Church of England, as lying wonders are wont to be amongst the Practicers of Rome, we might declare as great an En­mity to publick Nuseries ofValen. Weigel. Postill. Part. 1. p. 195. part. 2. p. 79. learning, as Weigelius of Wittenberg, and Monsieur Pharell ofNonne Pa­ssim & publi­cè cla [...]abat Pharellus, omnes huma­nas Dis [...]ipli­nas esse Inven­ta Diaboli? Erasm: Epist 59. ad Fra­tres German. Infer. & Fri­siae Orient. mihi p. 2127. Geneva, (and I may add Pope Paul the second,) are truly reported to have don. But finding That, by experience, to be but [...], (as Diodorus Siculus spake deridingly of Hell,) we may up­hold our Universityes by the very same strength, by which the Subtilest Enthusiasts would pull them down. It being a very cogent Argument not only for the usefullnesse, but for the absolute [Page 306] Necessity of Publick Schools, (especially to as many as are to be Preachers of the Gospel,) that the Apostles want of Breeding in such Seminaries of Learning as we enjoy, was from Heaven to be supplied by such miraculous Endowments as here we read of. As what we have not by Infusion, we must laboriously acquire; so what the Apostles had not acquir'd, the very Wisdom of God the Father thought fit to give them by Infusion. Nor durst they think that they had compe­tent, much lesse sufficient Qualifications, for the preaching of the Gospel throughout the the world, vntill they had heard a sound from Heaven, as of a mighty rushing Wind, which fil'd the House where they were sitting; Nor vntil there had appeared cloven Tongues like as of Fire, which also sat upon each of them; Nor till they all had been fill'd with the holy-Ghost, and been enabled to speak with other Tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.

§. 7. The Text perhaps might be divided into almost as many Parts, as there were Lan­guages and Tongues for the Subject of it. Parts, enough to entertain, if not to tyre a Congrega­tion; enough to direct, and distract Attention. But I shall mention only those, which will be [Page 307] sufficient to acquaint you with its whole rational Importance. As

First the Persons here endow'd, who were a Dozen of illiterate and obscure Galileans, grown in the twinkling of an eye, Learned Professors of Divinity. And so by consequence in propriety of Academical speech, we cannot say that they were made, but created Doctors. At once the first and the greatest that ever were in the Chri­stian world. For

Here is secondly the Measure according to which they were indow'd. They were not sea­son'd only, as others, or as themselves a little be­fore, (when their great Master breath'd upon them, and bid them receive the Holy Ghost, Joh. 20, 22;) But now [...], they were fill'd. And fill'd they were in such sort, that we shall see by and by how they overflow'd. Nor were they fill'd more ordess, as their Persons or their Parts were more or less to be rever'd in the eyes of men; For

Here is thirdly the Equality and Universality of its Extent; which was not only unto Peter, who was the first of this Assembly, (as 'twere the Senior of the Act,) no nor onely to Iames and Iohn, the sons of Zebedee and of Thunder, who [Page 308] lately disputed between themselves, which of them should be the greatest; But without any Partia­lity, either to the Qualities, or Years of men, [...], they All were filled. Nor were they filled with a Vapour or wind of Doctrine, which commonly comes from another spirit, (even the spirit which is now working in all the chil­dren of Disobedience,) nor with a zeal without knowledge, or with a knowledge which puffeth up, as being apt to ferment in the minds of men;) For

Here follows in the fourth place the excel­lent nature of the endowment; it was [...], they all were fill'd with the Holy Ghost. Which is not so properly and literally, as Me­tonymically spoken. Not exclusively of his Per­son, but more especially of his Power. Nor exclusively of his Graces, but more especially of his Gifts, (for so in distress of better English, I am contented to speak the difference, as the Hellenisticks do, by calling them [...].)

Fifthly the Primary Effect, shewing the Ver­tue of the Descent of the Holy Ghost, very par­ticularly express'd in the Gift of Tongues, [...], they began to speak; that is, to propagate the Gospel throughout the world. They be­gan [Page 309] to be Enthusiasts in the literal sense. Mark 16, 17 For they spake with such Tongues as they never learnt. With other Tongues, saith St. Luke; with new Tongues, saith Saint Mark; with many Tongues, saith the Syriac. Where 'tis not Leshon ve Leshon, with a Tongue and a Tongue, (such as Hypocrites in Religion are wont to speak with,) butIn Syro est, Incipiebant loqui [...] linguâ linguâ. He­braismus ad­modam fami­liaris. Gualt­perius in Lo cum. Beleshon Leshon, with a Tongue a Tongue; which according to the Syriacism by which 'tis spoken, does only signify the Dividedness, not the Doubleness of the Tongue. And yet they were not [...], such as took it of themselves; nor did they speak out of their Memories, much less out of their Inventions. For

Here is Sixthly the Principle (and I may also say the Prompter) from which they spake, be­cause they spake [...], as the spirit gave them utterance. Not as utterance is oppos'd either to stammering, or dumnesse, as if 'twere an­swer'd in the Greek by nothing more than [...]: For

Seventhly and lastly, the Spirit gave them [...], that is, to speak the most important and pithy Periods. To speak as Stewards of the My­steries of the living God. To speak as men to whose Trust was committed the word of Reconci­liation. [Page 310] To speak as Angels whose Lips were made conservatories of knowledge; and who had Tongues that had been touched with aIsa. 6. 6. 7.Coal from Gods Altar. So that here the [...] is of too rich a signification, to be express't by the Po­verty of English words. As many Tongues as they had, they wanted one more, to express the hid Treasures of those they had. There are three things at least, which are secretly couch'd in the [...]. Wisdom, Zeal, and Elocution. for we observe in the Context, both a Wind, and a Fire, and also [...], a multitude of clo­ven divided Tongues. Tongues, not in, but upon their Heads. And truly each of these three hath such a mystical signification, as seems to have a clear prospect upon the [...]. For first of all they had such a wind, as to inspire them with Wisdom: They had secondly such a Fire, as to inflame them with Zeal: And they had thirdly such Tongues, as to indue them with ut­terance: more than which may be possibly, but less than which cannot be meant by their mira­culous way of speaking, [...], not as the Flesh, but as the spirit gave them utterance.

§. 8. Thus at last I have put an end to the tedious beginning of my Design. A beginning [Page 311] made up of three preparatory Ingredients, The Accommodation, the Explication, and the Division of the Text. The several links of that chain, whereof the use is both to guide and to tye your Attention to my Discourse. But the Particu­lars being too many to be dispatch'd in one Ser­mon, (unless that one be as long as many,) I shall not proportion my Meditations unto the Ful­ness of the Text, (from which there flow's to us a Sea of matter,) But to the scantness of the Time which is allow'd for this Service.

§. 1. And first for the Persons here indow'd, I must not speak of them in Thesi, either at ran­dome, or at large; (for that's no more than may be don on any other Piece of Scripture wherein the Apostles are barely mention'd;) But I must handle them in Hypothesi, in as much as they re­late to the Text and Context. As they relate unto the Text, they cannot be pertinently consider'd, unless in one or more of these three Notions; either as fill'd with the Holy Ghost, or as speaking with other Tongues, or else as speaking after the measure that the Spirit gave them utterance. But in reference to the Context, they may be perti­nently consider'd as they relate to the three em­blemes [Page 312] the Wind, and the Fire, and the ap­pearance of cloven Tongues. The first referring unto their wisdom, the second unto their Zeal, and the third to their gift of utterance.

§. 2. And indeed it was but reason that their Tongues should be so many, when both their Wisdom and their Zeal were so amazingly great. [...], they were not only sprinkl'd, or overshadow'd, but rinst, and fill'd with the Holy Ghost. In an immediate suit of which, their understandings were so inlightned with the knowledge of holy mysteries, And their Affecti­ons so inflam'd with a desire to make them known, that all the Languages in the world were hardly enough for their Interpreters. There were then Confer v. 9. 10, 11. & Gen. 27. 44. ubi LXX. eandem vocem in eun­dem sensum adhibent. sojourning at Ierusalem of every Nation under Heaven, (v. 5.) The Apostles were but Twelve, and each of them aEò quisque propinquior erat Gentium Dispersioni. Gallilaei enim dicuntur [...]. Joseph. l. 1. c. 4. indeque Galilaea Gentium dicta. Galilean, (v. 7.) And yet there were some of every Nation who heard them speak in their native Idiom, (v. 8.) There was neither Speech nor Language, but their voices were heard amongst them, (Psal. 19. 3.) A thing so ad­mirably strange, that they who knew it by Ex­perience could not imagine it to be True. They had ears to hear, but not hearts to believe, much less Heads to comprehend it. For more amaz'd [Page 313] with the volubility, than instructed with the sense, They imputed the glibness of their Tongues to the meer giddiness of their Brains. And whilst some in an Extasie began to ask what it meant, (v. 12.) others answer'd in a mockery, that they were full of new Wine, (v. 13.) Where­as indeed Themselves were drunk, though not with Wine, at least with wonder. For no sooner had St. Peter Preach'd them all into Sobrietie, Isa. 29. 9. but they were pricked in their Hearts; and by Faith coupl'd with Fear, their Heart brake forth into this earnest Erotesis, Men and Brethren, what shall we do? (v. 37.) whereupon they were instructed, and Baptiz'd even by Thousands. (verse 41.)

§. 3. O the depth of the Riches, both of the Wisdom and Knowledge of God! How insearch­able are his doings, and his ways past finding out? How many years do we toyle to get a Language or two? Yea how many Suns do we outsit, and how many Moons do we outwatch too, in learning the Rudiments but of one? At what an ex­pense of Time and Labour, and (I may add) of mony too, what with Tutorage, and Books, and other Instruments of Learning, in Country Schools, and Universities, are we fain to get [Page 314] knowledge like Children weaned from the milk, (to use the phrase of the Prophet Esay,) by taking line upon line, Isa. 28. 9, 10. precept upon precept, here a little and there a little, and keeping our Studies for this little, till we look paler than our Lamps? whilst these simple Country Folkes, who knew no more just now than their Mother Tongue, are on a suddain started up so many orderly Babels. Our Blessed Saviour sent them to School, (Act. 1. 4.) The Holy Ghost became their Teacher, (in the words of my Text.) And of this Teacher they were so full, that they were perfect in their Lesson before they learnt it. As having had, not an acquir'd, but an infus'd habit of speaking. Nor was the miracle of divided or cloven Tongues for the confounding of the Builders, (like that at Babel,) But by a variety of Languages to make an Unity of Hearts. 'Tis true indeed, these Builders of Bethel, like those of Babel, were scatter'd far and wide over the face of the earth; But for as different an end, as were the Models of their Building. To-wit that They and their Successors might bring in the Heathen for Christs Inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for his Possession. Id ibid. St. Peter (for example) did stout­ly Preach him up in Pontus, Bythinia, Galatia, [Page 315] Cappadocia, and at last in Rome also. St. Iames in Spain. St. Iohn at Ephesus. Euseb. Hist. lib. 2. cap. 15. St. Paul at Antioch. And indeed in most places from Ie­rusalem to Illyricum. De Regno Christi qua­quaversus ex­tenso, consule Tertul. con­tra Judaeos cap. 7. mihi pag. 97. St. Mark in Egypt. St. Thomas in Parthia. St. Andrew in Tartary. St. Matthias in Colchis. Philip the Deacon (by the Eunuch) in Ethiopia Superior. Thaddaeus in Edessa. And Ioseph of Arimathea planted the Gospel here in England. Then after the Times of the Apostles, Palladius Planted it in Scotland. St. Patrick in Ireland. St. Augustin in Saxony. St. Severine in Austria. Meinardus in Livonia. Pope Hadrian in Norway. And Ausuirius in Denmark.

§. 4. Now had all this been don by a like number of Athenian or Roman Orators, such as Pericles and Demosthenes, Hortensuis and Cicero, who could first stir up Tempests in their Audi­tors Passions, and then allay them into a Calm too, as if the hearts of the Hearers were in the Orators hands; And all this by the Inchant­ment of a few curled Metaphors, a few glittering Rhetorications, a few Musical [...], an insinu­ating Harmony of Voice and Gesture, which had wrought their Souls into their Ears, and there had tickl'd them to an Assent; This indeed had been a wonder, but not a miracle; and might have [Page 316] redounded unto the Glory, not so much of the Author, as of the Instruments. Who might pos­sibly have ariv'd too (like that Eloquent [...], Act. 12, 23,) at the meagre satisfaction of being admir'd into Destruction; of being kill'd by Caresses and Commendations, of being tickl'd, and eaten up, both with the pleasantness, and the pain, of Applause, and Worms.

§. 5. But that Twelve despised Villagers drawn by the pencill of St. Chrysostome in the liveliest colours of humane Basenesse, a Ken­nell of clownish, illiterate, ill bred Idiots, a Crue of Vagabunds in Cuerpo, without House or Home (as we say in English,) so farr from being fur­nisht with two Coats a piece, that all the twelve renowned Doctors were not worth one paire of shoes, [...],Chrysostom. Ho [...]il. 3. in Epist. ad Cor. & in Psal. 46. (So St. Chrysostom run's on in his Cariere of railing Rhetorick, at least in the the accompt of a loathsome world, which thinks it worse to be a Beggar, than in a State of Damnation;) I say, that a Dozen of such Igna­ro's, eminent only for their Ignoblenesse, and all of Galilee from whence ariseth no Prophet, with a seriously-majestick Simplicity of words, and a controwling Sanctity of Actions, should by the [Page 317] sound of the one open the Ears of all the world, and by the Light of the other inform their Eyes too; That they should really be able to turn the World upside down, (as the Iewes of Thessalonica did fitly word it, Act: 17, 6,) That they should break-down the Idols, and silence the Oracles, and raze the Temples, and Level the Altars, and even sacrifice the Priests, and preach down the Poets, and Dispute down the Errors, and live down the Vices, and undeifie the Gods of the Heathen world; That they should conquer without a force, and irresistibly winn the most peevish Natures, not only to part with their oldest Customs and Religions, But to exchange them for a Beleif, that He was a Saviour, who had been crucified; and He Immortal, who had dyed; and He a God who had suffer'd; and He an Innocent who had suffer'd between the Vilest Malefactors; Nay farther yet, that they should throughly convince the richest, and the proudest, and the most sensual sort of men, that even the Yoak of Christ was pleasant, his Burden strengthing, and to be hang'd upon the Crosse a Degree of Honour; That their Enemies were to be lov'd, and Themselves hated; That * Poverty, Disgrace, and Death itselfe, were not [Page 318] only the Lot and Portion, Vtilitas max­im [...] homini De [...]s asserit. Symachus ad versus Chri­stianos apud Prudentium. but the Desirables and Pleasures of the very bestmen; I say that this should be brought about by Twelve of the plain­est Country-People, four whereof were clearly Fishermen, and one a Publican, and the rest in all appearance no whit better than their Mates, every one a Galilean, and so contemptible for his Country, as well as for his Calling; shew's convincingly to the world, however ignorant, or obdurate, that by how much the baser the meanes were, by so much the greater was the miracle. The great Deformity of the Instruments was a Foyle unto the Agent. This very stumbling Block had a Vertue whereby to keep men from falling. If our modern Lay-Preachers who do pretend to Inspiration, could shew but one of of those many Apostolical Gifts, and make us see their new Light by letting us hear some new Tongues too, (I mean such Tongues as they never studied,) 'Twere pity but Both our Universities should rise up to them in fear and Reverence; And we should certainly be as ready to kisse their Feet, as now we are to shake the Dust from off our own, Luke 9. 5. for a Testimony against them. The Case with Them would be much the same, that here it was with the new Apo­stles; [Page 319] the very snare and the Scandal of whose Rusticity, shew'd he Divinity of the Influx by which they acted. Never did Omnipotence appear so glorious and Triumphant, as then when it was perfected in so much weaknesse. How did they thunder, with their Doctrins? and how did they lighten, with their miracles? How did they soften mens Hearts by promises, as by gentle showers? And how controul them by Threats, as by mighty Winds? You may see, in this Chapter, the Effects of all four; of their miracles, their Doctrins, their Promises, and their Threats. The People marvell'd at the first, v, 7. They were Heart-struck at the Second, v, 37. They rejoyced at the third, v, 41. And fear came upon them at the fourth, v, 43. It could not be by a common power, that Paul a Prisoner at the Barr, was able to fright the grim Iudge, who sat at Liberty on the Bentch: when having reason'd to him a while concerning Temperance, and Righteousness, and Iudgement to come, it presently follows, that Faelix trembl'd. Who though a very stout Hea­then, was yet but one, and so not worthy to be nam'd, whilst we are speaking of the Energie which God had put into the preaching of these Apostles. For the Apostle St. Peter, through [Page 320] the Conviction of the Spirit who open'd the Ears and the Hearts of men, did convert at one Ser­mon Act. 2. 41. three thousand Souls, andAct. 4. 4. five thousand at another.

§. 6. Lord! the different Effects of Preach­ing in those Times and These! one Sermon was then sufficient for the Conversion of many Thou­sands. But how well were it now, if a Thousand Sermons might be effectual for the Conversion of any One? when did you ever see an Audito­rie so affected with a Sermon, as not to be able to contein from crying out in a kind of extasie, (like the Disciples in this Chapter,) Men and Brethren, what shall we do? who goes now adayes to the Casuist, for the searching and launcing and cleansing of a Conscience, which even Gasp's for a little ease from the acute sense it hath of a Sinfull Plethorie? Is it that in a Kingdom all the Consciences of men are so clear and calme? Or that there are heardly any Consciences in a whole Kingdom to be troubled? Is it because there are no scruples of tender Souls to be re­solv'd? Or rather because the Souls of men are seldome so tender as to be scrupl'd? let them that commonly hear Sermons, but are not pricked in their Hearts, (like the men in this Chapter [Page 321] who heard St. Peter,) be allow'd to be the Iudges (as well as Partyes) in the Case; whe­ther their Consciences are so clean, as not to need being rub'd; or else so callous, as not to feel.

§. 7. If we impartially consider, that since the most of mens Devotion hath been thrust up into the Pulpit, and that they have placed their publick worship, not in their Hearts, and Knees, but in their Eares, and Elbowes; posting up and down from one Sermon to another, (and po­ssibly too with as much Superstition,) as the Votaries of Rome to the several Reliques of their Saints; thinking God is best serv'd, when they goe farthest to a Sermon, (as the Pilgrims of Rome to an holy Sepulchre;) And giving ac­compt when they come home, not of the Ser­mon, but of the Man; as if their haunting of the Church were not to learn, but censure; to take large Notes of his Look, and Gesture, not so much observing what, as how he taught them; (perhaps offended with his memorie, because too short; perhaps with his Periods, because too long; perhaps they stumble at his Youth, and then they say he does but prate; perhaps at his Age, and then they listen as to a Doatard; If he is plain, he preaches slovenly: And if he is solid, [Page 322] he preaches [...]; If he is not plain, he is too Witty; and if not solid, he is too light; If he is illiterate, he is not fitt for so great a calling; And if he is learned, he is as little fitt for so plain a people; Is the Sermon very excellent? then he prea­ches Himselfe; Or is it but ordinary? they can read as good at home;) I say whoever shall but consider, that since the Businesse of Religion has commonly been at this pass, the Brains of men bave been busied, but their Lives have not been better'd; And the frequency of Preaching hath made more Preachers, not more Christians than heretofore; As he will find a prodigious Diffe­rence, both in the Preaching and Hearing the word of God, betwixt what it was when Christianity was in its Cradle, And what it is at this Instant whilst it is going into its Grave, So he will find the guilty Cause of so great a diffe­rence, to be partly in Them that do Preach the Word, and partly in Them that do hear it Prea­ch't. So far they are from being fill'd with the Holy Ghost, that all the former do not speak with other Tongues, nor do the later all hear with other Ears than they were wont. The former do not all speak, as the Spirit gives them utterance, nor the later all hear, as the Spirit gives them At­tention. [Page 323] They will both be now concern'd in the Applicatorie part of my undertaking, But the Sons of the Prophets in speciall manner. Which, as 'tis the next Task incumbent on me to be perfor­m'd, so I purpose to perform it by seven such steps of Consideration, as will arise without violence from the peculiar subject of my Discourse.

First then let us consider, to what measure I of Perfection men may possible arrive in a state of Frailty. The Appli­cation. The Apostles were but men, and yet were fill'd with the holy Ghost. And arguing (as we may) ab Actu ad potentiam, I think we ought at least to ayme at the same perfection. I am sure St. Paul pray'd for no lesser blessing on his E­phesians, than that they might be fill'd with the Fulnesse of God; and [...] with All the Fulnesse. (Eph. 3, 19.) which cannot signifie lesse than being perfected and advanc't to the highest pitch of Christianity, which God in Christ can exact of so frail a Nature. And whatsoever we may pray for, we must indeavour to attain too. Not contenting our selves, that we are mettle good enough for an Iron Age; that we are Chri­stians well to passe, as the world goes good e­nough to serve turn; or no worse than other men, [Page 324] who are without peradventure in a savable state; or perhaps that we are better than a great num­ber of our Neighbours, who never dye, or are buried, but in sure and certain hope of a Resurre­ction. And yet how many are thus witty, in smoothing out their way to eternal Ruin? How many do please themselves to Hell, with a san­guin Belief they are sure of Heaven? And live as if they were afraid, to be any whit better than they must needs? whereas it is not only the Interest, but the strict Duty of a Christian, to pant and presse after Perfection; never to think he is good enough, until he is as good as Grace can make him; not to cleanse himself only from all kind of filthiness of flesh and Spirit, but withal to perfect holinesse in the fear of God, 2 Cor. 7. 1. We must not Grow in grace only, but we must never leave growing until we come to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fulnesse of Christ. (Eph. 4. 17.) This is to be fill'd with the holy Ghost, and inwardly to be fill'd with his saving Graces; not, as They in my Text, with his outward Gifts. Those indeed we neither have, nor are bound to hope for.

II And yet although we fall short of that other [Page 325] fulnesse, 2 Cor. 12. 13. we have been all made to drink of the very same Spirit, in that sense also; And to that very end was he powred out, Ioel. 2, 28. Or if we have not; we must never leave thirsting, untill we have, we of the Clergy (I am sure) should have received of his Fulnesse, and [...], Grace for Grace; Joh. 1. 16. (that is to say in plainer terms) in proportion to his Goodnesse and mercy to­wards us. For to Us it was said at our Ordina­tion, Receive the Holy Ghost. And therefore woe be to Us, of all men living, if we make it not appear that we have receiv'd him. Not only, as the Laity, in his Sanctifying Graces; But, in as much as we are Teachers, in his edifying Gifts too. Not a good Living, or a great Dignity, or a Scholasticall Degree; which are indeed a kind of Gifts, but they doe not edifie. Noe, the Gifts which we must have, to prove our receiving the Holy Ghost, (and that we were not made Priests meerly to qualify us for wealth, to hold Preferments by that Title, that is to say, by that Name,) I say the Edifying Gifts which should distinguish us from the Laity, and shew the Divinity of our Function, are to be some of that Catalogue which Saint Paul gave to his Corinthians. 1 Cor. 12. 8, 9, 10. If not the greatest in the Cata­logue, [Page 326] the gift of Healing, and working Miracles, yet at least the gift of Prophesie, that is, of Prea­ching and applying the word of God. Or if not the word of Wisdom, which is the gift of speaking Mysteries, yet at least the word of Knowledge, which is the gift of understanding and unfolding them to others. A Gift we must have, whereby to demonstrate that we are Gifts. For He that ascended up on high, and led Captivity Captive, is immediately said to have given Gifts unto men. And then it follows by way of Instance, that He gave some Apostles; some Prophets; some Evangelists; some Pastors and Doctors. Not Do­ctors by an Antiphrasis, à non docendo, (that's an ill Derivation,) much less Pastors à tondendo, (for that is worse,) no nor Pastors à pascendo, as it is a Verb Neuter, (that's worst of all;) But Pastors à pascendo, as it is a Verb Active. For none were then allow'd the Priviledge to sheer the Sheep, who could not prove they had the Gift, as well to feed, as to defend them. And the reason of it is render'd by the Great Doctor of the Gentiles, 1 Cor. 12. 7. The manifestation of the Spirit, is given to every man to profit withal; [...], to that which is of some Benefit and Ad­vantage to the Church. That is it by which the [Page 327] Spirit does manifest himself to be in Pastors and Teachers. And therefore they that are in Orders without a Gift, a kind of Lay-Priests, or Secu­lar Pastors, qualified for Sine Cures, but nothing else, As having no Gift at all, or none at least [...], none that tend's, and is employ'd to the use and benefit of the Church, (like Talents hid within the Earth,) are suspected not to come from the Spirit of God.

It was not so with our Apostles; who having III here received Talents, did immediately negotiate and Traffick with them. No sooner were they fill'd with the Holy Ghost, but (as it follows in the Text) they began to Speak. And accordingly when 'tis said by the Bishop to the Priest in his Ordination, Receive the Holy Ghost, it presently follows in the charge, Be thou a faithful Dis­penser of the Word of God and his holy Sacraments. Then follows a Prayer for all the Persons who are Ordain'd, That the word spoken by their mouths may have such success, as that it may never be spo­ken in vain. Now (not to reflect on any person in Authority, whose time is taken up in greater, and no less necessary Employments,) what have those men to shew, for their having received the Holy Ghost, who come so far short of the [...] [Page 328] in the close, as that they fail of the [...] in the beginning of my Text? so very far from being diligent or frequent Preachers of the Word, that (to their Amendment be it spoken) they seem to be careful Concealers of it. Is this toJer. 23. 28. Preach the Word faithfully, or to2 Tim. 2. 15 divide the Word rightly, or to deal as Ibid. a Workman that needeth not to be asham'd? Is this to press, and to be 2 Tim. 4. 2. instant, in season, out of season, or to rebuke and exhort with all long suffering? Is this toVers. 5. watch in all things, to do the work of an Evangelist, and to make full proof of the Ministery? Is this to 1 Tim. 5. 17 labour in the Word and Doctrine, and so to be worthy of double honour? Is this to give our selves 6 Act. 6. 4. continually to the Ministry of the Word, to be Rom. 12. 11 fervant in spirit, or to 2 Tim. 1. 6. stir up the gift of God which is in us by the laying on of the Bishops Hands? when the Harvest is plenteous, and the Labourers are few, The Lord of the Harvest is to be pray'd, not that He will send forth Idle Truants, but painful Labourers into his Harvest, (Mark 9. 37, 38.) And in the Day when God shall judge the secrets of men by Iesus Christ, it will perhaps be more tolerable for a gifted Lay Brother, who adventures to be busy in another mans Calling; than for a giftless Ecclesiastick, who chooseth rather to injoy, than [Page 329] to use his own. When God shall call us to a reckoning, not only for our Evil, but Idle Lives, not only for our injurious, but idle words, a strict accompt is to be made of our Silence too. For the Prophet'sIsa. 56. 10. Dumb Dogs which cannot bark, are the Apostle's Dumb Teachers who cannot speak. And they that are Dumb ones in the tenth verse, are also greedy ones in the ele­venth; whereby tis intimated unto us, that such as deserve not the least Revenues, are hardly satisfied with the greatest. Wo to me (saith the 1 Cor. 9. 16. Apostle) if I Preach not the Gospel. And wo to me (saith theIsa. 6. 5. Prophet) because I Preach not the Law. Because I am a man of unclean Lips, (that is, in the Judgment of Learned Grotius,) be­cause I have not dar'd to speak against the Ini­quities of the Mighty. I have either been so lazy, as not to speak in my Course, or else so cowardly, and so base, as to speak Placentia. But the Apo­stles in my Text were not lyable to either. 2 Cor. 5. 14. The Love of Christ did so constrein them, (as St. Paul speaks to the Corinthians,) that they long'd to be deliver'd, like a Woman in Travel. (and to that the word [...] does very properly allude.) They were not able to hold their Peace, though Death it self lay before them with all its grim Train.

[Page 330] IIII And yet they did not turn Preachers without Ability for the work; As appears by the Order wherein the Narrative is express't. For first they were fill'd with the Holy Ghost, And then it fol­lows in the Text, They began to speak. There are that speak whilst they are empty, and that as well of Inspiration, as human Learning. Such Sermons do proceed from a private spirit, and so at best they are but words, and such words are but wind, in proportion to the Spirit that gives them utterance. When windy Vessels give Vent, we know their Spirit cannot fill them, unless with Wind. But These were fill'd with another Spirit, a Spirit proving what he was by his miraculous Indowments. For as our Saviour foretold, that he would give them a Mouth, and Wisdom, (not a Mouth only, but Wisdom too,) and so much wisdom in such a Mouth, as their Adversaries should not be able to resist, (Luk. 21, 15,) So here in answer to that Prophecy, They did not only begin to speak, but they spake with Tongues. And with such Tongues too, as were the Instruments of Wisdom, as well as Knowledge. And yet that Knowledge is another important Requisite to make a Profes­sor of Divinity, (and such you know is every Do­ctor,) or a publick Preacher of the Gospel, (which [Page 331] every Doctor is not,) may appear by the Curse of the Foolish Shepherd, Zech. 11. 17. whose Right Eye was dar­kned, (that is to say, as the most learned do In­terpret,) who had not the Knowledge of human Learning; And as evident it is, by what the Pro­phet Isaiah spake, at once of himself, and our blessed Saviour; The Lord God hath given me the Tongue of the Learned. And to what end hath he gi­ven it? to the end that I should know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary. (Isa. 50, 4.) This indeed should be the end of all our eloquence and Learning, (not the venting such things as smell of nothing but study, and Affectation, but) The Glory of God, and the good of Men. Of the first I shall speak in its proper place. And here observe touching the Second, That as Isaiah, after Moses, was the most Learned and the most eloquent of all the Prophets, so his best use of both, was to speak a word in Season to any Soul that should want it in any kind. And this is certainly the Trade we are all to drive, because for this end especially we were bound over unto the Muses, and serv'd Apprentiships in the Schools, that we might duly serve God by being eminently useful to all our Neighbours. As by instructing the Ignorant, by admonishing the negligent, by reproving [Page 332] the guilty, by counselling the doubtfull, by com­forting the Afflicted, and by giving good example to each of These; [...] which way soever our Learning lies, and whatsoever our skill in the Tongues may be, we must put a right Byass and Bent upon it; we must study to make it serve, and not to rule us; And we must study to make it serve, not for ornament, but use; And, but that there is use som­times of Ornament, not for an Ornament to our selves, but the use of others. In a word, if we are sharers of any good parts, whether natural, or ac­quir'd, we must not think them good enough, until the use and the end have made them eminently better. That is, until they are employed, (as by God they are intrusted,) for the perfecting of the Saints, for the work of the Ministry, and for the edifying of the Body of Christ, (Eph. 4. 11.)

V But then for the bringing of this about, it is not enough that we speak with Tongues, no nor with fiery Tongues neither, nor yet with fiery cloven Tongues, unless they are cleft and set on fire by the Spirit of Unity, and Truth. For it is many times don by the Spirit of Error, and Division. There are Tongues that are cloven even by him that is known by his cloven Feet. And there are Tongues set on fire, James 3. 6. not from Heaven, but of Hell. [Page 333] such is the cloven and fiery Tongue, wherewith a man does bless God, and either Curse, or belie his Neighbour. (v. 9.) Nor is such a Tongue better'd by skill in Arabick, or Hebrew, in Coptick, or Sy­riack, in Greek or Latin; but the more it is cloven, 'tis still the worse; because by so much the abler to set on fireJam. 3. 6.the Course of Nature. 'Tis never e­nough to be deplor'd, (and in this place especi­ally,) That since the Iesuits and their Apes have made use of their Tongues to conceal their meanings, (which by God were intended to lay them open,) a sadder confusion hath been made of the distinctest Languages and Tongues, than that which was given for a Defeat at the Tower of Babel. St. Iames does put such a stresse upon it, as if on the Tip of a mans Tongue stood all Religion. For let his Almes be never so great, his Fastings never so many, his Prayers never so long, and other Actions never so specious, yet if he bridleth not his Tongue from injurious Ca­lumnies and falshoods, He is a man either of none, or a vain Religion. (Iam. 1. 26.) The reason of which is very evident. For a lye stand­ing singly, is Breach of Truth; and joyn'd to witnesse, is Breach of Iustice; and referring to Neighbour, is Breach of Charity. And by the [Page 334] Breach of all three, down goes Religion. If it is flatly contumelious, (or but by way of obtrecta­tion,) it is not nakedly a lye, but an arrant slan­der; which, if maliciously committed, and so committed by a Person whose knowledge is great, and his Calling sacred, makes the Top of that Ladder, whereupon so many thousands have climb'd to Ruin.

VI Now for the Cure of this in some, and for the Prevention of it in others, presse we our selves to an Improvement of the next observa­ble in the Text. For the Apostles, being fill'd with the holy Ghost, did not only begin to speak, and to speak with Tongues, but [...], with other Tongues. I mean not only in the literal, but moral sense of that word. For St. Peter who had spoken with a Tongue of Tergiversa­tion, by denying and forswearing his master Christ, did now at last begin to speak with another Tongue; a Tongue that honour'd him, and own'd him, and preach't him up toMath. 16. 15. every Creature. This alone was the change that enrich't his mouth. Not his wonderful Ability to speak in all sorts of Language, but his Preaching of the Gospell in every one. Many Gracelesse men have Tongues wherewith they speak as they are prompted by [Page 335] learned Heads, But His was prompted by an honest and Zealous Heart too. There are that come to the University, who without either study, or Inspiration, do learn to speak with other Tongues; Yet I cannot say with more, much lesse with better, but with Tongues much worse than they did before. Nor is there any where so sad, and so deplorable a Spectacle, as that which sometimes appeares in this House of Prayer; when in the solemnest Assembly of all the Year, a Son of God shall be so transform'd into the absolute Guise of a Son of Belial, as to de­spise his own Soul, in the defiling of Himselfe and the House of God, by an applauded Defamati­on of his Superiours; by subjecting them to the Contumelies and Asperities of his Tongue, which is not only theJam. 3. 8. Ibid. v. 6. unruliest, but in that case also, theJam. 3. 8. Ibid. v. 6. filthiest member of his Body. In such a place as this is, It were to be wish't that men would speak with other Tongues than those are; even with Tongues which may demonstrate, if not that they are fill'd, yet at least that they are Season'd, and not quite void of the Holy Ghost. And here I cannot, I dare not forbear to say, (to as many as fear God, and are afraid to fear men in this Congregation,) [Page 336] That when a Cato shall have been able to keep a Zanie more in awe on a Heathen Theatre, than many Doctors now can in a Christian Church; when under one and the same Roof, Dagon is coupl'd with the Ark, Iehovah with Mercury, The Pulpit with the Stage, and Divinity with Prophaneness; It will become as many of us, as are not only Followers, but Embassadours of Christ, even to imitate his Example, who beat the Hucksters out of the Temple, by our well meant Indeavours to whip the Scoffers out of the Church. And if He used a Rod of Cords, well may we use one of Scorpions. Because Propha­nesse in a Christian is very much worse than in a Iew; and This withall a worse Prophanenesse. Such scandalous Sins as are but chargable to others, are in reason to be punish't with greater pungency in Us; In as much as being Priests, we have received the holy Ghost; So that we Sin, when we Sin, against greater Light, and against greater Obligations to cease from Sinning. We do the Devil greater Service by the Impurity of our Lives, than we can possibly do God by our purest Doctrins. When secular Jews were muti­neers against the King and the Priest, (for Moses and Aaron were nothing else,) God Almighty [Page 337] was so patient, as to punish them by Degrees. But when Corah and the rest of the holy Tribe began to speak against their Governours, the Earth could no longer indure to bear them; The Heavens could no longer indure their sight; and Hell could no longer sustein their Absence. Then let all of this Place, which was intended by God and our pious Founders, for a Nursery of Vertue, as well as Learning, addict Themselves, and prevail with others, to speak henceforward with other Tongues than they were wont. Let them that have spoken either with wanton, or slanderous Tongues, now speak with Tongues that are modest, and void of malice. For if Luther, and Melancthon, Nonne Melan­cthon aliquan­do damnavit Scholas pub­licas? nonne Lutherus to­tam Philoso­phiam Aristo­telicam voca­vit Diabolicā? nonne idem scripsit omnes scientias spe­culativas esse peccata, &c. Erasm. Epist. 59. p. 212 [...]. who were men of great Learn­ing, and Academically bred, were yet provo'kt into an Enmity to publick Academies and Schools, meerly in hatred to the Corruptions continuing in them uncontroul'd; How much more will They be tempted to greater Enmity than others, who cannot distinguish the Abuse from the use of Things? we know that many Persons of Honour do send their Sons to this place, not to learn a little Logick with a great measure of Pro­phannesse, and so to go the more Learnedly, not the lesse surely to destruction; not to Swear or [Page 338] talk loosely in Greek and Latin, (for of that there is enough in their Mother Tongue,) But to speak modestly, and fitly, and (without dispa­ragement be it spoken,) religiously too upon all occasions; to gather Siens as well as Fruit from the Tree of knowledge, and ingraft them into the stock of the Tree of Life. The University can make us but learned Fools, (as Petrarch word's it,) in case we speak only with other Tongues, and not as the Spirit does give us utterance.

VII Which to the end that we may do, we are to speak of such things, as the Spirit can delight to assist us in. The Apostles themselves, in their common Talk, had but an usual and common Assi­stance too; which yet may be called not impro­perly the Assistance of the spirit. But when the Assistance was extraordinary, Then they could speak of nothing lower, than of the glorious and wonderful works of God, (v. 12.) That indeed should be the subject of all our publick Dis­courses and Undertakings. Not a pitiful osten­tation of a little unsanctified Wit, or Learning; not a deplorable Ability to speak of things Sacred like a Buffon, to purchase the lamentable Re­pute of being a Drolling Ecclesiastick, by being [Page 339] ingeniously Scurrilous, and very pleasantly pro­phane; Things expressed in Holy Writ byEph. 5. 3, 4, 6. foolish Talking and Iesting, [...], which are both branded in the same stile, with Forni­cation, and uncleannesse, and other things not to be nam'd, by reason of which (saith the Apostle) the wrath of God cometh upon the Children of Dis­obedience. No, In all our solemn meetings, e­specially Then when we tread in God's Courts, we ought to speak [...], so as not to disgrace, but adorn the Gospel. We must use all our Learning, and Elocution (if we have any,) as the Apostles here did their miraculous gift of Tongues; not to gratifie the Itch of ungracious men, but to trumpet out the wonderfull works of God. That they who cannot indure to think we can be e­minently worthy, may yet be forced to confesse we are serious Christians. And since St. Iames is very positive, that he who offendeth not in word is a perfect man, let us contend and reach forth towards this perfection; still indeavouring to to speak with the best Tongues we have, if not as men fill'd with the holy Ghost, yet at least like them that speak as the Spirit gives them utterance. That so when other mens Tongues shall be employ'd in crying out for a Drop of water, im­portuning [Page 340] the mountains to fall upon them, (to hide them from the face of Him that sitteth upon the Throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb,) Our Tongues may joyn in Consort with the divine Choir of Angels; with the Congregation of the first-Born whose names are written in heaven; and with the Soules of just men made perfect; Singing Ho­sannahs, and Hallelujas, to him that sitteth upon the Throne, and unto the Lamb for ever more.

FINIS.
The Primitive Rule o …

The Primitive Rule of Reformation:

Delivered in a SERMON BEFORE His MAIESTY at WHITEHALL, Feb: 1. 1662.

IN Vindication of Our CHVRCH Against the NOVELTIES of ROME.

Published by His Majesties special Command.

The Ninth Edition.

TO THE High and Mighty Monarch Charles the II. By the Grace of God, KING of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith.

Most Gratious and Dread Soveraign,

THat which never had been ex­pos'd unto a wittily-mista­king and crooked world, but in a dutiful submission to Your Command; may at least for This, if for no other reason, be justly offer'd to Your Protection. And this is don with a steady, though humble confidence of successe; because THE DEFENDER OF THE FAITH Iude 3. which was once deliver'd unto the Saints, cannot pos­sibly chuse but be so to Him, who does ear­nestly [Page] contend for the very same, be­cause for no other Faith than That which was from the Beginning. If for This I have contended with as much earnestness from the Pulpit, as The Romanists from the Presse do contend against it; I have not only theIude 2. 3. Exhor­tation and Authority of a Text, but the Exigence of the Time to excuse me in it.

Now as the Romans in the Time of the second Punick War, could not think of a fitter way for the driving of Hannibal out of Italy, than Scipio's marching with an Army out of Italy into Afrique, giving Hannibal a Necessity to go from Rome, for the raising of the Siege which was laid to Carthage; So could I not think of a fitter Course to dis­appoint the Pontificians in their At­tempts on Our Church, than thus by ma­king it their Task to view the Infirmities [Page] of their Own. To which effect I was exci­ted to spend my self, and to be spent, (If I may speak in the phrase of our Great Apostle,2 Cor. 12. 15.) not from an arrogant Opinion of any sufficiency in my self, (who am one of the Least among the Regular Sons of the Church of England,) But as relying on the sufficiency of the Cause I took in hand, & especially on the Help of the All­sufficient, 1 Cor. 1. 27. who often loves to make use of the weakest Instruments, to effect the bringing down of the strongest Holds. [...] Cor. 10. 4.

I suppose my Discourse, however inno­cent in it self, will yet be likely to meet with many, not onely learned, and subtil, but Restless enemies; Men of pleasant Insi­nuations, and very plausible Snares; nay, such as are apt (where they have Power) toEo san [...] loco Haereses sunt, ut non tam arte & Industriâ, quàm Alexan­dri gladio, ea­rum Gordius Nodus dissolvi posse, quasique Herculis clavâ feriendae, quàm Apollinis Lyrâ mitigandae vi­deantur, Staple­ton, in Epist. De­dic. operis de Iustif. sub finem. confute their Opponents by Fire and Faggot. But when I consider how well my Margin does lend Protecti­on [Page] to my Text, (for I reckon that my Citations, which I could not with Pru­dence represent out of a Pulpit, are the usefullest part of my whole Performance, because the Evidence and Warrant of all the rest;) I cannot fearfully appre­hend, what Wit or Language (or ill us'd Learning) can do against it, so far forth as it is arm'd with Notoriety of Fact in its Vindication; and hath the published Confessions of those their Ablest Hyperaspistae, who cannot cer­tainly by them of their own perswasion, with honor, or safety, be contradicted.

If they are guilty in their Writings, it is rather their own, than their Readers Fault; Nor is it their Readers, but Their misfortune, if they are found So to be by their own Concessions. Nor can they rationally be angry at their Rea­der's Necessity to believe them; especi­ally [Page] when they write with so becoming a proof of Impartiality, as that by which they asperse and accuse Themselves. If it finally shall apear, They areLuke 19. 22. con­demn'd out of their mouthes, (as Go­liah's Head was cut off by David, not with David's, 1 Sam. 17. 51. but with Goliah's own Sword,) and that I am not so severe in taking Notice of their Confessions, as They have been unto Themselves in the Printing of them, (for I cannot be said to have revealed any secrets, by meerly shewing before the Sun, what They have sent into the Light,) I think, how­ever They may have Appetite, They cannot have Reason to complain.

I have intreated of many Subjects within the Compass▪ of an hour, on each of which it would be easie to spend a year. But I have spoken most at large of the Su­premacy of the Pope; as well because it [Page] is a Point wherein the Honor and Safe­ty of Your Majesties Dominions are most concern'd, as because it is the chief, if not only Hinge, (I haveEtenim de quâ re agitur cùm de Prima­tu Ponti [...]icis a­gitur? brevissi­mè dicam, de Summ [...] rei Chri­stianae, id enim quaeritur, debe atne Ecclesia diutius consistere, an verò dissolvi, & concidere. Bellarm. in Praef. ad libros de Sum. Pontif. Tom▪ 1. p. 586. Edit. In­golstad. 1590. Bellarmine's assertion for what I say,) on which does hang the whole stress of the Papal Fabrick.

If herein, as I have obey'd, I shall also be found to have serv'd Your Majesty, The sole discharge of my Duty will be abundantly my Reward; because I am not more by Conscience and Obligati­on of Gratitude, than by the Volun­tary Bent and Inclination of my Soul,

Your Majesties most devo­ted and most Dutiful Subject and Chaplain, THOMAS PIERCE.
MATTH. XIX. 8. [...]. But from the beginning it was not so.’

THere are but very few things either so little, or so great, whether in Art, or Nature, whether in Politie, or Religion, which are not willing to take advantage from the meer credit of their Antiquity.

First for Art; Any part of Philosophy penn'd by Hermes Trismegistus, any Script of Geogra­phy bearing the name of Anaximander, any Musicall Composition sung by Amphion to his Harp, any piece of the Mathematicks said to be [Page 350] writ by Zoroastres, any Relique of Carved worke from in [...]pir'd Bezal [...]el, or any remnant of Embroidery from the Theopneust A [...]oliab, Exod. 35. 30, 34. would at least for the honor of being reckon'd to be the first, be also reckon'd to be the best of any Antiquarie's Keimelia.

And as it is in the Things of Art, so is it also in those of Nature. How do the Gentle­men▪ of Venice delight themselves in their Anti­quity? and yet they travel for their Original, no farther back then the siege of Troy. Where­as the Arcadians derive their Pedigree even from Iupiter and Calisto, and will needs have their Nation exceed the Moon in Seniority. Nay, though Aegypt (in the Judgment of [...]. Diodo. Sic. lib. 1. p. 6. Edit. H. Ste. 1559. Di­odorus the Si [...]eleote) hath better pretensions than any other, yet the Barbarians as well as Greeks have still affected a Primogeniture. Nay so far has this Ambition transported so [...]e, that they will needs have been begun from before the Protoplast, as it were itching to be as old as the Iulian period, 764 years before the begin­ning of the World. Thus Antiquity hath been courted in Art and Nature.

If in the third place we come to Politie, we shall find Customs gaining Reverence from the [Page 351] sole merit of their Duration. And as a Custom by meer Continuance does wear it self into a Law; so the more aged a Law is grown, the lesse 'tis liable to a Repeal; by how much the more it is stricken in years, by so much the less it is decrepit: And that for this reason, because the longer it endures, the more it inclines to its perfection; that is to say, its immortality.

Last of all for Religion, the Case is clear out of Tertullian.Tert [...]l. adversus Marcio. l. 4. c. 5. p. 406. Edit. Pamel. 1597.Id verius quod prius, id prius quod ab initio. That Religion was the truest, which was the first; and that the first, which was from the beginning.. And as He against Marcion, so Iustin Martyr against the Grecians, did prove the Divinity of the Pentateuch from the Anti­quity of its writer. The Iewes enjoy'd the first Lawgiver [...]. Iust. Mart. [...]. p. 9. Edit. Lutet. 1615. by the Confession of the Gentiles. Moses preached the God of Abraham, whilst Thales Milesius was yet unborn. Nor was it a thing to be imagin'd, that God should suffer the Devil to have a Chapp [...]l in the world, before himself had any Church. And thenceId teneamus quod ubique, quod semper, quod ab omnibus credi­tum est: quod ita demum fit, si se­quamur Univer­salitat [...]m, Anti­quitatem, Con­sensionem. Vin [...]. Lir. adv. Haer, c. 3. per [...]ot. Vincen­tius Lirinensis, to prove the Truth of any Do­ctrine, or the Legality of a Practice, does argue the Case from a Threefold Topick; The Univer­sality, the Consent, and the Antiquity of a Tra­di [...]ion. [Page 352] Which Rule if we apply unto the scope of this Text, as it stands in relation unto the Con­text, we shall have more to say for it, than for most Constitutions, divine, or human. For That of Marriage is almost as old as Nature. There was no sooner one man, but God divided him into two; And then no sooner were there two, but he united them into one. This is That sacred Institution which was made with Mankind in a state of Innocence; the very Ground and Foundation of all both sacred and civil Government. It was by sending back the Pharisees to the most venerable Antiqui [...]y, Math. 5. 31, 32. that our Lord here asserted the Law of wedlock, against the old Custom of their Divorce. Whilst they had made themselves drunk with their muddy streams, He directed them to the Foun­tain, to drink themselves into sobriety. They insi­sted altogether on the Mosaical Dispensation; But He endeavour'd to reform them by the most Primitive Institution. They alledged a Custom, but He a Law. They a Permission, and that from Moses; But He a Precept, and that from God. They did reckon from afarr off, But not, as He, from the Beginning.

[Page 353]In that one Question of the Pharisees, Verse 7. Why did Moses command us to give her a writing of Divorce, and to put her away? they put a Fal­lacy upon Christ, call'd Plurium Interrogatio­num. For Moses onely Permitted them to put her away; but Commanded them (if they did) to give her a writing of Divorce. And accordingly their Fallacy is detected by Christ in his Answer to them. Moses (did not command, but meerly) Verse 8. suffer'd you in your Custom of making un­justifiable Divorcements. [...], he per­mitted, that is to say, he did not punish it; not allowing it as good, but winking at it as the lesser of two great evils. He suffer'd it to be safe in foro Soli; could not secure you from the Guilt, for which ye must answer in foro Po­li. And why did he suffer, what he could not Approve? Not for the softnesse of your heads, which made you ignorant of your Duties; but for the hardnesse of your hearts, which made you resolute not to do them: ye were so barba­rous and brutish upon every slight Cause, (or Occasion rather,) that if ye might not put her away, ye would use her worse. Ye would ma­ny times beat, and sometimes murder, some­times bury her alive, by bringing another into [Page 354] her [...]ed. So that the Liberty of Divorce, how­ever a poyson in it self, was (through the hard­ness of your hearts) permitted to you for an An­tidote. But from the beginning it was not so. And ye must put a wide difference betwixt an Indulgence of Man, and a Law of God. To state the controversie aright, ye must com­pare the first Precept with your customary Pra­ctice; not reckoning as far as from Moses onely, but as far as from Adam too; ye must not one­ly look forwards, from the year of the Creation 2400. but also backwards from thence, unto the year of the Creation. The way to understand the Husband's Duty towards the Wife, (and so to Reform, as not to Innovate,) is to consider the words of God when he made the Wife out of the Husband. ForGen. 1. 27. Matth. 19. 4. He that made them at the beginning made them Male and Female, and said, Gen. 2. 24. Matth. 19. 5. For this cause shall a man leave Father, and Mother, and shall cleave unto his Wife, and they twain shall be one Flesh. What therefore God hath joyn'd together, let not man put asunder. The Antecedent command was from God the Father; the command in the sequel from God the Son. And though the Practice of the Iewes had been contrariant to them both, by a Prescription al­most [Page 355] as old as two thousand years; yet as old as it was, 'twas but an overgrown Innovation. For [...], from the beginning it was not so.

Thus our Saviour being sent to Reform the Iewes, made known the Rule of his Reformati­on. And the Lesson which it affords us is (in my poor judgment) of great Importance For when the Doctrine or Discipline of our Church esta­blisht here in England shall be attempted by the Corruptions of ModernRomana Eccle­sia se non tam matrem exhibet al [...]s quam No­vercam. Sedent in eâ Scribae & Pharisaei, &c. Johan. Sarisbu­riensis (ad Pa­pam Hadria­num 4.) in Po­lycratic. l. 6. c. 24.Pharisees, who shall as­sert against Us, (as these here did against our Sa­viour,) either their forreign Superstitions, (to say no worse,) or their domestick Profanations, (to say no more;) we cannot better deal with Them, than as our Saviour here dealt with the ancient Pharisees; that is, we cannot better put them to shame and silence, than by demonstra­ting the Novelty and base extraction of Their Pretensions, whilst we evince at the same in­stant the Sacred Antiquity of our own. When they obtrude their Revelations, or teach for Do­ctrines of God the meer commandments of men, we must aske them every one, how they read in the beginning. We may not draw out of their Ditches, be the Currents never so long, whilst [Page 356] we have waters of our own of a nobler Taste, which we [...]an easily trace back to the crystal spring.

And first of all it concern's us to marke the Emphasi [...], which our Ancient of dayes thought fit to put on the Beginning; that no inferior An­tiquity may be in danger to deceive us. For there is hardly any Heresie or Usurpation in the Church, which may not truly pretend to some great Antiquity, though not so old as the Old man, much lesse as the Old Serpent. Epiph. Haer. 75. p. 904. Tom. 1. Ed. Petav. August. de Hae­res. Tom. 5. pag. 25. Edit. Basil. 1542. The Disciplinarians may fetch theirs from as far as the Heretick Aërius; who wanting merit to advance him from a Presbyter to a Bishop, wanted not arrogance and envy to les [...]en the Bishop into a Presbyter. But His Antiquity is a Iunior, as well to that of the Anabaptists, as to that of the Socinians. For theAugust. contra Donat. Tom. 7. l. 2. p. 396. Edit. Basil. Ana­baptists may boast they are as old as Agrippi­nus; and theEpiph. Haer. 6. 2. p. 513. Socinians as Sabellius. TheAugust. Tom. 6. Haer. 54 p. 25. Edit Basil 1542. Soli­ [...]idians and Antinomians are come as far as from E [...]nomius. TheIren. lib. 1. cap. 24 p. 79. Excus. 1570. Ranters from Carpocrates. TheEuseb. l. 3. c. 33. p. 80. Colon. A [...]l [...]brogum 1612. Millenaries from Papias. The Irre­spectiveIren. l. 1. cap 10. p. 48▪ &c. Epi [...]h. Haer. 66. pag. 617. Id. de duobus principiis pag. 625. 642. 676.Reprobatarians from Simon Magus, and the Manichees. The Pontificians (like the Mahumetans) have such a Rhapsody of Religion, [Page 357] a Religion so compounded of several Errors and Corruptions, (which yet are blended with many Doctrines most sound, and Orthodox,) that to find out the age of their several Ingredients, it will be necessary to [...]ake into several Times too.

THe great Palladium of the Conclave, the famous point of Infallibility, (which if you take away from them, down goes their Troy, it being absolutely impossible that the learned Members of such a Church should glib­ly swallow so many Errors, unless by swal­lowing this first, That she cannot Erre;) I say, the point of Infallibility (which is a very old Article of their very new Creed, a Creed not perfected by its Composers, until the Council at Trent,) we cannot better derive than from the Scholars ofIren. Adver. Haeret. l. 1. c. 9. p. 44. &c. Ed. Basil. p. 25. Marcus in Irenaeus, or from the Gnosticks in [...], Epi [...]h. Tom. 1. l. [...] Haer. 26. p. 91. [...]. Idem ibid. Haer. 27. p. 102. Epiphanius. They had their Purgatory fromNote, That Bellarmine having boasted (Lib. 1. de Purgatorio, c. 11. p. 1841. Edit. Ingolst [...]d. A. D. 1590.) That all the Antients, both Greek and Latine, from the very time of the Apostles, did constantly affirm the doctrine of Purgatory, could not give an older in­stance, than in Origen, and Tertullian, c. 6. (for S. Clement, and S. De [...]n [...] are both supposititious, and therefore reckon'd as good as none,) but by recourse unto the Heathens, c. 2. & 7. p. 1778. 1824. Origen, (one of the best in­deed in one kind, but in another one of the [Page 358] worst of our antient Writers; not onely an He­retick, but an Haeresiarcha,) or at the farthest from Tertullian, who had it from no better Authour, than theHoc etiam Paracletus (i. e. Montanus) fre­quentissimè commendavit, &c. Tert. de Animà, cap. ult. See Bellarmine contradicted by the Romanists themselves. E. G. Roffens. contr. Lutherum, art. 18. fol. 111. &c. Antverp. 1523. Polydor. Virg. Inv. Rer. lib. 8. c. 1. p. 84. Edit. Basil. 15 [...]4. Suarez in Aquin. par. 3▪ q. 59. art. 6. Disp. 52. §. 2. Mogunt. 1604. p. 625. 1. Thomas ex Al­biis East-Saxo­num de Medio Animarum statu, per totum libr. speciatim De­mens. 9. p. 369, 370, 371. Arch-Heretick Montanus. Nor does Bellarmine mend the matter, by de­riving it as far as from Virgil's Aeneid, and from Tully in his Tale of the Dream of Scipio, and farther yet from Plato's Gorgias; unlesse he thinks that an Heathen is any whit fi [...]ter than an Heretick, to give Advantage to a point of the Roman Bel­larm. ubi suprà, p. 1840. Faith. Their Denial of Marriage to all that enter into the Priesthood, is dated by themselves but from PopeLiquet item, in orientali & occidentali Ecclesiâ, usque ad tempus prohibitionis à Calixto factae, Sacerdotum conjugia lici [...]a f [...]isse. Maximil. 2. apud Thuan. l. 36. p. 305, 306. Ca­lixtus. TheirAnte Lateranense Concilium Transubstantiatio non fait dogma Fidei. Scot. in 4. Sent. Dist. 11. q. 3. Transubstantiation is from the Lateran Council. TheirNegare non possumus, etiam in Ecclesia Latina fuisse usum utriúsque speciei, & usque ad tem­pora S. Thomae durasse. Vasq. in 3. Di [...]p. 216. c. 3. n. 38. Half-Communi­on is no older than since the times of Aqui­nas; unlesse they will own it from the Mani­chees, to give it the credit of more Antiquity. Their publick praying before the people in an unknown Tongue, may be fetcht indeed as far as from Gregory the Great. Their Invoca­tion [Page 359] of Saints departed is no doubt an aged Er­ror, though not so aged as they would have it for the gaining of honour to the Invention; be­cause St Austin doesSu [...] loco & ordine homines Dei nominan­tur, non tamen à Sacerdote qui sacrificat invo­cantur▪ August, de Civitate Dei l. 22. c. 10. pag. 1335. Edit. Basil 1542. denie it to have been in his dayes. And (not to be endless in the begin­ning of such a limited Discourse, as must not presume to exceed an hour;) though in so fruitful a field of matter, 'tis very difficult not to be endlesse;) Phocas ira­tus Cyriaco E­piscopo Constan­tinopolitano, ad­judicavit Titu­lum Oecumenici Pontifici Roma­no soli. Baro­nius ad A. C. 606. p. 198. The Universal Superintendency or Supremacy of the Pope hath been a visible usurpation ever since Boniface the Third. And so our Adversaries of Rome have more to plead for Their Errours then all the rest, because the rest were but as Mushroms in their severall times, soon starting up, and as soon cut down; whereas the Errours of Rome do enjoy the pre­tense of Duration too.

But touching each of those Errors, (I mean the Errors of their Practice, as well as Iudg­ment,) we can say with our Saviour in his pre­sent Correption of the Pharisees, (whose Er­ror was older and more authentick, that is, by Moses his permission had more appearance of Authority, and more to be pleaded in its excuse, than those we find in the Church of Rome,) that from the beginning it was not so; and we [Page 360] care not whence they come, unlesse they come from the Beginning.

Indeed in matters of meer Indifference which are brought into the Government or outward Discipline of the Church, every Church has the Liberty to make her own Constitutions; not asking leave of her Sisters, much lesse her Children; onely they must not be reputed as things without which there is no Salvation, nor be obtruded upon the People amongst the Articles of their Faith. We are to look upon nothing so, but as it comes to us from the Begin­ning.

And this has ever been the Rule (I mean the warrantable Rule) whereby to improve or reform a Church. When Esdras was intent on the re-building of the Temple, he sent not to Ephesus, much lesse to Rome; he did not imi­tate Diana's Temple, nor enquire into the Rituals of Numa Pompilius; but had recourse for a Temple, to that of Solomon, and for a Ritual, to that of Moses, as having both been prescribed by God himself. And yet we know the Prophet Haggai made the people steep their Ioy in a showr of Tears, by representing how much the Copy had faln short of the Origi­nal. [Page 361] The holy Prophets in the Old Testament, shewing the way to a Reformation, advis'd the Princes and the people to ask after the old paths, and walk therein, as being the only good way for the finding of rest unto their soules, Jer. 6. 16. The Prophet Isaiah sought to regulate what was amisse amongst the Iewes, by bid­ding them have recourse unto the Law and the Testimony should not a people seek unto their God? If any speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them, Isa. 8. 19, 20. And ac­cordingly their Kings, who took a care to re­form abuses, are in this solemn style commen­ded for it, That they walked in the wayes of their Father David; that is, reform'd what was a­miss by what had been from the Beginning. So St. Paul in the New Testament, setting right what was crooked about the Supper of the Lord in the Church of Corinth, laid his line to that Rule which he was sure he had receiv'd from the Lord Himself, 1 Cor. 11. 23. And thus our Saviour in my Text, finding the Pharisees very fond of a vitious practice, which supported it self by an old Tradition, and had something of Moses to give it countenance in the world, (though indeed no more than a bare [Page 362] permission,) could not think of a better way to make them sensible of their Error, (and such an Error as was their Sin too,) than by shew­ing them the great and important difference, betwixt an Old, and a Primitive Custom; and that however their breach of Wedlock had been without check from the daies of yore, yet 'twas for This to be reform'd, that 'twas not so from the Beginning.

In a most dutifull conformity to which example, our Reformers here in England (of happy memory) having disc [...]ver'd in every part of the Church of Rome, not onely horrible Corruptions in point of Pra­ctice, but hideous Errors in point of D [...]ctrine▪ and that in matters of Faith too, ( [...] find an occasion to shew anon▪) and ha [...]ving found by what degrees the several Errors and Corruptions were slily brought into the Church, as well as the several times and seasons wherein the Novelties received their birth and breeding; and presently after taking notice, that in the Council of Trent the Roman Par­tisans were not afraid to makeVide Con­cil. Trident. Sess. 13. Can. 2, 3 Sess. 21. Can. 1, 2. 3. Sess. 22. Can. 3, 5, 6, 8, 9. Sess. 23. Can. 1, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9. Sess. 25. &c. quam confer cum Bul [...]â Pii Quarti. Edit. Bin. pag. 444. Tom. 9. New Ar­ticles of Faith, whilst the Sacrifice of the Mass, the Doctrine of Purgatory, the Invocation of [Page 363] Saints, the Worship of Images, and the like, were commanded to be embraced under pain of damnation, (as it were in contempt of the Apo­stles denu [...]tiation, Gal. 1. 8. by which that practice of those Conspirators made them lia­ble to a curse;) and farther yet, that in the Canon of the Fourth Session of that Council, the Roman Church was made to differ as well from her ancient and purer self, as from all other Churches besides her self, in that there were many meerly human (I do not say profane) Writings, and many unwritten Traditions also, not only decreed to be ofNec non ipsas Traditio­nes, tum ad fidem tum ad mores pertinentes, tan­quam vel ore te­nus à Christo, vel à Spiritu Sancto dictatas▪ pari pietatis affectu ac reverentia suscipit ac [...] vene­ratur (haec San­cta Synodus.) Trident. Conc. Sess. 4. sub Pa [...] ­lo 3. Bin. Tom. 9. d. 354. equal Authority with the Scriptures, but with the addition of an Siquis libros ipsos integros,—pro sacris & Canonicis non susceperit, & Traditiones prae­dictas sciens contempserit, A­nathema sit. ib. Anathema to all that should not so receive them: This (I say) being consider'd and laid to heart by our Reformers, (by our Kings, and our Clergy▪ and Laiety too, met together in their greatest both Ecclesiastical and Civil Coun­cils,) they did not consult with flesh and bloud, or expect the Court of Rome should become their Physician, which was indeed their great Disease; but having recourse unto the Scrip­tures and Primitive Fathers of the Church, they consulted those Oracles how things stood from the Beginning▪ and only separating from Them, [Page 364] whom they found to have been Separatists from the primitive Church, they Therefore made a Secession, that they might not partake of the Roman Schism. And whilst they made a Se­cession for fear of Schism; (which by no other practice could be avoided,) they studiously kept to the Golden mean; neither destroying the Body out of hatred to the Ulcers with which 'twas spread, nor yet retaining any Ulcer in a passionate dotage upon the Body.

One remarkable Infirmity it is obvious to observe in the Popish Writers: they ever com­plain we have left their Church; but never shew us that Iöta, as to which we have left the Word of God, or the Apostles, or the yet-uncorrup­ted and primitive Church, or the Four first General Councils. We are so zealous for Antiqui­ty, (provided it be but Antique Enough,) that we never have despised a meer Tradition, which we could track by sure footsteps from as far as the times of the purest Christians. But this is still their childish fallacy, (be it spoken to the shame of their greatest Giants in Dispute, who still vouchsafe to be guilty of it,) that they con­fidently shut up the Church in Rome, as their Seniors the Donatists once did in Africk; and [Page 365] please to call it the Catholick Church, not for­mally, but causally, (saith Cardinal Peron,) be­cause forsooth That Particular doth infuse uni­versality into all other Churches besides it self. The learned Cardinal forgetting, (which is often the effect of his very good memory,) that the preaching of Christ was to begin at [...], &c. Theod. Hist. Eccles. lib. 5. cap. 9. Concil. Constantinop. apud Baronium ad A. D. 382. suffragatur.Ierusalem. So it was in the Prophesie, (Isa. 2. 3. Mic. 4. 2.) and so in the completion, (Luke 24. 47.) Nor was it Rome, but Antioch, in which the Disciples were first call'd Christians, (Acts 11. 26.) At [...], apud Chrysoft. ad Populum Antiochen. Hom. 3. Tom. 6. Ed. Aeton. p. 474. Antioch therefore there was a Church, before St Peter went thence to Rome. Nay 'tis expresly affirm'd byTempore ut scimus summo Tiberii Caesaris absque ullo im­pedimento—radios suos in­dulget, id est praecepta sua Christus. Gildas in Epist. de Excid. Brit. Sect. 6. p. 1005. Edit Basil. 1555. Gildas, (an Author very much revered by the Roma­nists themselves,) that Christianity was in Bri­tain in the latter time of Tiberius Caesar; some while after whose death, 'tis known that St Peter remain'd in Iewry. So that Rome which pretends to be a Mother, can be no more (at the best) then a Sister-Church, and not the eldest Sister neither.

Neglecting therefore the pretended Uni­versality of the Roman (that is to say, of a Par­ticular) Church; let us compare her Innova­tions with what we find from the Beginning. [Page 366] For This I take to be the fittest and the most profitable Vse, that we can make of the subject we have in hand.

And first, consider we the Supremacy, or Universal Pastorship of her Popes: which is in­deed a very old, and somewhat a prosperous Usurpation; an Usurpation which took its rise from more than a thousand years ago. But then, besides that it was sold by the Emperour De Phocâ caelitùs est di­ctum, [...], &c. Cedrenus, p. 334. Phocas, at once an [...]. Idem. p. 332. Vide Testimo­nia Anastasii, & pauli Diaconi, apud Baron▪ ad A. C. 606. p. 198. Heretick, and a Re­gicide, the Devillish Murderer of Mauritius, (who was the [...], the Royal Image or Type of our late Royal Martyr of Sacred Me­mory;) I say, besides that it was sold by the most execrable Phocas, that is to say, by the greatest Villain in the world, excepting Cromwell, and Pontius Pilate; and besides that it was sold to ambitious Boniface the Third, whose vile compliance with that Phocas was the bribe or price with which he bought it; and besides that it was don, not out of reverence to the Pope, but inPhocas ira­tus Cyriaco, E­piscopo Con­stantinopolita­no adjudicavit Titulum Oecu­menici Pontifici Romano. Baron Annal. ad A. Ch. 606. displeasure to Cyriacus of Con­stantinople, who (from Iohn Johannes▪ Constantinopoli­tanus sese hi [...]c efferens, se ubi­que Oecumeni­cum Patriar­cham nominavit. Idem ad A. C. 595. Tom. 8. p. 83. & 84. his Predeces­sor) usurpt the Title of Vniversal, before any Pope had pretended to it; I say, besides, or without all this, it is sufficient for us to say, [Page 367] what our Saviour here said to the ancient Pha­risees, That from the beginning it was not so. For looking back to the Beginning, We find The Wall of God's City had Twelve Foundations, and in them were the names of the Twelve Apostles of the Lamb. (Rev. 21. 14.) Paul was equal at least to Peter, when he withstood him to the face, and rebuked him in publick for his Dissimulation. (Gal. 2. 11, 12, 13, 14.) Nay St Peter himself, (as well as Iames and Iohn, who were his Peers,) although he seemed to be a Pillar, yet perceiving the Grace that was given to Paul, gave to Barnabas and Paul the right hand of Fellowship. (Gal. 2. 9.) And reason good: For St Peter was but One of the many Apostles of the Iewes; whereas St Paul was much more, the great Apostle of the Gen­tiles, to whom the Iewes were no more than as a River to an Ocean. Saint Peter was com­manded, not to fleece, but toJohn 21. 15, 16, 17. feed the flock: No [...] was it ever once known that he did lord it over Gods heritage, which himself had so strictly forbid to others, 1 Pet. 5. 3. In deed a Primacy of Order may very easily be allow'd to the See of Rome: But for any One Bishop to affect over his Brethren a supremacy of Power, and Iurisdiction, is a most impu­dent [Page 368] opposition both to the Letter and to the Sense of our Saviour's precept, (Mar. 10. 42, 43. 44.) Ye know, that they who are accounted to rule over the Gentiles, exercise lordship over them, and their great ones exercise authority upon them. But so shall it not be among you: But whosoever will be great among you, shall be your Minister; and whosoever of you will be the chiefest, shall be the servant of all.

That the Apostles were every one of equall power and authority, is the positive saying of Cyprianus ait pari omnes inter se fuisse po­testate Apostolos; atque hoc idem fuisse alios quod▪ Petrus fuit. Tra­ctat. 3. de Sim­plicitate Praela. torū (Ed. Colon 1544) p. 135. St Cyprian; Pari consortio praediti & honoris & potestatis. And St Ierome is as expresse, ThatSi Autori­tas quaeritur, Orbis major est Vrbe: ubicun­que fuerit Epis­copus, sive Romae, sive Eugubii, sive Constantinopoli, sive Rhegii, sive Alexandriae, sive Tanii, ejus­dem Meriti, ejusdem est & Sacerdotii▪ Po­tentia Divitia­rum, & Pauper­tatis Humilitas vel sublimiorem vel inferiorem Episcopum non facit, Caeterùm omnes Apostolo­rum successores sunt. Hier. in Epi. ad Evagrium▪ (ex Edit. Basil. 1565.) p. 329. sive Ex Edit [...] Paris &c. all Bishops, in all places, whether at Rome, or at Eugubium, at Constantinople, or at Rhegium, are of the very same merit, as to the quality of their Office, how much soever they may differ in point of Revenue or of En­dowments. Nay, by the Canons of the Two first Generall Councils, (Nice, and Constantinople,) every [...]Concil. Nicae. Can. 6. [...]. Ibid. Can. 7. [...] quae Antiochenae Ecclesiae servari his Canonibus praecipiuntur, eo pertinent, (inquit Justellus,) ut Episcopus Antiochenus praeferatur Me­tropolitanis omnibus in Orientali Dioecesi. Nihil Juris illi attributum in Caeteros Metropolitanos, praeter Honorem Ordinis, non autem ut Metropolitani omnes Dioeceseos Orientis ab eo jure singu­lari ordinarentur, ut Innocentii primi Epistola ad Alexandr. Episcopum asserere videtur, contra mentem S [...]nodi Nicaenae, Justell. p. 7. ex Edit. Gulielmi Voelli, A. D. 1661. Patriarch and Bishop is appointed to [Page 369] be chief in his proper Dioecese; as the Bishop of Rome is the chief in His. And a strict [...], &c. Conci. Constantinop. Oecumen. 2. Can. 2. Quid hic Canon sibi velit per [ [...]] Justellus explicat paulò su [...]eriùs ad Can. Conc. Nic. 6. nihil Juris nimirum Antiocheno attribu­endum in caeteros Metropolitanos, praeter Ordinem Honoris. in­junction it laid on all, (the Bishop of Rome not excepted,) that they presume not to meddle in any Diocese but their own. And the chief Primacies of Order were granted to Rome and to Constantinople, not for their having been the Sees of such or such an Apostle, Confer Iustinian. Nove [...]. Constit. 131. cap. 2. cum Canone 3. Concilii Constant. but for being the two Seats of the two great Empires. Witness the famous Canon of the General Coun­cil at Chalcedon, [...]. Et paulò post— [...], &c. Concil. Chalced. Can. penult. decreeing to the Bishop of Constantinople an equality of Priviledges with the Bishop of Rome; not for any other reason, than its having the good hap to be one of the two Imperial Cities. Nay, no longer ago before Boniface the Third, (who was the first Bishop of Rome that usurp [...]t the Title of Vniversal,) I say, no longer before Him than his next immediate Predecessor Pope Gregory the Great, (for I reckon Sabinian was but a Cypher,) [Page 370] the horrible Pride of succeeding Popes was stigmatiz'd by a Prolepsis; by way (not of Prophecy, but) of Anticipation. ForQuis est iste qui contra Sta­tuta Evangeli­ca, contra Ca­nonum Decreta, novum sibi usur­pare nomen prae­sumit?—No­vis & profanis vocabulis glori­antur.—Absit à cor­dibus Christiano, rum nomen il. lud Blasphe­miae. Greg. Mag. 1. 3. Epist. 32. ad Mauriti­um Augustum. p. 734. Gregory writing to Mauritius, the then-reigning Em­perour, (and that in very many Epistles,) touching the name of Universal, which the Bishop of Constantinople had vainly taken unto himself, call's it a wicked and pro [...]ane and blas­phemous Title▪ a Title importing that the Sed in hac ejus supèrbiâ quid aliud nisi propinqua jam Antichristi esse tempora designa­tur? Idem ad Constantiam Augustam. Ep. 34 p. 737. confer. 1. 7. Epi. 69. Eusebio, aliisque, p. 902. times of Antichrist were at hand; (little thinking that Pope Boniface would presently after his de­cease usurp the same, and prove the Pope to be Antichrist by the confession of a Pope.) He farther disputed against the Title by an Argu­ment leading ad absurdum; Si unus Episcopus vocatur universalis, universa Ecclesia corruit, l. 6 Ep. 24. p. 822. Et rursus—si illud nomen in eâ Ecclesiâ sibi quisquam arripuit, quod apud honorum omnium judicium fuit, Uni­versa ergo Ecclesia (quod absi [...]) à statu suo corruit, quando Is qui appellatur Universalis cadit. Idem ad Eund. Epist. 32. p. 734. Universalis autem nec etiam Romanus Pontifex appelletur, fatente Papâ Pelagio secundo, apud Gratian. Decretal. p. 1. dist. 99. cap. 4. Quis autem illud pro indig­nitate rei stupeat, quod novam quand [...]m indebitamque Potentiam tibi usurpando arrogas, &c? Ita Papam al [...]oquuntur Episcopi Germanici apud Goldast. Tom. 1. p. 47. That if any one Bishop were Universal, there would by con­sequence be a failing of the Vniversal Church, upon the failing of such a Bishop. An Argu­ment, ad homines, not easily to be answer'd, whatsoever Infirmity it may labour with in itself. And such an Argument is That, which [Page 371] we bring against the Pope's pretended Head­ship. For if the Pope is the Head of the Catho­lick Church, then the Catholick Church must be the Body of the Pope; because the Head and the Body are the Relative and Correlative; and being such, they are convertible in obliquo: And then it followes unavoidably, That when there is no Pope at all, (which is very often,) the Catholick Church hath then no Head; and when there are many Popes at once, (which hath been sometimes the case,) then the Ca­tholick Church must have at once many Heads; and when the Pope is Heretical, (as by the confession of the Papists he now and then is,) the Catholick Church hath such an Head, as makes her deserve to be beheaded. Multi Pon­tifices Romani errarunt; sicut Marcellinus, qui Idolis sacrifica­vit; & Liberius Papa, qui Aria­nis consensit; & Anastasius secundus propter Haeresis Cri­men repudiatus fuit ab Ecclesia: & alii etiam plurimi coatra Catholicam fi­dem tenuerunt; ut Joannes vi. gesimus secun­dus, qui asseruit, quòd filius Dei sit Major Patre & Spiritu San­cto. Didacus Stella Tom. 2. in Luc. cap. 22. vers. 31. p. 280. col. 1. Edit. Ant. verp. A. D. 1593. Ad In­quisitionis Hi­spaniae decreta prorsus elima­tus, & summâ fide [...]. That Popes have been Hereticks, and Heathens too, not only by denying the Godhead of the Son, and by lifting him up above the other two Persons, but even by sacrificing to Idols, and a total Apostasie from the Faith, is (a thing so clear in the writings of Platina, and Onuphrius, that 'tis) the Confession of the most zealous, and partial Asserters of their Supremacy. I know that Stella, and those of the Spanish Inqui­sition, do at once confesse this, and yet ad­here [Page 372] to their Position,Ubi suprá, verbis immedia­tè subsequenti­bus. That (with his Colledge of Cardinals) the Pope cannot err, and is the Head of the Church. But St Hilary of Poictiers was so offended, at Pope Liberius his espousing the Arian Heresie, that he affirm'd the true Church to have been Then onely in France.Hilar. Pictav. de Synodis, p. 287. & paulò post—Qui­dam ex vobis fir­missimâ fidei constantiá intra communionem se meam continentes, se à caeteris extra Gallias abstinuerunt. Idem ib. p. 288. Edit Basil. A. C. 1535.Ex eo inter nos tantùm Communio Do­minica continetur. So ill success have they met with, who have been Flatterers of the Pope, or the Court of Rome.

To conclude this first instance in the fewest words that I can use: Whosoever shall read at large (vvhat I have time onely to hint) the many Liberties and Exemptions of the Gallican Church, and the published Confessions of Po­pish Writers, for more than a thousand years to­gether, touching the Papal Vsurpations, and Right of Kings, put together by Goldastus in three great Volumes; he vvill not be able to deny, (let his present perswasion be vvhat it vvill,) that the Supremacy of the Pope is but a Prosperous Vsurpation, and hath This lying a­gainst it, that 'twas not so from the beginning.

Secondly 'Tis true, that for several Ages, the Church of Rome hath pretended to be Infal­lible; as vvell Incapable of error, as not erroneous. [Page 373] But from the beginning it was not so. For, (be­sides that Infallibility is one of God's peculiar and incommunicable Attributes,) where there is not Omniscience, there must be Ignorance in part; and where Ignorance is, there may be Error. That Heresie is Error in point of Faith, and that Novatianism is Heresie, all sides agree: And 'tis agreed by the Champions of the Papacy it self, (such asBaron. Tom. 2. An. 254. pag. 498. & 503, 504. Baronius,Pamel. in Cyprian. Epist. 41. p. 47, 48.Pamelius, andPetav. in Epiphan. ad Haeres. 59. quae est Novatiano­rum, pag. 226. Peta­vius,) that Rome it self was the Nest in which Novatianism was hatcht; and not only so, but that There it continued fromOnuph. in Notis ad Plat. in vitâ Corne. lii. pag. 26. Ed. Lovan. 1572. Vide Euseb. l. 6. & 7. Cornelius to Coelestine, which wants not much of two hun­dred years. To passe by the Heresies of the Donatists, and the Arians, (which strangely prosper'd for a time, and spread themselves over the world, the former over the West, the later over the East, and as far as the Breast of the Pope himself;) one would have thought that the Tenet of Infallibility upon Earth had been sufficiently prevented by the Heresie Vide Bellar. Chronol. ad A. C. 132. & Eus. Hist. Eccl. l. 3. c. 39. of the Chiliasts, wherewith the Primitive Church her self (I mean the very Fathers of the Primitive Church, for the two first Cen­turies after Christ,) was not onely deceiv'd by Papias, who was a Disciple of St Iohn, [Page 374] but (for ought I yet learn) without the least Contradiction afforded to it. Nay the whole Church of God (in the opinion of St.Non po­test probari eum [i. e. Augusti­num] existimasse hîc de Euchari­sti [...] non agi, cum [...]am multis locis aliis probet ex ho [...] Johannis Testimonib, Eu­charistiam eti­am Infantibus esse Necessari­am; idque non ut opinionem suam, sed ut Fidei & Totius Ecclesiae Dogma: ad re­fellendos Pela­gianos dicat: & paulò post—Missam sacio Augustini & Innocentii primi sententiam, quae sexcentos circiter annos viguit in Ecclesia, Eucharistiam etiam Infantibus neces [...]ariam. Res jam ab Ecclesia, & Multorum seculorum usu, & Decreto Synodi Tridentinae explicata est, non solùm neces [...]ariam illis non esse, sed ne decere quidem da [...]i. (Sess. 21. & Can. 4.) Maldonat. (Excus. Mussiponti, A. C. 1596.) in Joh. 6. 53. p. 717, 718, 719. Au­stin and Pope Innocent the third, and for six hun­dred years together, (ifNon po­test probari eum [i. e. Augusti­num] existimasse hîc de Euchari­sti [...] non agi, cum [...]am multis locis aliis probet ex ho [...] Johannis Testimonib, Eu­charistiam eti­am Infantibus esse Necessari­am; idque non ut opinionem suam, sed ut Fidei & Totius Ecclesiae Dogma: ad re­fellendos Pela­gianos dicat: & paulò post—Missam sacio Augustini & Innocentii primi sententiam, quae sexcentos circiter annos viguit in Ecclesia, Eucharistiam etiam Infantibus necessariam. Res jam ab Ecclesia, & Multorum seculorum usu, & Decreto Synodi Tridentinae explicata est, non solùm necessariam illis non esse, sed ne decere quidem da [...]i. (Sess. 21. & Can. 4.) Maldonat. (Excus. Mussiponti, A. C. 1596.) in Joh. 6. 53. p. 717, 718, 719. Maldonate the Iesuit may be believ'd) thought the Sacrament of Eu­charist to have been necessary to Infants, as well as to men of the ripest Age: and yet (as Maldo­nate confesseth at the very same time,) it was so plain and so grosse an Error, that notwithstand­ing St Austin did endeavour to confute the Pe­lagians by it, as by a Doctrin of Faith, and of the whole Church of God; yet the Council of Trent was of a contrary mind, and did accordingly in a Canon declare against it.

3. Pass we on to the Doctrine of Transub­stantiation, which (if its Age may be measur'd by the very first date of its Definition,) may be allow'd to be as old as the LateranCujus corpus & san [...]guis in Sacramento al­taris sub specie­bus Panis & Vini veraciter continentur, transubstantiatis Pane in Cornus, & Vino in sanguinem, potestate divina. Conc. Later. c. 1. In Sy­naxivero Transubstantiationem definivit Ecclesia. Diu satis erat credere, sive sub Pa [...] consecrato, sive quocunque modo adesse verum Corpus Christi. Erasm. Annot. in 1 Cor. 7. p. 472. Saltem ab annis 500 dogma Transubstantiationis sub Anathemate stabilitum, ut ait ipse Bellarminus de Eucharist. l. 3. c. 21. p. 759. Cujus etiam confessionem videre est, l. 3. c. 23. p. 766. Ed. Par. 1586.Council, [Page 375] a Council held under Pope Innocent the Third; since whom are somewhat more then 400 years. But from the beginning it was not so. For besides that our Saviour, just as soon as he had said, This is my Blood, ex­plain'd himself in the same Breath, by calling it expresly the fruit of the Vine, and such as He would drink new in the kingdom of God, (Mat. 26. 29. Mark 14. 15.) there needs no more to make the Romanists even asham'd of that Doctrine, than the Concession of Aquinas, and Bel­larmine's Inference thereupon.Corpus Chri­sti non est [...]o mo­do in hoc Sacra­mento sicut Cor­pus in loco, quod suis Dimensioni­bus loco commen­suratur; sed quo­dam speciali mo­do, qui est propri­us huic Sacra­mento. Unde di­cimus, quod Cor­pus Christi est in diversis altari­bus, non sicut in diversis locis, sed sicut in Sacra­mento. Nullo enim modo Corpus Christi est in hoc Sacrament [...] localiter, quia si esset, divideretur à seipso▪ Aquin. Oper Tom. 12 Sum. part. 3. q. 75. art. 1. ad 3. p. 232. col. 2. & q. 76 art. 3. & 5. ex Edit. Antwerp. 1612. Aquinas so ar­gues, as to imply it is Impossible, and imports a Contradiction, for one body to be locally in more places than one, and in all at once. But Si non posset esse unum Corpus lo [...]l [...]ter in duobus locis, quia divideretur à sei pso, profecto nec esse posset Sacramentaliter eadem ratione. Bellar. de Eucharistiâ, lib. 3. c. 3. p. 511. Tom. 3. Controvers. ex Edit. Paris. A. C. 1620. Bellarmine (at this) is so very angry, that in a kind of Revenge upon Aquinas, (though held to be the Angelical Doctor,) he needs will infer 'tis as Impossible, and equally implies a Contradiction, for any one body at once to be so much as Sacramentally in more Places than [Page 376] one. And therefore it cannot now be won­der'd concerning Transubstantiation, if so long ago as in the time of Pope Nicolas the Second, either the Novelty was not forg'd and hammer'd out into the shape in which we find it, or not at all understood by the Pope Himself. For one of the two is very clear by the famousCoactus est Berengarius pub­licè pro fiteri, Panem & Vi­num, quae in al­tari ponuntur, post co [...]secratio­nem non solum Sacramentum, sed etiam verum Corpus & San­guinem Domini nostri Jesu Chri­sti esse: & sen­sualiter non so­lùm Sacramento, sed in veritate manibus sacerdo­tum tractari, frangi, & fidelium dentibus atteri. Con [...]er Floriacens. Histor. fragmenta à P. Pi­thaeo edit. inter. Franc. Script. (Excus. Francof. A. C. 1596) p. 86. cum Lanfranc. lib. cont. Bereng. & Guitmund. de Sacram. l. 1. & Alger. de Sacram. l. 1. c. 19. Sub­mission of Berengarius, wherewith he satisfied theSigon. de Regno Ital. l. 9. A. 1059. p. 210. Synod then held at Rome, (and in which were 113 Bishops,) though not at all unto a Trans, but rather a Consubstantiation. Which diversNisi sanè intelligas verba Berengarii, in majorem incides Haeresin, quàm ipse habuit: & ideo omnia referas ad species ipsas, nam de Christi Corpore partes non facimus. Johan. Semeca Glossator in Gratian. de Consecrat. Dist. 2. cap. Ego Berengarius. Romanists themselves have not been able not to Censure, though it was pen'd by a A Cardinale, scil. Humberto Sylvae Candidae Episcopo. Guitmundusub. supra. Cardinal, and approved of by a Council, and very glibly swallow'd down by the Pope himself.

4. 'Tis very true that their withholding the Cup of blessing in the Lord's Supper from the secular part of their Communicants, hath been in practice little lesse then 400 years. But from the beginning it was not so. For in our [Page 377] Saviour's Institution we find it intended for Concil. Constant. Acti­one 13. Can. 13. p. 880. In Ecclesiâ Latina 1000. amplius annis tenuit, ut tam Populo quam Clero in celebra­tione Missarum post mysteriorum consecrationem seorsum Corpus & seorsum San­guis Domini prae­beretur. Cassan. Consult. Artic. 22. Vasq. cap. [...]. Disp. 216. c. 3. n. 38. Secundum antiquam Eccle­siae consuetudi­nem, omnes sicut communicabant Corpori, ita com­municabant & Sanguini, quod etiam adhuc in quibusdam Ec­clesiis seruatur. Jo. 6. Aquinasin Comment. Le­ctione 7. p. 42. col 1. Tom. 13. every Guest. [...] is the word, Drink ye All of this Cup. (Mat. 26. 27.) And S. Paul to the Corinthians (consisting most of Lay-men) speaks as well of their drinking the mystical Blood, as of their eating the Body of Christ. (1 Cor. 11. 26, 27, 28, 29.) Nay 'tis confest by learned Vas­quez, (as well as by Cassander, and Aquinas Himself) to be a Truth undeniable, That the giving of both Elements in the Roman Church it self, untill the time of Aquinas; did still conti­nue to be in use.

5. The Church of Rome for several Ages hath restrain'd the holy Scriptures from the perusal of the People. But from the beginning it was not so. For Hebrew to the Iews was the Mother-Tongue, and in That 'twas read weekly before the People. It pleased God the New Testament should be first written in Greek, be­cause a Tongue the most known to the Eastern world. And to the end that this Candle might not be hid under a Bushel, it was translated by St Ierome into theSixt. Senens. Bibliothec. l. 4. p. 247. Ipse Hieron. in E­pist. ad Sophron. Tom. 3. Dalmatick Tongue, by Bishop Vulphilas into theSocrat Hist. Eccles. lib. 4. c. 33. Niceph. Hist. Eccle. lib. 11. c. 48. Bonav. Vulcan. in Prafat. de Liturg. & linguâ Getarum. Gothick, by St Chry­sostom [Page 378] intoRoccha in Bibliothecâ Va­tican. p. 155, 157. Armenian, by Athelstan into Sa­xon, byAventin. Annal. lib. 4. p. 434. Methodius into Sclavonian, by Iacobus de Voragine intoSixt. Senens: Bibl. l. 4. p. 255. col. 1. Italian, by Bede and Wiclef intoVide Au­thoces citat. apud Brerew. Inqu. c. 26. English. And not to speak of the Syri­ack, Aethiopick, Arabick, Persian, and Chaldee Versions, (which were all for the use of the common people of those Countries,) theConfer Blond. Ital. Illustrata, in Marchia Tar­bisinâ, & Tin. to de la Nobil­tà di Verona, lib. 2. cap. 2. cum Hieronymi Tem­p [...]ribus apud Bellarm. de Script. Eccles. p. 104. Vulgar Latine was then the Vulgar Language of the Ita­lians, when the Old and New Testament were turn'd into it.

6. The publick prayers of the Romanists have been a very long time in an unknown Tongue, (I mean unknown to the common people,) even as long as from the times of Pope Grego­ry the Great. But from the beginning it was not so. For 'tis a scandalously opposite to the plain sense of Scripture, as if it were done in a meer despight to the 14th Chapter of the first Epistle to the Corinthians, especially from the 13 to the 17. vers. Not to speak of what is said by the [...]. Origen. contra celsum (ex Edit. H [...]s­chelii, Augustae Vindelicorum, 1605.) lib 8. p. 414. Primitive Writers:Cúm Aquinate & Lyrâ confer Cajetanum in 1 Cor. 14. p. 79. sententiae nostrae suffragantem. Ed. Paris 1532. Aquinas and Lyra do both confess upon the place, that the common Service of the Church in the Primitive times, was in the common language too. And as the [Page 379] Christians ofAngelus Roccha in Bibl. Vatic. p. 157. Dalmatia,Biblioth. Vet. [...]atrum, Tom. 6. p. 654.Habassia,Petrus Bello­nius in Observ l. 3. cap. 12. & Vitriacus in Hist. Orient. cap. 79. p. 1095. Brocardus non nullibi in sua Descriptione Terrae Sanctae.Armenia, Possevinus de Reb. Mosc. pl 4. And. Thevetus Cos. l. 19. c. 12.Muscovia,Bapt Palat de rat. Scrib. An. Roc [...]ha Biblioth. Vatic. p. 162.Sclavonia,Possevinus de Reb. Mosc. pl 4. And. Thevetus Cos. l. 19. c. 12.Russia, and all the Re­formed parts of Christendom, have the Ser­vice of God in their vulgar Tongues, so hath it been in divers Places byAventin. Annal. l. 4. Aeneas Sylvius in Hist. Bohem. cap. 13. p. 128. Concil. B [...]n: Tom. 3. p. 990. Vide etiam Decret. l. 1. Tit 31. cap. 14. & quicquid Authorum videre est in Brerew. Inqu. 26. Approbation first had from the Pope himself.

7. Another instance may be given in their Prohibiting of Marriage to men in Orders, which is deriv'd by some from the third Nempe à Papa Calixto, qui flo­ruit A. D. 220. Consule Thua­num, in l. 36. p. 305. Century after Christ; byBishop Hall. 3. Epist. 2. Decad. others from the eighth; and in the rigour that now it is, from Pope Gregory the Seventh. But from the beginning it was not so. For Priests were permitted to have wives, both in the Old and New Testament; (as Maximilian Ubi supra apud Thuanum, p. 305. & 306. the Second did rightly urge against the Pope:) And the blessed Apostles (many of them) were married men: for so I gather fromEuseb l. 3. c. 13. Eusebius out of Clemens Alexandrinus; and from theConstat Apo­stolos ipsos, pau­cis exceptis, con­juges habuisse. Ubi supra apud Thuanum. Letter of Maximilian, who did not want the Advice of the learnedst persons in all his Empire; and from 1 Cor. 9. 5. where St Paul asserts his liber­ty to carry a Wife along with him, as well as [Page 380] Cephas. And 'tis the Doctrine of that Apostle, that a Bishop may be an Husband, although he may not be the Husband of more then One Wife. (1 Tim. 3. 2. Tit. 1. 6.) Besides, the Marriage of the Clergy was asserted byIbid. apud Thuanum. Paphnutius in the Council at Nice; and even by one of those [...], Ca­non. Apostol. 5. [...]. Zonaras in Can. Apost. 5. p. 4. Edit. Pari. 1618. Canons which the Romanists themselves do still avow for Apostolical. And the forbidding men to marry (with Saturninus, and the Gno­sticks,) is worthily call'd by God's Apostle, The Doctrine of Devils, (1 Tim. 4. 1. 3.)Nubere & generate à Satana dicunt esse. Irenaeus, l. 1. c. 22. [...]. Clem. Alex. Strom, l. 3.

8. I shall conclude with that Instance, to which our Saviour in my Text does more peculiarly allude; I mean the Liberty of Di­vorce betwixt Man and Wife, for many more Causes than the Cause of Fornication. For so I find it isSiquis dix­erit Ecclesiam err [...]re, cum ob multas Causas separationem in­ter conjuges quo­ad totum, seu quoad cohab [...]ta­tionem, ad cer­tum incertum. ve tempus, fieri posse decernit, Anathema sit. Conci. Trident. Sess. 24 Can. 8. p. 411. Edit. Bi. Tom. 9. Paris. decreed by the Church of Rome, with an Anathema to all that shall contradict it. But from the Beginning it was not so. For 'tis as opposite to the will of our Blessed Saviour, revealed to us without a Parable, (in the next [Page 381] verse after my Text) as if they meant nothing more, than the opening of a way to rebel a­gainst him. For besides that in the Canon of the Council at Trent, a Divorce quoad Torum / Torum ob multas Causas was decreed to be just in the Church of Rome, although our Lord had twice confin'd it to the Sole Cause of Fornica­tion, (Matth. 5. 32, & 19. 9.) And besides that the word Totum was constantly reteined in Scil. (praeter Edit. jam nomi­natam) Edit. Col. Agrip. Tom. 4. part. 2. p. 332. Sum. Concil. Edit. Fra, Longii à Corio­lano, Antverp. A. C. 1623. p. 1024. Item Concil. General. Pauli Quinti Auctorit. Edit. Romae, A. C. 1628. Tom. 4. p. 273. four Editions, (particularly in That, which had the Care and Command of Pope Paul the Fifth,) Let it be granted that the Council did mean no more, than a meer Sequestration from Bed and Board, to endure for a certain or un­certain time; and not an absolute Dissolution of the Conjugal Knot; yet in the Judgment of Chemnitius, yea and of Maldonat Himself, (who was as learned a Iesuite as that Society ever had,) it would be opposite (even so) to the Law of Christ. ForSi ob aliam Causam quàm ob Fornicationem dimiserit, quam­vis aliam non duxerit, maecha­tur; quia uxorem suam moechari facit. Maldonat. (excus. Mogunt. A. D. 1624.) in Matth. 199 p. 392. he who putteth away his Wife for any Cause whatsoever, besides the Cause of Fornication commits Adultery (saith the Ie­suit) even for this very reason, because he makes Her commit it, whom he unduly putteth away. Atqui in Pontificiâ illâ Separatione (nempe à Toro & Mensa, ad certum incer­tumve tempus,) Vinculum Con­jugii multis & variis modis sol­vitur & disrum­oitur. Nam ad Vinculum Ma­trimonii [...]e [...]ti­ [...]ent hae senten­tiae. Et adhaere­b [...] Uxori suae. Faciamus ei adjutorium quod sit coram ipso. Mulier non habet potestatem sui Corporis, sed vir. Iterum convenite, ne ten [...]et vos Satan propter Incontinentiam vestram. Non sunt Duo, sed una Caro. Et ipsum Matrimonium defi [...]itur, Individuâ vitae consuetudine. Haec vero vincula Conjugii in Po [...]tificiâ separatione, quoad Torum & Cohabitationem, solvuntur & di­rum [...]untur. Homines igitur, contra Decretum Divinitatis, separant, quod Deus conjunxit. Chemn. [...]n Exam. Concil. Trident. (Excus. Genev. A. D. 1634.) p. 437. Nay, Chemnitius saith farther; That the Papal Separation from Bed and Board, is many wayes [Page 382] a Dissolution of the Conjugal Tye. Nor does he content himself to say, or affirm it only, but by a Confluence of Scriptures does make it good, That against the Command of our blessed Saviour (in the verse but one before my Text,) That which God hath joyn'd together, the men of Rome do put asunder.

By these and many more Corruptions in point of Practice and Doctrine too, which were no more then Deviations from what had been from the Beginning, and which the learnedest Sons of the Church of Rome have been forced to confess in their publick writings, the awakened part of the Christian world were compell'd to look out for a Reformation. That there was in the See of Rome the most abomi­nable Practice to be imagin'd, we have the liberalVix ullum peccatum cogita­ri potest, (sola Haere si exceptâ) quo illa sedes turpiter maculata non fuerit, maximè ab An [...]. 800. & infra. Staplet. Oper. Tom. 1. Cont. 1. q. 5. art 3. p 597. excus. Paris. 1620. Confession of zealous Stapleton himself; [Page 383] and of those that have publisht theirConsule Ca­nonas Poeniten­tiales Romanos, Bedae, Rabani Mauri, &c. cum notis Antonii Augustini, Ar­ch [...]episcop [...] Tar­raconensis, Ex­cus. Venetiis, 1584. Peniten­tials. We have the published Complaints of Armachanus, and Grostead, and Nicolas de Cle­mangis, Iohn of Hus, and Ierome of Prague, Chancellor Gerson, and Erasmus, and the Arch­bishop of Spalato. Ludovicus Vives, and Cassan­der, who are known to have died in the same Communion, did yet impartially complain of some Corruptions. Ludov. Vi­ves in S. August. de Civit. Dei, l. 8. c. 27. Vives of their Feasts at the Ora­tories of Martyrs, as being too much of kin unto the Gentiles Parentalia, which in the judgment ofParentati [...] Mortuis species est Idololatriae, quoniam, & Ido­lolatria Parenta­tionis est species. Tertul. de Spe­ctac. c. 12.Tertullian made up a species of Idolatry. And Ca [...]ander —Ita ut ad Summam ado­rationem, quae velà Paganis su [...] simulacris exhiberi co [...]sue. vit, & ad extre▪ mam vanitatem quam Ethnic [...] in suis sim [...]lacris exornandis admiserunt, nil à nostris reliqu [...] factum esse videatur. Geo. Gassander in Consult▪ de Imag. & Simulacris mihi pag. 175, 176. confesses plainly, that the Peoples Adoration paid to Images and Statues, was equal to the worst of the ancient Heathen. Thuan. l. 25. pag. 760, 761, &c. So the buying and selling of Papal Indulgences and Pardons ('tis a little thing to say o [...] Prefer­ments too) was both confest and inveigh'd a­gainst by Popish Bishops in Thuanus.

Now if with all their Corruptions in point of Practice, which alone cannot justifie a People's Separation from any Church, (though the Ca­thari and the Donatists were heretofore of that opinion,) we compare their Corruptions of [Page 384] Doctrine too, and that in matter of Faith, (as hath been shew'd,) Corruptions intrenching on Fundamentals; it will appear that That door which was open'd by Us in our first Reformers, was not at all to introduce, but to let out De Hildebran­do in haec verba sententiam ferunt Episcopi Germa­nici qui Conci. lio Wormatien­st intersuerunt. Dum profanis studes Novitati­bus, dum magis amplo quàm bo [...]o nomine delect [...] ris, dum i [...]audita Elatione di [...]en­deris, velut qui­dam Signifer Schismatis, om­nia membra Ec­clesiae superba crudelitate & crud [...]li superbia lacerasti: flam­masque Discor­diae quas in Ro­mana Ecclesia diris factionibus excitasti, per omnes Ecclesias Italiae, Galliae, & Hispaniae, furiali dementia sparsisti.—Per gloriosa tua De­creta (quod sine lachrymis dici non potest) Chri­sti ferè nome [...] periit. Imperial. Statut. à Goi­dasto edit, Tom. 1. p. 47. Schism. For the schism must needs be Theirs who give the Cause of the Separation, not Theirs who do but separate when Cause is given. Else S. Paul had been to blame, in that he said to his Co­rinthians, Come ye out from among them, and be ye separate. (2 Cor. 6. 17.) The actual De­parture indeed was Ours, but Theirs the causal, (as our immortal Arch-Bishop does fitly word it:) we left them indeed when they thrust us out; (as they cannot but go whom the Devil drives;) But in propriety of speech, we left their Errors, rather then Them. Or if a Secession was made from Them, 'twas in the very same measure that They had made one from Christ. Whereas They, by their Hostilities, and their Excommunications, departed properly from vs, not from any Errors detected in us. And the wo is to Them by whom the offence co­meth, (Matth. 18. 7.) not to Them to whom 'tis given. If when England was in a Flame, by Fire sent out of Italy, we did not abstein from [Page 385] the quenching of it, until water might be drawn from the River Tiber; it was because our own Ocean could not only do it sooner, but better too. That is to say (without a Figure,)

It did appear by the Concession of the most learned Popish VVriters, that particular Nations had still a power to purge themselves from their corruptions, as well in the Church, as in the State, without leave had from the See of Rome; and that 'twas commonly put in pra­ctice above a thousand years since.Ex eo quo Wil­lielmus Norman­niae Comes Ter­ram illam debel­lando sibi sube­git, Nemo in ea Episcopus, vel Abbas ante An­selmum factus est, qui non primo fuerit Homo R [...]gis, ac de manu illius Episcopatûs vel Abba [...]iae [...]vestituram per dationem Virgae Pastoralis suscepit, &c. Eadmerus Monach. Cant. in Praef. ad Hist. Nov. pag. 2. Sed nec ex eosolùm tem [...]ore mos h [...]c obtinuit; Nam ante Normannorum etiam adve [...]um hic [...], ut majorum Ge [...]tium Antistites sacri, Episcopi nimirum & Caenobia [...]chae (qui saltem in Clientela Regia) à Sacris Ecclesiarum Corportbus clecti, quin saepius etiam, spretis om [...]inò Corporum Sacrorum suffragiis, in Aula defignati, Annuli & Bacu [...]i Pas [...]oralis, sive Pedi traditione, in Dignitatis Possessionem à Regibus nostris, jure avito nixis, mi [...]terentur. Joh. Selden. in [...]uis ad Eadmer. Notis & Spicilegio, p. 142. Hujus rei exemplum videre est apud G. Malmes. buriensem de Gest [...]s Regum, lib. 2 cap 8. Quin & illud aliquanto vide [...] dignius quod hoc in loco [...]. Po [...]tifici Hildebrando Fid [...]itatis Iuramentum, à Guilielmo Normanno, exigenti, Guliemum Regem [...]espondisse—Fidelitatem facere non volo, quia nec ego p [...]omisi, nec A n [...]eces­sores meos Antecesso [...]ibus tuis id fecisse comperio. Baron. Ad An. 1076. Guilielmus Rufus alle­gavit, Quod nullus Archiepiscopus aut Episcopus Regni sui, Curiae Romanae vel Papae subesset. M [...]tth. Paris. H [...]st. p. 25 Ed. t. 1094. Videsis eti [...]m Imperatores, & Peges Galliarum, jura sua asse­ren [...]es, apud Othonem F [...]isingensem, Sigibe [...]tum, cosque maximè Historicos qui Res H [...]nrici Quarti Imperatorts, & ejusdem nominis Primi Regis Anglorum conscripsere. [...]aprimis vero S [...]gonium de Reg Ital. l. 4, 9, 10, & 11. Baron. Tom. 11. A. C. 1077. Cherubinu [...] Laert. in Bullarii Tom. 1. p. 16. & 17. Bin. Concil. Tom. 3. part, 2. in Urbano, Calixto, & Paschali Secundis, Renatum Choppinum de Domanio Franciae. il. 2. tit. 1. sect. 6, &c. Et de Sacra Politiâ, l. 1. tit. 7. Sect. 22, & 23. ad haec, Theodor. Balsamon. Patriarch Antioch. in Concil. Chalced▪ Can. 4. Joh. Naucl [...] ▪ Chronograph. gener: 39. & H. Mutium Chron. German. 18. p. 162. &c. It did appeare that the Kings of England (at least as much as those of Sicily,) were ever held to be [...], and that by the Romanists themselves; [Page 386] until by gaining from Henry the First, the Investiture of Bishops, from Henry the Second, an Exemption of the Clergy from Secular Courts, and from easie King Iohn, an unworthy Sub­mission to forreign Power; the Popes became strong enough to call their strength the Law of Iustice. And yet their Incroachments were still oppos'd, by the most pious and the most learned in every Age. Concerning which it were easie to give a satisfactory account, if it were comely for a Sermon to exceed the limits of an hour. In a word, it did appear from the Code and Novels of [...]. &c. Justin. Novel. Const, 131. c. 2. Vide etiam de mandatis Prin. cipum, Tit 4. Novel. 17. c. 7. & 11. Iustinian, from the [...] set out by the EmperourEvagr. l. 3. c. 14. in Mag. Biblioth. Vet. Patr. Tom 6. Part. 2. p. 655.Zeno, from the practice ofSigon. de Reg. Ital. l [...]. 4. ad A. C. 801. & Eginhart. in vit. Car. Mag. & Ba­ron. Annal. Tom. 9. ad A. C. 800 p. [...]42. ad A. C. 545. & To. 10. ad A. C. 845. p. 34. Excus. Colon. Agrip. 1609. Charles the Great, (which may be judged by the Capitulars sent abroad in his Name,) from the designs and Indeavours of two late Emperors, Ferdinand the First, and Maximilian the Second, from all the com­mended Kings of Iudah, from the most pious Christian Emperours as far as from Constan­tine the Great, and from many Kings of England inEdward the Confessor, Wi [...] ­liam 1. H. 3. Edw. [...]. Edw. 2. Edw. 3 Rich. 2. Hen. 4. H. 5. H. 6 Edw 4. Rich 3 H. 7. H. 8. for all which at large, See Cokes Reports, par. 5. fol. 1. Caudrey's Case, or De Jure Reg [...]s Ecclesiast [...]co. [...]. Bal sam. in Conc. Carth. Can. 16. Popish times too; that the work of Refor­mation [Page 387] belong'd especially to Them in their seve­ral Kingdoms. And this is certain; that neither Prescription on the Pope's side, nor Discontinu­ance on the King's, could adde a Right unto the one, or any way lessen it in the other. For it im­plies a contradiction, that what is wrong should grow right, by being prosperous for a longer, or shorter season.

Had the Pope been contented with his [...]. Con­cil. Constanti­nop. Occum. 2. Cap. 3. [...]. Justinian. Imp. Novel. Const. 131. c. 2. Primacy of Order, and not ambitiously af­fected a Supremacy of Power, and over all other Churches besides his own; we never had cast off a Yoke, which had never been put upon our Necks: And so 'tis plain that the Usurper did make the Schism. If Sacrilege any where, or Rebellion, did help reform Superstition; That was the Fault of the Reformers, not at all of the Reformation; nor of All Reformers neither. For the most that was don by some, was to write after the Copy which had been set them in my Text, by the Blessed Reformer of all the World; which was so to reform, as not to innovate, and to accommodate their Religion to what they found in the Beginning.

Nay, if I may speak an Important Truth, (which being unpassionately considerd, and [Page 388] universally laid to heart, might possibly tend to the Peace of Christendom;) seeing it was not so much the Church, as the Court of Rome, which proudly trod upon Crowns and Scepters, and made Decrees with aApostolicâ Potestate decla­ramus & defiui­mus, & ab omni­bus, judicari de­bere mandamus atque statuimus, decernentes ir­ritum & inane, si quid secus à quoquam qua­cunque Digni­tate, Auctorita­te, & Potestate praedito contige­rit judicari, Non obstantibus Constitutioni­bus & Ordina­tionibus Apo­stolicis, Al [...]isque in contrarium facientibus Qui buscunque. Vide Bullam Pii quarti, Concil. Bin. Edit. Paris. Tom. 9 p. 444. Licet Ch [...]stus post Caenam instituerit, & suis Discipulis administraverit sub utraque specie Pa [...]is & Vini hoc venerabile Sacramentum, tamen hoc non obstante, &c. Licet in Primitivâ Ecclesiâ hujusmodi Sa­cramentum reciperetur à Fi [...]libus sub utráque specie; postea à couficientibus sub utr aque, & à laicis tantummodo sub sp [...]cie P [...]nis suscipiatur. Concil. Constant. Bin. Tom. 3. part. 2. Sels. 13. p. 880. excus. Colon. Agrippinae, 1618. non ob­stante to Apostolical Constitutions, or whatsoever had been enacted by any Authority whatsoever, (the commandments of Christ being not excepted;) we originally departed with higher Degrees of Indignation, from the Insolent Court, than Church of Rome. Nor protested we so much against the Church, (though against the Church too,) as against the cruel Edict first made atSpirae, Conventus ordinum Imperi celebratur, in quo Decre­tum factum est, ut Edictum [...] observaretur co [...]tra Novatores, & omnia in integrum restituantur. Contra hoc Edictum solemnis fuit Protestatio, April. 16. A. D. 1529. & hinc ortum per­vulgatum illud nomen Protestantinm. Sethus Calvis. in Chron. ad A. C. 1529. p. 831. col. 2. Edit. Francof 1620. Lutherus im [...]ul [...]t Iohannem Saxoniae Septemvirum▪ aliosque Principes Germanicos, protestari contra Decreta Ratisbonae & Spirae de Religione facta. Unde Nomen Protestantium cre­vit. Q [...] de re consule Cluverium in Epitom. Hist. Mundi, ad A. C. 1529. p. 790. Edit. Lugd. Bat. 1631. Worms, and after cruelly re [...]inforced at Spire and Ratisbone; for the confirming of those (1) Corruptions from which the (2) Church was to be cleans'd. To the (1) former we declard a Vatinian Hatred; but to the (2) later of the [Page 389] two we have the Charity to wish for a Recon­cilement. That we who differ upon the way in which we are walking towards Ierusalem, may so look back on the beginning from whence at first we set out, (and from which our Accusers have foulely swerv'd, (as to agree in our Arrival at the same Iourney's end.

But God forbid that our Love to the Peace without, should ever tempt us to a loss of the Peace within us. God forbid we should return with the Dog to his vomit, or with the Sow in the Hebrew Proverb (which is cited by St. Seter in His Epistle,) to her wallowing in the mire. When I wish a Reconcilement, I do not mean by Our Compliance with any the least of their Defilements, but by their Harmony with Us in our being Clean.

On thisAb Ecclesia Romana non alio discessim [...]s ani­mo, quàm ut, si cor [...]ecta ad Pri­orem Ecclesiae formam redeat, [...]os quoque ad Illam reverta. mur, & Commu­nionem cum Illa in suis porrò Coetilus habea­mus. Zanch in Confess. Art. 19. de Ecclesiâ mi­litante Tom. 8. p. 540. Edit. 1595. Condition and Supposal; Our Church is open to receive the bitterest Enemies of our Church. Our Armes are open to embrace them, with Love, and Honour. Our Hearts and Souls are wide open in fervent Prayers and Supplications to the God of Purity and of Peace, that (in his own good time) he vvill bind up the Breaches, and wipe off the stains, and raise up the lapsed Reputation, of his divided, defiled, [Page 390] disgraced Spouse; And all for the Glory, as vvell as Merits, of the ever-blessed Bridegroom of all our Soules,

To whom, vvith the Father, in the Unity of the Spirit, be ascribed by Us, and by all the VVorld

Blessing, and Glory, and Honour, and Power, and VVisdome, and Thansgiving, from this time forvvards for evermore.

FINIS.
A PARAENESIS TO THE …

A PARAENESIS TO THE READER, Touching the SERMON Going Before, and the DISCOURSE Which follows after of ROMES PRETENDED INFALLIBILITY.

A Paraenesis to the Reader, touching the Sermon going before, and the Discourse which follows after of Rome's pretended Infallibility.

§. 1. SInce the Time wherein this Sermon was first commanded into the light, It has been scoff't at by some, and easily rail'd at by others, and by a third sort complain'd of, as the Concause at least of a Persecution. But so far has it been from being enfeebled, or refuted, that 'tis more than I know if it has manfully been op­pos'd. So that to Vindicate my Sermon, I need no more than to Reprint it, (as I was told by an Acute and Learned Prelate,) If aequal Readers will but have patience both to examin what I have said, and to compare it with the All that is said against it. Which if they will not do Now, whilst the Dispute is at the shortest, and whilst they may do it with greatest Ease; how much less would they have patience for such a due [Page 396] examination, if an Inlargement of the Conten­tion should make their Task the more tedious? And if they will; All the stones which certain Enemies have hurled at it in the Dark, will (being happily laid together) make but a Mo­nument of the Truth of that well-meant-Sermon. That famous saying of Callimachus, [...], I have found to be as True, as it was long ago Notorious. And when Con­troversies especially are improved into Volumes both Great and Many, Men of Poverty can­not buy, and men of Business cannot read them; and even men of most leisure cannot so grasp them as they ought, unless their Memories are as strong as their Attentions are to be steady, and the stock of their Patience as great as either. This the oftner I observe, and the longer I lay to heart, the more I am fixed in my choise, to serve and satisfie my Readers (as far at least as I am able) touching the Business I am about, at the least expense possible of Time, and Mony. For if my Essay is Convincing, It is the better for being short; And if it is otherwise, 'twould be the worse if it were longer.

§. 2. If the Citations of my Sermon, in which I was ingaged by just Autority, (by the [Page 397] Dean of the Kings Chappel, for the Penning, & Preaching, as well as by the King Himself, for the Printing of it,) are but as free from all fraud as I say they are, and as every willing Reader has been enabled by me to prove with the least pains possible, I have attain'd my whole end, and my work is don. For as my end was to dis­cover the real Novelty of the Doctrins, and the depravednesse of the Practices, in which our Church cannot joyn with the Church of Rome, and which have made the Separation 'twixt Us, and Them; So my work was to prove it by the Confession of Themselves; I mean of such as are their Learned'st and Partial'st Writers. Who would not certainly have publish't the se­veral Dates and Introductions of the New Articles of theirVide For­mulam Pro­fessionis Fidei Catholicae à pio IV. decre [...]a [...], apud Laerti­um cherubi­num in Bul­lario. Tom. 2. p. 129 E­dit. Rom. 1617. Q [...]am confer cum Canonibus Con­cil. Trident. ci [...]atis in Con­cione de quâ agitur, p. 13. & cumduabus Citationibus in ejusdem pa­ginâ 35. Faith, much lesse would they have Printed the Scandalous Tenor of their Lives, had they not thought them too clear, to be either dissembled, or deny'd. If some are found to be so passionately transported, as to affirm either without, or against their own Knowledge, that the Citations I insist on are false, or frivolous, there needs no other vindication than my Affir­ming them to be True, and Material also. And this is ready to be attested by several Witnesses [Page 398] of Fact who have made exact Searches, at my In­treaty.

§. 3. Indeed there is one of my Citations, (and but one that I know of,) which though as innocent, and as exact, as any Citation ever was, does seem to stand in some need of a Vidicati­on. Not for the satifying or shaming a wilful Papist, who for want of due Knowledge, or of sufficient Ingenuity, shall at any time accuse both It, and Me; But for the sake of some weak and unwary Protestants, whose great unkind­nesse to my Person has made them Maligners of my Cause too; And who had rather their own Religion should some way suffer, than that a Person whom they envy should any way pro­sper in its Defense. The one Citation I am to vindicate is in the Sixt Page of my Sermon,See Joh. Sa­risbur. Poly­crat. Either printed at Leyden A. D. 1595. Or in Biblioth. Pa­tr. Colon. A­grip. 1622. p. 427. Col. 1. and tis out of the Polycraticum of Iohannes Sarisbu­riensis, (a learned Bishop who did flourish al­most 500 years ago,) l. 6. c. 24 p. 329. Edit, Lugd. Bat. 1595. Where though 'tis granted The Church of Rome was said to shew Her-self a Step-Mother, and Scribes and Pharisees were also said to sit in her; Yet I am branded with un­sincere and unhansome dealing, because the words were not spoken by the good Bishop to [Page 399] the Pope, as from Himself, or as his own sense and meaning, But as received from many others, and which himself had heard spoken in divers Provinces. To which I answer by these de­grees. First that I never did once pretend the words were spoken by the Bishop, much less that they were spoken as his peculiar sense and meaning. But having us'd the word Pharisees in the Body of my Discourse, and apply'd it to the men of the Roman Church, I only noted in the Margin, where the word might be found in the sense I gave it. Meaning no more by it than This, That I was not the first who had so ap­ply'd it, but that I had it from the men of their own Communion, and such as used such lan­guage long enough before Luther. Next 'tis clear that my Citation was not brought by way of proof, (though 'twas a proof of my Candor in the use of that word,) but rather by way of Accommodation. Else I had noted both how com­monly, and how loudly the word was us'd; it being most for my Interest, and for the Credit of my Cause, to make it appear that it was us'd rather by many, than by one; nor only in one, but in many places. So that mine Enemies should have thank't my love of Brevity in a Margin, [Page 400] which would not suffer me to be fond of my whole Advantage. For (Thirdly) had I pursued it, as very prosperously I might, I might have added that That Censure (fixt on the Pope and the Cardinals, and the Roman Church in ge­neral,) was not only VoxHaec inquam Pater, loqui­tur Populus, &c.Populi, (which of it self had been enough,) but too agreeable besides with hisVereor ne mendacii vel Adulationis contraham no­tam, si solu [...] Populo Con­tradixero. p. 330. Edit. Lugd. p. 427. edit. Colon. own opinion; as also with the opinion of CardinalVeruntamen quia Populo testimonium perhibet [Cardinalis] ei usquequa (que) Contradi [...]ere non praesumo, &c. ibid. Guido, whom the plain-hearted Bishop thought it praesumption to contradict. And though he made a due exception of some par­ticular good men, (which in the worst Times and Places were never wanting,) yet, That Justice being don, and other Civilities being premis'd, He told—quia Roma Corrupta apud Deum reperi­tur indigna. Tu ergò quia id habes offi­cii, quaere, &c.—Sed timeo ne dum pergis quaerere quae vis, ab impru­dente audias quae non vis. & caet. ubi supra. the Pope to his Teeth, (as Guido had don in a publick Synod, in which the Pope himself presided,) some Enormities which his Holiness both did, and winck't at.

§. 4. This is all the Vindication of that whole Sermon, which I have ever thought needful for my Protestant Readers; or have look't upon my self as concern'd to make. (For did I know any thing else at which a weak-sighted Brother had ever Stumbl'd, I would take the like care to put the Block out of his way.) And for such of my Readers as are not Protestant, who are [Page 401] Afraid of being satisfied, and scorn Conviction, I think it most proper to say but This; That if 'tis matter of any moment to be allow'd the last word on any Controverted Subject, Then Mr. Whithy's full Answer to the Attempt of Mr. Cressy must needs be happy in its Privilege of having not met with a Reply.

§. 5. And such a Privilege has been injoy'd by what I writ some years ago▪ in way of Pre­face to Dr. Sherman, touching the Church of Rome's Pretensions to an Infallibility. The Confutation & Discovery of which One Error, (be it never so short, so it be plain, and per­spicuous,) does make it absolutely needless to be Voluminous on the Rest, just as the grubbing up the Root of a noxious Tree, makes it vain and superfluous to spend a richer Treasure of Time, about the mortifying and killing its se­veral Branches.

§. 6. For the point of Infallibility must needs be one of the two Pillars, (whereof the Pope's pretended Headship or Universal Pastorship is the other,) wherewith the Tromperies superstru­cted must stand, or fall. And as it is skilfully contriv'd by the Roman Champions, to spend their strength in securing that Saving Error, [The [Page 402] Church of Rome cannot Err, because it gives the the best security to whatsoever other Errors their Church can own; and under which, as an Asylum, the grossest Follies they can get-by do live in safety; so by consequence 'tis as happily resolv'd by us, (upon so good an occasion given) to shew the Feeblenesse, and Defects, even of That which does hold up the Papal Grandeur; and cannot choose but be acknowledg'd even by men of both sides, to be their first (or their second) most Helpfull Engine.

§. 7. This does bring into my mind, what I was told many Years since by an honourable Friend,Mr. Patrick Carew. (then when newly come out of Italy, wherein from his childhood he had been bred,) That having first been convinc'd by the little Treatise, which had been penn'd on that point by his Brother Falkland, That his beloved Ro­man Church was not-unerrable; He could not hin­der his own Discovery, how very grievously she had Err'd. Nor by consequence could he hinder his own Conversion from a Church, still preten­ding to a privilege of not being able to be deceiv'd, as soon as he found 'twas even That, which had most deceiv'd him. And truly had I been tem­pted but with a little of that leisure I once en­joy'd, [Page 403] whereby to have written more at large to Serenus Cressy, (who pretending to Confute, has Escap'd my Sermon, and only fought like a Parthian, by certain dexterous Tergiversations, though unlike a Parthian in point of mischief; neither denying, nor disproving, but still evading my Citations, and taking very great care to ob­scure his own; as well by making both the Greek and the Latin Fathers to hold their peace in Greek and Latin, and only speak in that English which He affords them, as by concealing both the Pages and the Editions of his Authors, for fear a Protestant should have leisure and patience too, whereby to bring them to a strict and a speedy Trial:) I say, had I the leisure, and could think it worth while to employ that leisure, in exami­ning all his Book, as some have thought fit to do, I should not inlarge on any point with greater contentment to my Self, or greater hope of con­vincing both Him, and His, than that on which he hopes most to guard his obstinacy by.

§. 8. For when the Romanists contend for the Church of Rome's being Infallible, they mean by the Roman, the whole Church Catholick; and by the whole Church Catholick, theyFather Iohnson, pag. 350. mean as many as own the Pope for their Soveraign Pastor. This [Page 404] is call'd (by a plainer phrase,)Father Cressy, p. 95. The present Visible Church, to which (for all the General Coun­cils,) the last Recourse is to be had. But why ra­ther to the Present, than to the Primitive Church? or why to the present Church Visible, rather than to the first General Councils? Even because (saithIbid. Mr. Cressy) Universal Experience doth demonstrate it impossible, that any Writing can end a Debate between multitudes of persons interessed, and therefore not impartial, or indifferent. Thus still there is something, not only fallible, but false, whereby a Romanist is to judge where to find Infallibility; (for wheresoever That is, the last Recourse is to be made;) Because an Expe­rience as Universal, as that whereof Mr. Cressy speaks, doth also demonstrate it as impossible, That Any present Church Visible (much less that His) should put an end to a Debate between multitudes of persons, whose Interest and Byass is multifariously divided, as well as They. Men must equally agree (which they never will) first what is to be meant by the present Visible Church; and after That, that she is Infallible; before she can possibly put an end to all their Dissensions in their Debates.

§. 9. But what does he mean by the present [Page 405] Church Visible? Does he mean all the Churches that do submit unto the Pope as their Soveraign Pa­stor, either IN, or OUT of a General Council? If the first; he must mean either a written, or speaking Council. If the former, Then he should not have distinguish'd it from the present Church Visible, as here he does. Then there needed no more than One, but That (by all means) must be a standing General Council, from the beginning of the Church till the Day of Iudgment. And then the Church was never able to make her Members a jot the better for her Infallibility, or to prove she had such a priviledge, by being able to put an End to a Debate between Multi­tudes of different Interest and Judgment in se­veral Nations, either before the Nicene Council, which was the first that was General, or since the Council held at Trent, which they avow to be the last. But if he mean's only a speaking Council, then he confesses that at present there is no such present Visible Church, as can Infallibly put an end to the Debate above mention'd; even because there is no such General Council. Which things being so; where is the boasted Infallibi­lity? How shall we find, or comprehend it? or how is any Creature the wiser for it? And if [Page 406] he means (what was said in the second Branch of my first Dilemma,) All the Churches which own the Pope as their Soveraign Pastor, not IN, but OUT of a General Council; Then the Pope in his Conclave, or College of Cardinals, (which, by the way, is a Conventicle, though not a Coun­cil, not Concilium, but Counciliabulum,) must be the sole and proper speaking Iudge, who can end such a Debate as before we spake of; so that in Him, as in her Head, the present Visible Church does entirely lodge; at least in respect of her Infallible Iudgment; which none but the Pope (out of a Council) can have, or utter. But thus the Romanists Absurdities will be more nota­ble than before. For the Pope may be an Here­tick, if not an Heathen. Pope Marcellinus was the first, and Pope Liberius the second. And there is no better arguing, than to the Aptitude from the Act. Nay, in some of the 30 Schisms whichOnuph. in Chron. p. 50. Onuphrius reckons up in the Church of Rome, (before the word Protestant was ever heard of,) when two or three Popes did sit at once, 'twas even impossible to determine, which Pope was the true, and which the false. The Councils ofConcil. Con­staniense prae­cipuè congre­gatum extin­guendi schis­matis Causâ, quis esset ve­rus Pontifex, vix agnosce­bat. V. Hist. Concil. à Paulo V. Edit. Tom. 4. p. 127. Constance andStatim illud in Controver­siam venit, Nam Synodus Pisana in Illos potuerit ani­mad [...]ertere, cùm eorum al [...]uter ve­rus esset Pon­tif [...]. sed interis esse [...] non co [...]aret. ib. p. seqq. Pisa (whereof the former, by the way, was a General Council, in the Catalo­gue [Page 407] set forth by Pope Paulus Quintus,) were utterly at a Loss in their Debates of this matter. From whence it follows unavoidably, that Mr. Cressy must not dare to avow this last no­tion of The present Visible Church; as well be­cause it is not That, to which he dares say the last Recourse is to be had, as because she can too easily declare her sense in another way, than as she was ever represented by her Pastors out of all Na­tions, that is to say, by a General Council, which yet the present visible Church can never do, saith Mr. Cressy, chap. 9. p. 95. But when I say, he must not dare to avow this last notion of the present visible Church, to which he gives the last Recourse, and to which he ascribes Infallibility: I mean, he must not for the future, not but that for the present he dares to do it; Because he tells us expressly, p. 97. (& as dogmatically too, as with­out all proof,) That the present Superiours living and speaking must conclude all controversies, their Interpretation of Scripture and Fathers, their Testi­mony of Tradition, must more than put to silence all contradiction of particular persons, or Churches; it must also subdue their minds to an Assent, and this under the penalty of an Anathema, or cutting off from the body of Christ.

[Page 408]§. 10. This is said by M. Cressy concerning the living and speaking Iudges of his Church, Judges for the time being in every Age. Quite forgetting what he had said not long before, p. 95. That Reason, Inspiration, and Examples of Pri­mitive Fathers, must joyntly make up the only Guide, which He affirms to be Infallible. For, unless they all concur, (as he had said before that, p. 93,) together with the present visible Governours, (to whom he there gives a judging determining power,) That which we take to be Reason, and In­spiration, and the sense of the Primitive Church, may deceive and misguide us. Now besides that This saying destroys the former, where no less was ascrib'd to the present visible Superiours liv­ing and speaking, than here is attributed to All four Requisites in conjunction; we know that Reason may be deceiv'd, Inspiration be counterfeit by some unclean spirit, (which fallible Reason must be the Judge of,) primitive Fathers subject to Error, and present Superiours much more than Primitive: And, many fallible Guides can never make up one Infallible, any more than many Planets can make one Sun, or many Acts of finite knowledge one true omniscience. For as Mr. Cressy does confess, that Infallibility and [Page 409] Omniscience, are incommunicable Attributes of God Himself, (p. 98.) so he imply's a contradiction, when he saith they are communicable to any crea­ture, such as is his present visible Church. And another contradiction as bad, or worse, when he saith that a man, although of much Ignorance, may in a sort be Omniscient within his sphere, (p. 99.) which is as if he should have said, That a man may be able to have a knowledge of All things, because he may so know them All, as to be Igno­rant of Some. But then, with the help of that [...], the meanest man is as omniscient, as is his Roman Catholick Church; because (within his determinate sphere) he must needs have a knowledge of All he know's; and of more than she know's the Roman Church hath no knowledge. So again when he would shew how a creature may be Infallible, though he had said that God Himself is incommunicably such, (p. 98.) he has no better a [...], than an implicit explication of an Affirmative by a Negative. The immutable God can preserve mutable creatures from actual mutation; [ibid.] thereby implying, that the Im­mutable cannot communicate his incommunicable Attribute of Immutability to any creature, even because he cannot possibly perfect a creature into [Page 410] Himself. But from actual mutation he can pre­serve any Creature, as well an Ignorant single man, as a whole Church Catholick. Thus by en­deavouring to uphold, Mr. Cressy does throughly Destroy his Doctrine: All he saith coming to this, That however God only is Undeceivable, yet he is able to preserve his deceivable creatures from being actually deceiv'd. Sed quid hoc ad Iphicli Boves? The Question is not, Whether God can preserve a Chruch from being actually in error, (for so he can, and often does, particular Members of his Church,) But whether de facto he hath granted an Inerrability, or an Impossibility of erring, unto that which they call the Roman Catholick Church. Not whether the Church is actually false in her opinions, but whether or no she is Infallible, or exempted by God from the passive power of giving false Judgment in points of Faith. Will Mr. Cressy so confound an Adjective in Bilis, with a Participle derived from the passive preterperfest Tense, as either to argue à non actu ad non potentiam, or else to pass over from the one unto the other? Will he ar­gue that Adam before his fall was Impeccable, because he yet was preserved from actual sin? or, that the Church was Infallible in the Apostles [Page 411] own Times, because she was not erroneous until she was? He cannot sure be so destitute either of Logick or Grammer skill. I think it rather his skill to dissemble both; as finding no other way to dispute a whole Chapter for such a Doctrin, unless he either beg's, or forsakes the Question.

§. 11. But now to give him more Advantage than he is mindful to give himself, when he al­lows so great a privilege to the present Gover­nours of the Church in every Age,Ubi supra. p. 97. whom he will have to be the living and speaking Iudges, to whom (without contradiction) all particular Churches as well as persons, must meekly yield up their Assent; Let us allow it to be his meaning, not that These are undeceivable, but that God doth still pre­serve them from being actually deceiv'd. Was not Pope Hildebrand himself the supream speak­ing Iudge, when yet theImperial. Statut. apud Goldast. Tom. 1. p. 74. Conc. Con­stantien. A. D. 1414. Sess. 11. Edit. Bi [...]. To. 7. p. 1036. Notoriè cri­minosus de homicidio, veneficio, pertinax Hzreticus, Simoniacus, contra [...]rtic [...] ­lum de Resur­rectione mor­tuorum dog­matizavit. Et paulò su­pertius,—cum Vxore fratris sui & cum sanctis monia­libus Incestū commisit, pag. 1035. Council at Wormes did set him out as a Brand of Hell? Was not Iohn the 23. the supream speaking Iudge of Mr. Cressy's then present visible Church, when yet he openly deny'd the Immortality of the soul, and for That (with other crimes) was condemn'd by the Coun­cil then held at Constance? Were not Iohn the 22. and Anastasius the 2. the supream speaking Iudges in their several Times, who yet were [Page 412] both stigmatiz'd for the Crime of Heresie? Let Mr. Cressy now speak like an honest man; Were such superiours as these, then living and speaking, to conclude all controversies? to Interpret Scripture and the Fathers? to put to silence all particular Churches? to subdue mens minds to an Assent? and this under the penalty of their being cut off from the body of Christ? (Let him read his own di­ctates, p. 97.) It will but little mend the mat­ter, to say the Pope is but One, and that He spake of All Superiours: Because, besides that they may All have their Byasses and Errors, as well as He, in case they are All consulted with, (as they never are,—In quantum est Caput Ec­clesiae errare non potest. Et tunc est caput Ecclesiae cùm facit quod in se est; nempe cum Consilio Cardinalium & doctissimo­rum Virorum definiendo, ubi errare non po­test. Stella in Luc. 22. 31. page. 280.) 'Tis very evident that the Pope (like the Sun among the Stars) is more than All, in all Cases. The greatest part of those Councils which they are pleas'd to call General, have been indeed little better than the meer Properties of their Popes: which that I may not seem to say, as one that loves to speak sharply, but rather as compell'd by their own Accompts of them, I shall here give an Instance in One, or Two.

§. 12. In the last Lateran Council under Julius the 2. and Leo the 10.A brief Ac­compt of the last Lateran Council. The Holy Scriptures (at the first Session) are humbly laid down at his [Page 413] Holiness's feet; And, an Oath being administred, are formally toucht by the Officials. The Pope (in that Session) is call'd The Prince of all the world; and (in the next) The Priest and the King to be adored by all the People, as being most like to God Himself. Accordingly (in the 3d) The Kingdom of France by Pope Iulius is subjected to an Interdict, and the Mart held at Lyons trans­ferr'd to Geneva. The Pragmatick Sanction is rescinded in the fourth, for the improving of the Trade of Ecclesiastical Hucksters, the buying and selling of Church-Preferments. The Pope is as­serted as God's Lieutenant upon Earth, though not of equal merits. (A very signal Condescension! and to be kept in everlasting Remembrance!Ne fleveri [...] Filia Sion (ut Episcopus Mo­drusiensis af­fatur Papam) quia Ecce [...]ve­nit Leo de Tribu Juda, Radix David. Ecce Tibi su­scitavit Deus Salvatorem, &c. Te, Leo Beatissime, Salvatorem, expectamus, Te Liberato­rem ventu [...] speravimus. Concil. [...]a [...]e [...]ran. ult. Sess. 6. Bin. To. 9. pag. 74. God is meekly acknowledg'd to be superiour to the Pope.) In the fifth Session, Iulius die's, (ano­ther great Condescension!) And Leo his Suc­cessor is saluted, as no less than the Lion of the Tribe of Iudah, the Root of David, the Saviour and Deliverer that was to come. (A pretty clintch, but a blasphemous complement, and unworthy a Bishop's mouth.) In the eighth and ninth Ses­sions, This Lion Roar's first against them that shall violate his Decrees in the present Council, to whom he threatens such a Sentence of Excom­munication, [Page 414] as none but Himself could absolve them from. Next against the Emperour, Kings, and Princes, whom he chargeth not to hinder such as were coming to the Council, under the penalty of incurring God's Displeasure and his own. In the last of those two Sessions,Divinae Ma­jestatis tuae conspectus, ru­tilanti cujus fulgore imbe­cilles oculi mei caligant &c. Et paulo post, In te uno legitimo Christi & Dei Vicario, pro­pheticum iuud debuerit rer­sus impleri, Adorabunt [...]um omnes Reges Terrae, omnes Gentes servient ei. Ibid. Sess. 9. p. 114, 116. Antonius Puccius tells Leo, how his Eyes are darkned by the ruti­lant Brightness of his Divine Majesty.—in him alone as the Vicar of God and of Christ, That say­ing of the Prophet ought again to have its completion, All the Kings of the Earth shall come and Worship, All the Nations under Heaven shall do him Service. In a word, throughout the whole Council, nothing is carried by the counsel, or consultation of Asses­sors, (for Assistants I cannot call them,) nothing by suffrages, or votes, from them that make it wear the name of a General Council; But, the supreme present Iudge (to use the phrase of Mr. Cressy) as an Infallible Dictator, ordained All▪ This is constantly the Preface to each Decree in That Council, Leo Episcopus, servus servorum Dei, ad perpetuam rei memoriam, approbante Con­cilio, &c.

§. 13. So again in their last and best beloved General Council,Of the Coun­cil at Trent. All the Fathers do but pre­pare convenient matter for Decrees, whereunto [Page 415] the Popes Fiat does give the life. Their two and twenty years contrivances do end at last in aHumiliter p [...]timus no­mine dicti Concilii Oecu­menici Triden­tini, [...] Sancti­tas vestra dig­netur confir­mare omnia & singula, &c. Edit. Bin. Tom. 9. pag. 442. meek Petition, That his Holiness will vouchsafe to con­firm what they had done; (that is,) to inform the lifeless matters they had prepared; which could not have the nature and force of Articles, or De­crees, until the Pope had breathed on them the Breath of Life. So a little before That,Si in his re­cipiendis ali­qua Difficultas oriatur, aut aliqua incide­rint quae De­clarationem aut Finitio­nem postulent,—confidit san­cta Synodus Pontificem curaturum.—&c. viderit expēdire—&c. Si neces­sarium judi­caverir, &c. Si ei visum fuerit, &c. Ibid. p. 434. The General Council does humbly hope, That if any Difficulty arise in the receiving of the Canons, or if any things Doubtful shall require a Definition, or Declaration, His Holiness will provide for the Necessities of the Provinces, for the Glory of God, and the Tranquillity of the Church, either by calling a General Council, if He shall judge it to be needful, or by committing all the Business to such as He shall think fit, or by what way soever He shall judge more commodious. All, upon the matter, both is, and must be, as He pleaseth; and when the Council is dissolv'd, He is himself Tantamount to a General Council. Indeed much more. For the Council did but pro­pose, But He Apostolicâ Auctoritate declaramus & definimus p. 444. declares, and defines, by Apostoli­cal Authority. HeFidem sine ullâ Dubitati­one haberi mandamus atque decerni­mus, p. 443. command's, and decree's, by somewhat more than Apostolical, That Faith without the least Doubting, be had by all to his [Page 416] Creed; and all under the penalty of being cut off from the Body of Christ; notwithstanding some part of his Creed isVide Con­cil. Trident. Edit. Bin. excus. Ge­nev. A. D. 1612. Tom. 9 Sess. 4. p. 354. This, That Apocryphal wri­tings, and meer Traditions, concerning Faith, as well as Manners, are by all to be receiv'd with as much Reverence and Affection, as things proceeding from God the Holy Ghost, or from the mouth of our Lord Iesus Christ.

Now if a Council (as the Lateran) does only Read a Decree in Fieri, And a Pope (as the Tenth Leo) by saying Placet, does make it one in Facto esse; If a Council cannot be currant, unless it be called by the Pope, and by the Pope praesided in; yea if nothing don in it can pass for currant, until the Pope hath approved of it, or until he hath made it become Authentick by an Act of his Will, or by a word of his Mouth; Mr. Cressy, and Father Iohnson, who do so earnestly contend for a subcoelestial Infallability, cannot chuse but believe, (if at all they believe, as well as plead it,) That its real Inherence is in the Pope, and only said to be in the Church, because it does more become the Error, and set it off to the People with better Grace. The Reason of what I say is very cogent in it self; and that it may be so to others, I thus endeavour to make it plain. They say [Page 417] that Councils are not currant, unless approved of by the Pope. Nor does he give his Approbation, until the Council is at an end. His Approbation is after; and not before it. From whence 'tis natural to Inferr, That he approve's not of the Council, because Infallibly good and therefore cur­rant; (it would not then need his Approbation:) But the Council is good and currant, because He approve's it. And why should That be said, unless because He is Infallible with Them that say it? Thus (I say) it is to Them, not Thus in It selfe. For then there would follow this other Absurdity, That if The Council hath err'd, it is because the Pope hath not approv'd it. For let him but approve, and It hath not err'd, because it hath every thing required to its In­fallibility. If not, let them speak; for I argue only ad homines, and (out of very great charity) try to make them asham'd with their own De­vices.

§. 14. Now (to speak a gross Truth,) The Approbation of a Pope, when a Council hath don with its Consultations, cannot possibly have the virtue to effect that such a Council shall not have err'd. For if it hath erred it is erroneous, though He approve's it. If not, it is orthodox, though [Page 418] He rejects it. The Emperours who call'd the first and truest General Councils, did either not care for, or not expect his Approbation. Yet Those were the Councils, either not erring at all, or at least the least erring of any other.

§. 15. But let us yield Mr. Cressy yet more Advantage, and suppose him only to mean what once he saith, (for he saith so many things, that he seem's to have many, and even contradictory meanings,) Ch. 9. p. 95. Sect. 7. A Church represented by her Pastors out of All Nations, which Pastors out of All Nations make aConcilia Ge­neralia dicun­tur ea, quibu [...] interesse pos­sunt & debent Episcopitotius Orbis, (nisi legitimè impe­diantur) & quibus nemo rectè praesidet nisi Summus Pontifex, aut alius ejus no­mine. Inde n. dicuntur Oe­cumenica, i. e. Orbis Totius Terrae Conci­lia. Bellarm. Controv. To. 1. l. 1. de Concil. c. 4. p. 1096. General Council; And that This only is the Church, to which he ascribes Infallibility. To which I answer, by two De­grees. First by observing, that he takes for granted what is false. For there was never such a Council, as to which All Nations did send their Pastors, and by consequence The Church was never so Represented; and by consequence never Infallible, if She can only be Infallible when so Represented, to wit, by the Pastors of All Na­tions which have Christian Churches in them. For, the first four General Councils were not such in That sense; And only were called Oe­cumenical, not for Bellarmine's Reason, but be­cause they consisted of all the Pastors who were [Page 419] sent from Those Nations which made up all the Roman Empire, whose Emperours (by a figure) were call'd the Masters of the world. [...]. Concil. Chal. Act. 1. Bin. To. 3. p. 50. Beyond the limits of the Empire, None of those, or after-Councils, did ever reach. None went thither out of Persia, India, the Inmost Arabia, and Aethiopia, wherein the Churches were never under the Ro­man Empire; Nor yet out of Britain, France, and Spain, when, being parted from the Em­pire, They became the Peculiar of other Prin­ces. And as the Empire grew scanty, so the Councils in proportion did grow less General. Whose Greatness is to be measur'd, not by the number of the Bishops, but by the multi­tude of the Churches, and by the Greatnesse of the Regions from which they come. But since the Bishops of Rome, with other Rights of the Ro­man Empire, have invaded This also, of calling and praesiding in General Councils, they have been only call'd General, for being a Confluence of Pastors out of all the Papal Empire. And therefore, according to Mr. Cressy, They could not possibly be Infallible, because not such, as to which All Nations did send their Pastors.

§. 16. Next I answer by observing that the learned'st Romanists cannot agree, about the [Page 420] Nature, or Number, of General Councils. For, first as to the Nature, The General Councils of the Romanists areQuaedam sunt ab Apo­stolica sede approbata, at­que ab Eccle­siâ universâ recepta; quae­dam omnino reprobata; quaedam par­tim reprobata, partim appro­bata; quaedam nec approbata, nec reprobata; Bellarm. ubi sup. p. 1097. thus divided by themselves; Some (say they) are approved by the Sea Apo­stolical, and received by the Catholick Church. 2 Some are absolutely reprobated. 3 Some are re­probated in part, approved. 4 Some are neither reprobated, nor approved. Now since each of these sorts is said by Romanists to be Ge­neral, and General Councils in the general are also said by the same to be Infallible; What else do they say, in effect & substance, but that the Church represented in General Councils is either absolutely Infallible, (as in the first species of General Councils,) or altogether fallible, (as in the se­cond;) or partly Infallible, and partly fallible, (as in the third;) or neither fallible, nor infallible, (as in the fourth.) If General Councils cannot err, Why then do they reprobate, or doubt any of them? If they have sufficient reason both to reprobate some, and to doubt of others, Why do they callpag. 1105, 1107, 1109. Et inde con­stat, locutum esse Bellar­minum ex sententia suâ, quia sic claudit Parti­tionem, Quod membrum postremum in Confiliis particulari­bu [...] potissimū locum habet. p. 1097. Ergo membra pri­ora in Gene­ralibus, ut & postremum aliquatenus, etiamsi non potissimum. Them General Councils? or, if Gene­ral Councils can be doubted of at all, and that by Them too; By what Infallible Token shall they know, either that the Councils are truly General, and Genuine; or at least, that being such, they are Infallible? Of Bellarmine's 18 General Coun­cils, [Page 421] which are his first and best species, he proves the Approvedness and validity by the Pope's praesiding in, or approving of them. His General proof is but this, [They are ap­proved of by the Pope, and receiv'd by Papists.] And what is this but to beg the Question? The first 8 Councils he proves to be such, by theDist. 16. Can. sancta octo. apud Gratian. p. 60, 61. De­cree of the Pope. The Nine that follow he proves to be approved, Because the Pope praesided in them. And the last was confirm'd by Pius Quartus. So that a Council's [...] is derived from the Pope, and depend's upon his Pleasure. But now of those 18. there is a very great difference. For the first four only were received and rever'd by Gregory the Great, as were the four Gratian. Decret. par. 1. Dist. 5. Huc spectat E­pist. Vi [...]ilii Papae ad Eu­tychium, a­pud Concil. Edit. Bin. To. 8. p. 593. Gospels of Iesus Christ. Which Reverence would have been due to the other fourteen, had they been of as great Authority; as they needs must have been, had all been aequally Infallible, in their o­pinion who own them All. And yet the later Councils had been more valid than the former, if 'tis notAbsque Ro­mani Pontifi­cis Authoritate Synodum a [...]i­quibus congre­gare non l [...]cet. Ibid. Dist. 17.lawful to call a Council, without the Au­thority of the Pope, as Marcellus his Decretal af­firm's it is not. Secondly for the Number of their approved General Councils, I see not how it can be agreed. For besides that theConcil. Elorent. Sess. 5, & 6. Greeks [Page 422] receive no more than the first seven, TheMagdeburg. Cent. 8. c. 9. & Cent. 9. c. 9. Lu­therans but six, The Eutychians in Africa no more than three, The Nestorians in the East no more than two, and the Polonian Trinitarians no more than one, (which Difference is acknowledged by Bellarmine Himself,): I say, besides This, I wonder when Bellarmine will be ever agreed with Pope Paul the fift; The former rejecting the Council at Constance from the number of the Approved, which yet theV. Concil. Gen. à Paulo V. Edit. Tom. 4. Later does admit of with equal Reverence. It was reprobated indeed by a worse than it self, to wit the Council at Florence next following after; but 'twas only for decree­ing, that a Council was above the Pope, for which it ought to have been approv'd. And abating those things which consist not with the Haughtiness (but the just Dignity) of the Popes, It is as generally received as any other. Yet we need no better Argument to prove such a Council above a Pope, and the gross fallibility of both together, than an Historical Accompt of That one Council, as we find it set down by Pope Paul the fift. The Third at Constantinople, which is com­monly reckoned the sixth General Council, was by the 14th at Toledo (Can. 7.) esteem'd the Fift. Implying the former under Vigilius, not to [Page 423] have been one of the General Councils, which yet with other Councils does pass for such with­out Question. And so much for the Number of general Councils, as well as for the Nature of them.

§. 17. Last of all let Mr. Cressy be allow'd to mean at the most Advantage, That his Ge­neral Councils are said to be Infallible, not be­cause they cannot, but do not err; for so he most improperly, but yet most kindly helps out him­self, chap. 9. pag. 98.Socrat. Hist. Ecc. l. 1. c. 8. Sozomen. l. 1. c. 23. Niceph. l. 8. c. 19. But does he not think it was an Error in the first Council of Nice, (as in the third of Constantinople) to assent to Paphnu­tius his [...], and patroni­zing the Marriage of Priests, as both Socrates, and Sozomen, and the RomanDist. 32. Can. Nicen. V. Concil. Constantin. III. Can. 13. To. 5. p. 326. Concil. Elib. Can. 36.Decree do alike affirm? At least the Council of Eliberis (which was contemporary with That) Mr. Cressy will say was in an Error, for declaring it unlawful, to paint in the windows or walls of Churches, what is the object of Adoration. Concil. Nic. 2. Act. 4. Concil. Con­stant. quartū decrevit e [...]n­dem Imaginū cultum. Edit. Bin. Tom. 7. p. 1046. And so much the rather will he believe it to be an Error, be­cause the second Nicene General Council decreed that Images are to be worship'd, and denounced an Anathema to all that doubt the Truth of it. Does he not think it was an Error in the Council [Page 424] of Chalcedon, Concil. Chalced. Act. 15. Can. 28. Qui Canon [...]enuinus est, non obstante Binii subter­fugio pudendo. Tom. 3. pag. 446. to Decree unto the Bishop of Con­stantinople, even in causes Ecclesiastical, an equality of priuiledges with the Bishop of Rome? Or does he not think it was an Error in theConcil. Constanti­nop. III. Act. 13. Tom.. 5 lib. 211. Vide Notas in vitam Honor. Edit. Bin. Tom. 4. pag. 572. [...], &c. Concil. Flor. definit. Edit. Bin. To. 8. p. 854. sixth General Council, to condemn Pope Honorius as a Monothe­lite, and to decree that his Name should be razed out of the Churches Diptychs; seeing another General Council, since held at Florence, hath defined the Pope to be the High-Pri [...]st over all the world, the Successor of St, Peter, Christ's Lieute­nant, The Head of the Church, The Father and Teacher of all Christians, and one to whom in St. Peter our Lord Iesus Christ did deliver a full Power, as well to GOVERN, as to feed the Universal Church? And did accordingly exau­ctorate the Council at Constance, for seating a Council above a Pope? Or is it not thought by Mr. Cressy, that This Florentine Council was in an Error, in Granting the Roman Church a Power of adding to the Creed, which the Gene­ral Council of Chalcedon had forbidden to be don under the Penalty of a Curse? as wasIbid. Sess. 5. p 593. obser­ved and urg'd by Pope Vigilius Himself, to Eu­tychius the Patriarch of Constantinople? Let Mr. Cressy but compare the sixt General Council (whose famous Canons were made in Trullo,) [Page 425] with the Tridentine Canons, and the General Practice of his Church, And (sure I am) he will acknowledge, that the one or the other hath foul­ly err'd. It was decreed in the sixt, [...], &c. [...], &c. Conc. Constant. III. Can. 13. To. 5. Edit. Bin. To. 5. p. 326. That mar­ried men without scruple should be admitted in­to the Priesthood, and this without any condition of abstaining thence-forwards from cohabitation, lest men should seem to offer Contumely unto God's holy Institution. Yea (which is most to be observ'd) This was a Canon made professedly [...], &c. [...] &c. ibid. p. 325, 326. against the Canon of the Church of Rome, where­unto is confronted the antient Canon, which is there said to be of Apostolical Perfection. Here the Doctrin and Practice of the Chruch of Rome is condemn'd by a Council, which is owned to be General by the same Church of Rome. The Church of Rome is also condemn'd by the same General Council (in its 55 Canon,) and command­ed to conform to the 65 Canon of the Apostles (from which they had scandalously departed) under two great Poenalties therein express't.Ibid. p. 338. To all which if I shall add, How the 8th General Council made a peremptory Decree, [...]. Concil. Constant. IV. Act. 9. Can. 3. Edit. Bin. To. 7. p. 977. That the [Page 426] Image of Christ is to be worship't as the Gospel of God, That whosoever adore's it not, shall never see his Face at his second coming, (never at least by their good will,) That the Pictures of Angels and all the Saints are in like manner to be adored, And that all who think otherwise are to be Anathe­matiz'd; I hope Mr. Cressy and Father Johnson are not such Lovers of Idolatry and Contradiction, as not to know and to acknowledge the Fallibility of their Church in a general Council.

§. 18. I have the rather made it my choise to use the Canons and Decrees of Popes and Coun­cils, (especially of such as by the Romanists themselves are accompted General,) Because for want of a better Refuge, when they are press't with many things which cannot be justi­fi'd, or deny'd, They have evermore recourse to This one Catholick evasion, That they are but the sentiments of private Doctors, whose ill opinions or mistakes are not chargable on the Church. Now though we cannot but beleive their PrivateSuch as Bellarmin, Baronius, Onuphri [...], Vasques, Mal­donat, Stella, Ly [...]a, Staple­ton, Pamelius, Petavius, Vi­ [...]es, Rubanus Maurus, and others. Yea Scotus, Aqui­nas, Pope Gregory the Great. The Bishops of Germany in the Council at Wormes, &c. Do­ctors (as they call them) when they are men of great Learning, and greater Zeal to That Cause, and only speak as Narrators touching matters of Fact, and such as of which they might be silent with more advantage unto themselves; [Page 427] Yet I hope 'twill not be said, That the present superiours living and speaking, to whomCh. 9. 97. Mr. Cressy ascribes the power of Concluding all Con­troversies, are no better than private Doctors; much lesse will they say it of their General Coun­cils unto which they doIb. p. 95. acknowledge the last reeourse is to be had. And here if any man shall ask what may be probably the Reason, why when the Tenet of Infallibility is so far a Do­ctrine of their Church, as it is taught and main­tain'd by theirIb. p. 93. Present visible Governours or their present Superiours living and speaking, Ib. p. 97. (unto whom is ascribed the power aforesaid,) It hath not yet been thought fitt to be credited by the Decree of a General Council, (nor indeed of any Council that I am able to alledge;) I know not what Reason to render of it, unlesse I may say that they distinguish between their Doctrines, and their Opinions; or between Things pretended, and Things Beleived by their Superiours; As if the Governours Themselves (whomUbi supra. praesertim pag. 97. they make Tantamount to a General Council) were not able to beleive the Infallibility they pretend to, But only thought fitt that The People should. If any other man Can give any better reason, I do earnestly desire that what I have given may go for None.

[Page 428]§. 19. And as, on the one side, Their stedfast Belief That Shee cannot err, is enough to con­firm them in all their Errors; So, to convince them on the other side of that one Error, will make them ready both to see, and renounce the Rest. That it may seem to be a vain, or a needless Thing, for any man to be lavish of Time, or Labour, in a particular Ventilation of other controverted Points, whilst This of In­fallibility remain's untouch't, or undecided. For if we shew them the Absurdities of Bread and Wine being transmuted into the Body and Blood of Christ; or of being so transmuted into Hu­man Flesh and Blood, as to retain both the Colour, Touch, and Tast, and all other Adjuncts of Bread and Wine; or of its so beginning now to be (in the Act of Consecration) the numerical Body of a crucified Iesus, as to have been the very same under Pontius Pilate, as well as in the Virgins Womb; or of its beginning to be as often, and of as many several Ages, as the Priests as their Altars shall please to make it; or of its being the same Body, whether eaten by a Chri­stian, or by a Dog: They will defend them­selves with This, That though 'tis Absurd, and Impossible, yet it is necessarily True, because [Page 429] 'tis taught by that Church which cannot de­ceive, or be deceiv'd. Whereas, if once we can convince them that she is able to be deceiv'd, who had taught them to believe she is unde­ceivable, (and that in matters of greatest mo­ment,) They cannot chuse but disapprove and forsake her too, as the greatest Deceiver in all the world.

§. 20. That Shee is Able to be deceiv'd, cannot better be evinced than by the Evi­dence that Shee Is. And tis evident that Shee Is, by her own Confession. For shee is no where more seen than in her General Coun­cils, whereof when any one does condemn what Shee asserts as no Error, or when one does contradict and accuse another, (of which I have given sufficient Instance,) she does confess her self Fallible, by so declaring She has been False. And accordingly Mr. Cressy could not righteously be blam'd by the Roman Parti­zans, for having confessed (as he did) in his Exhomologesis, See the use which is made by Dr. Pearson in his Preface to the Reply of the Lord Viscount Faulkland. That this Infallibility is an un­fortunate word; That he could wish it were for­gotten, or at least laid aside; That Mr. Chilling­worth fought against it with too great successe; That it is not to be met with in any Council; And [Page 430] That the Authority of the Church (meaning the Church undepraved) was never inlarged by Her­self to so great a wideness. And as They cannot blame him, much less can I, for confessing a Disadvantage he could not conveniently deny. That which I blame him for is This, (and for This he can never be blam'd enough,) That havingRom. Cath. Doct. no Nov. confessed Infallibility to be one of God's peculiarCap. 9. Sect. 11. p. 98. Incommunicable Attributes, and by consequence that the Church which he calls the Roman Catholick, can no more be Infallible, than Omniscient, He has yet been so transpor­ted with Partiality to a Church he has resolved to assert, (whether right, or wrong,) as toUbi supra, pag. 89. communicate That to Her, which he confesseth Pag. 98. Incommunicable; and to affirm that That is Necessary, which he confesseth to be Impossible; and so to espouse in a Fit of Kindness, what in a Fit of Discretion He cannot Own.

§. 2. Having thus cloy'd my Reader with but a Tast of Mr. Cressy, I persevere in my pur­pose not to spend or loose time upon all the Rest; partly for the Reason al [...]eady menti­on'd, beeause 'twould be as well a thanklesse, as needlesse office. Partly becasue tis under­taken (without my Care or procurement) by [Page 431] other men. Nor only undertaken, But elabo­rately don too; not only by Mr. Whitby, (and by Him very sufficiently,) But by a Person of greater Eminence; after whom to sett about it, would at least be superfluous, if not Immodest. Partly because I am still dis­swaded both by the Virulence of mine Ene­mies, and by the Kindnesse of my Friends, as well as by many my more peculiar and lesse­dispensable Employments. Lastly because by a little Pattern of any strong or slight Stuff, 'Tis both the cheapest and easiest way where­by to Judge of the whole Piece. [...].

FINIS.

[...]. OR THE LIFELESNES of LIFE On the hether side of IMMORTALITY. With a Timely Caveat against PROCRASTINATION. Briefly expressed and applyed in a SERMON Preached at the Funeral of EDWARD PEYTO of Chesterton in Warwick-shire Esq

[...]
[...].
Sophocles [...].
[...].

To my ever Honoured Friend Mrs. Elizabeth Peyto of Chesterton.

MADAM,

TO speak my sense of your many Favours, with my reverent esteem of your Approba­tion, and how inclinable I have been to yield obe­dience to your Commands, the greatest expression that I can make, hath been hetherto the least that I think is due. And now I am sorry I can prove by no better Argument, (at the present,) how great a deference and submission I think is due to your Judgment, than by my having preferr'd it before mine own, in permitting that Sermon to lye in Common, which I had only intended for your Inclosure. For though the thing hath been desired by several persons of Quality, besides your self; yet the principal end of my Publication, is not to gratifie their desires, whom I could civilly deny, but to comply with your reasons, which I cannot [Page 436] pardonably resist. The very piety of your Reasons having added to them so great a power, that what was skill in Aspendius, in me would certainly be guilt, should I (through Avarice or Envy) reserve any thing to my self, by which your charity doth1 Cor. 13. 7.believe I may profit others.

Indeed considering we are fallen, I do not only say, into an iron age, but into an age whose very iron hath gather'd rust too, wherein the most do so live, as if they thought they should never dye, (at least had forgotten that they are dying, and being dead, 2 Cor. 5. 10. must be accountable for what is don whilst they are living,) it may be labour well spent, to trig the wheels of their sensuality; and that by thrusting into their eyes such sad and seasonable ob­jects, as may make them consider their latter end. It was a custome with some of old, Deut. 32. 29. whensoever they intended a sumptuous Feast, to put a deaths-head into a dish, and serve it up unto the Table: which being meant for a significant, though silent Orator, to plead for temperance, and sobriety, by minding the men of their mortality, and that the end of their eating should be to live, and that the end of their living should be to dye, and the end of their dying to live for ever, (for even the Heathens who deny­ed the resurrection of the body, did yet believe [Page 437] the immortality of the Soul,) was look'd upon by all sober and considering guests, as the whole­somest part of their Entertainment. And since 'tis true,Eccles. 7. 3. (what is said by Solomon) that sorrow is better than laughter, for by the sadness of the countenance the heart is made better; where­upon the Royal Preacher concludes it better of the two,Verse 2. for a man to go into the house of mour­ning; I cannot but reason within my self, that whenVerse 4. the heart of fools is in the house of mirth, whose customary language is such as this, [Wisd. 2. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.Come on, let us injoy the good things that are present, let us crown our selves with Rose­buds before they be wither'd, let none of us go without his part of voluptuousness, let us leave tokens of our joyfulness in every street, let us oppress the poor man that is righteous, and let our strength be the law of justice,] there can be nothing more friendly, or more agreeable to their wants, than to invite such men to the house of mourning, and there to treat them with the cha­racter of the most troublesome life of man, (which being impartially provided, will serve as well as a Deaths-head,) during the time of his floating in a valley of Tears.

[Page 438]For this is usefull to teach us all, not to be amo­rous of a life, which is not only so short, as that it cannot be kept long,Joh. 14. 1. but withal so full of trouble, as that 'tis hardly worth keeping. Nor by conse­quence to doat on a flattering world, which is so little to be injoy'd, and its Injoyments also so full of vexatious mixtures. Eccles. 2. 12. Again 'tis useful to in­courage us, not to be afraid of a man that must die, Isa. 51. 12. Mat. 10. 28. and whilst he lives can but kill the body. Nor to scruple at the paying that common debt, which we owe to Religion, as well as Nature; that God may give us anMat. 25. 21. acquittance, as well as nature: we having received an ensurance from the infallible undertaker, that the way both to save, and prolong a life,Mat. 16. 25. Mark. 8. 36. is religiously to lose it, or lay it down. Again 'tis useful to admonish us, (after the measure that we are negligent,) toMat. 25. 16. Luk. 19. 15. trade with the talent of our time, for the unspeakable advantages of life eternal; and to do all the work we can, because the night cometh, Joh. 9. 4. when we shall be able to work no more. Lastly it mindeth us, as to be doing, because our Lord cometh, and is at hand, so to be vigilant and watchful, Phil. 4. 5. because we know notMat. 24. 42.what hour. In a word; the more transitory, and the more troublesome, the life of men shall appear to be, by so much the better will be the [Page 439] uses, which we are prompted to make of its im­perfection.

And here it comes into my mind, to give you my thanks by my observance of the seasonable counsel you lately gave me, not to lavish out my time in shaming the adversaries of truth, (by way of an­swer or reply to their meer impertinencies and slanders,) but rather to spend it in such practical and peaceable meditations, as are likelier to for­ward their Reformation. And though it was not your opinion that I could not use my time ill, in writing continuall vindications of the lately perse­cuted doctrines of Iesus Christ, but onely that you thought I might use it better; yet my opinion doth so fully concur with yours, that even as soon as my leasure serves me to pay my Readers what I have promis'd, (that men may learn to love God, by thinking him free from their Impieties, and may not reverence their Impieties, so far forth as they think them the works of God,) I shall direct my whole studies, as you have charitably advised. And indeed I am the fitter to take your Counsel, because I want a fit enemy with whom to combate; since three or four of the ablest have quit the field, and as it were bowed to the truth of the things in question. For though they have lately sent out a [Page 440] Teazer, who (they hoped) might tempt me to loss of time, not by disputing in any measure against a line of what I have publish'd, but only by open­ing a noysome mouth, in a very wide manner against my person, and (which is infinitely sadder) against myHe saith expresly, 1. That what­ever God foresees, and doth not prevent, (which is all the wicked­ness in the word) he may be justly said to Cause. (p. 9.) 2. That Gods absolute will is the prime cause, and necessarily productive of eve­ry action of the creature, p. 10. (and so no less of our worst, then of our best actions.) 3. That God can­not be freed from being the au­thor of sin, by such as acknowledge his prescience, p. 9. (so that either he cannot believe Gods prescience, or cannot but believe him the Author of sin.) 4. That he cannot deny God to be the author of sin, or to will the event of sin, p. 2. God too; yet this does signifie no more, than that they are stomackful in their afflictions, and like the mettlesom Cynaegyrus in no particular but this, that when his Hands were cut off, he pursued the enemy with his Teeth. A Prin­ted Pamphlet comes to me, subscri­bed and sent by Edward Bagshaw, (with your pardon be it spoken, for 'tis not handsom in your presence, to mention the name of so foul a thing,) which neither the gravity of my Calling, nor the price I put upon my time, nor the reverence I bear to your advice, will permit me to answer in more than two words. (and in these I shall imitate the most judi­cious Mr. Hooker.) For whereas it amounteth to these two things, to wit, his railing against God as theP. 2. l. 19, 20 & p. 9. l. 18. to l. 22. p. 10. l. 23, 25. to be compared with l. 32.Author of sin, and his railing against me as a grievous sinner, (without the offer of any proof, for the one, or the other,) To the first I say, [Page 441] No, to the second, Nothing. As for his blasphe­mies at large, his inconsistencies with himself, his frequent confessions that he is ignorant of what he presumeth to affirm, his impotent slanders, his most unsavoury scurrilities, his pique at my cassock and my cap, his evil eye upon my Re­ctory, and female Readers, (to the honour of your sex, and shame of ours,) last of all for his impenitency and resolutions to persevere in his crying sins,) against That person of all the world, whom, next to God, and his Parents, he ought to have had in the greatest reverence,) I shall leave him to the mercy of one or other of my Dis­ciples; who being as much his Iuniors, as he is mine, may have youth enough to excuse, if not commend them, for cooling the courage of so pru­rient and bold a Writer. But for my self, I have determined, so to profit by what I Preach in the following Sermon, as not to leave it in the power of every petulant undertaker, to dispose of my hours in altercation. They that look to live long before theyPsal. 16. 10.look upon the grave, may trifle out their time with better pretensions to an excuse; but I who have lost so much already, and have had (as I may say) so many Trials for my Life, (at that Bar of Mortality, the Bed of Sickness,) [Page 442] which makes me consider it as a perishing, and dying life, cannot think it so much as lawful, to dispute it away with an itching adversary; who, how­ever insufficient to hold up his quarrel, is yet too restless to lay it down.

But I proceed to that Subject (from which my thoughts have been kept by a long parenthesis) of which I love to be speaking on all occasions that can be offer'd, because I find so much in it, of which I cannot but speak well; and no less to the honour of his memory, than to the profit and pleasure of his survivers. He was certainly a per­son, who liv'd a great deal of life in a little time; especially dating it (as he did) from the memora­ble point of his renovation. When I consider him in his Childhood at the University of Oxford (I am sure some years before you knew him) exciting o­thers by his Example, to mind the end of their being there; how strict and studious he appeared throughout his course; how much farther he went before, (in point of standing and proficiency,) then he came behind others, in point of years; how much applauded he was by all, for his publick Exercises in Lent, both as an Oratour at the Desk, and as a Philosopher in the Schools; how (like the brave Epaminondas) he added honour [Page 443] to his degree, which yet to us (of his form) was all we were able to attain; when I reflect upon his progress through much variety of Learning, through every part of the Mathematicks, especially through Algebra, the most untrodden part of them; and when I compare with all this, the great sobriety of his temper, his unaffected humility, and (after a publick aberration) his perfect return into the way, out of which (for some years) he had unhap­pily been seduced; last of all when I rememember, how whilst nothing but prosperity made some in the world to hug their errour, he hated his so much the more, the more he had prosper'd by its delu­sion, (which was an argument of the most generous and Christian temper,) I think I may fitly affirm of him, what was said by Siracides concerning Enoch, Wisd. 4. 13. that being made perfect in a short time, he fulfill'd a long time.

I do the rather think it a duty, to praise him af­ter his decease, the less he was able to endure it, whilst yet alive. And I conceive my self the fitter, to speak a little in his absence of his perfections, because so long as he was present, I only told him of his faults. (Never leaving him as a Monitor, until I thought he left them.) For having found him my noble Friend, and (which in honour to [Page 444] his memory, I think it my duty to acknowledge) my very munificent Benefactor, I could not be so unkind a thing, as not to afford him my repre­hensions, (yet still attended with respect,) in whatsoever regard I could think them useful. And 'twas the mark of an excellent judicious spirit, that he valued me most for my greatest freedom in that particular. Even then when our heads were most at enmity, (by the over great influence of his Fa­ther's persuasion upon his own) there still remained in both our hearts a most inviolable friendship. And yet the chiefest instance of mine, was only my often having been angry with what I conceived to be a sin; against which (by Gods goodness being suf­ficiently convinc'd) he grew at last to be as angry, as Friends or Enemies could have been. He had impartially consider'd that sacred Aphorism, that to refuse instruction, is to despise ones own soul. And he who could not be thankful for being chid, was judg'd by him to be unworthy of any honest mans anger. Nor can I imagine a solid reason, why he was careful in time of health, to bespeak my presence in time of Sickness, (of which you are able to be his witness,) unless because he did esteem me the most affectionate person of his ac­quaintance, by his having still found me the most [Page 445] severe. To conceal his great failing, (which was so far scandalous, as it was publick, and apt to be hurtful by the reverence which many men had to his example,) and only to speak of the best things in him, were rather to flatter, then to com­mend him. But yet as the Scripture hath said of David, that he did what was right in the eyes of the Lord,1 King. 15. 5.save only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite, so I think I may say of your self­departed, that unless it were in that one unhap­piness, of ingaging himself in an ugly Cause, (which yet he seriously repented, and so was fitted for that early, but most exemplary death, which happily opened a door to his Immortality,) his greatest Vice was but this, that he modestly con­cealed too many Virtues.

The remarkable manner of his departure did most remarkably resemble Sir Spencer Compton's (a person so singularly qualified, by Grace, and Nature, and Education, that however his extra­ction was highly Noble, I may confidently say it was the lowest thing in him,) who dyed at Bruges about the time, wherein the man of our desires expir'd at Compton. Never did I hear of a more heavenly Valediction to all the contentments of the earth, than was given by these two at their [Page 446] dissolutions. Never yet did I hear, of any two farewells so much alike. Never were any more admired, by those that saw them whilst they were going; or more desired, when they were gon. How your excellent Husband behav'd himself, I have but partly related in the conclusion of my Sermon. For though I may not dissemble so great a Truth, as my strong inclinations both to think and speak of him to his advantage; yet in my last office of friendship, I did religiously set so strict a watch over my tongue, as that I rather came short in many points of his commendation, than went beyond him in any one. And could I have had the possibility to have kept him company in his sickness, which I as earnestly endeavour'd as He desir'd it, (but his sickness was too short, and my journey too long, for either of us either to give, or to receive that satisfaction,) I might have perfe­cted that account, which many witnesses enabl'd me to give in part.

Having thus far spoken of him to you, I must only speak of you to others. For such as reject what they deserve, I think it a Panegyrick suffi­cient, to make it known they will have none. Ha­ving dedicated my papers to a person of your In­dowments, for whom to approve, is to patronize [Page 447] them, I also dedicate your person (with the hopeful particles of your self) to the peculiar protection and grace of God. And as the Heirs of that Fa­mily, which you were pleased by adoption to make your own, have already been Lords of that seat for more than eighteen Generations, (which I can reckon,) so that the person whom I commemorate may inherit also that other blessing, (as an addition to that blessing which God hath given Him in your self,) confer'd in favour upon Jonadab the son of Rechab,Jer. 35. 19.[Not to want a man to stand before him for ever,] is no less the hope, than the prayer, of him who thinks himself obliged, as well to be, as to Write himself,

Your most importunate Servant at the Throne of Grace, THOMAS PIERCE.

THE LIFELESNES of LIFE on the hether side of IMMORTALITY. A SERMON Preached at the Funeral of Mr. EDWARD PETTO.

JOB XIV. 1.‘Man that is born of a Woman, hath but a short time to live, and is full of Trouble.’

NOw ye have listen'd unto the Text, Cast your Eyes upon the shrine too. For that does verifie This, by no less then an Ocular Demonstration. You see the Reliques of a Person, full of honour indeed, but not of years; he having had his December (I may say) in Iune; and reaching the end of his Journy, (as 'twere) in the middle of his Course. So that if I should be silent upon the mention only of this Text [Man that is born of a Woman hath but a short time to live,] That very Hearse would present us with a visible Sermon.

[Page 450]Yet something I must say, in Honour and Duty unto the Dead; and something too, for the use and benefit of the Living; that as Death already hath been to Him, [...] it may be also to Us Advantage; That some at least who here are present, may go from Hence (when I have done,) if not the wiser or more intelligent, yet at least the more considerate, and the better Resolved for coming hither. I need not be teaching my weakest Brethren, (what common Experience hath taught us All,) either the Misery, or the shortness, or the uncertainty of our Days. But yet recounting how many Souls do perish for ever in their Impieties, not so much by wan­ting Knowledge, as by abounding in the Thought­lesness of what they know, I shall not su [...]e be unexcusable (having S. Peter for my example) if I tell you those things which you know already. 2 Per. 1. 12. 13. 15. An Honest Remembrancer is as needful, as the most Eloquent Instructor to be imagin'd, because we do less want the Knowledge, than the conside­ration of our Duties. S. Peter hath magnified the office no less than three times together in that Epistle which he compos'd a [...]. ver. 14. little before his Dissolution. I will not (saith he) be negligent to put you alwayes in Remembrance, though ye know [Page 451] these things, and be established in the Truth. Yea I think it meet, as long as I am in this Tabernacle, to stir you up, by putting you in Remembrance. Again (saith he) I will endeavour that ye may be able, after my Decease, to have these things always in Remembrance. When I consider that these words were by2 Tim. 3. 16. Divine Inspiration, and that they were written for our Instruction, yea and inculcated upon us no less than thrice in one breath; methinks they tacitely reprove us, for having such wanton and Itching Ears, as will be satis­fied with nothing but what is New. Whereas the Thing that is to us of greatest moment, is not the study of more Knowledge, but the ma­king good use of the things we know. Not the [...]urnishing of our Heads with a Richer Treasure of Speculations, but the laying them up within our Hearts, and the drawing them out into our Lives. Men would not live as they are wont, were they sufficiently [...]. Isocrat. [...]. mindful that they are men. Did they but often enough consider, how short a time they have to live; how very2 Cor. 11. 23. often they are in Deaths, before they dye; how much their short time of life is moreMat. 24. 42. uncertain than it is short; how very shortly they are to render a strict Account unto the Iudge, (I say not of [Page 452] every evil work, but) even of everyMat. 12. 36. idle word, and of each unprofitable hour; they would not make so many Demurrs in the important work of their Reformation.Luk. 21. 36. The uncertainty of their Time would make them watchful over their ways; that how suddenly soever they may be Caught, (by the common Pursevant of Nature) it may not be by a surprize. That they may not die with the Fools Motto, [Non [...]. Polyb. l. 10. p. 603. putâram] in their mouths.

Now to consider my present Text in the most useful manner that I am able, I must be­speak your best Attention, not so much to the Dogmatical, as to the Applicatory part of my Me­ditations. It being chiefly in my design, to shew what Profit we are to reap from all such melan­choly Solemnities, as by many deep Mourners are sown in Tears. What kind of Influences and Virtues, from the great brittleness of our Lives, are to be shed upon the Practice and Con­duct of them. What kind of Consectaries and Uses should flow from the one, upon the other.

I shall not therefore wear out my little Time in any such accurate and logical Analysing of the words, as would but serve to divert you from the scope and drift, for which the holy man Iob [Page 453] did make them a part of his Preaching, and for which I have chosen them to be the subject of mine own; but shall immediately consider them as an entire Doctrinal Proposition, exhibiting to us both the frailty, and frame of man, and the reason of the one implicitly rising out of the other. Man is born of a Woman; there's his Frame. Hath but a short time to live, there's his Frailty. Hath but a short time to live, because he is born of a Woman; there is the Reason of his Frailty, from the condition of his Frame. Nor is he attended only with vanity, but vexa­tion of spirit. As Iacob said unto Pharaoh, His Days are Evil, as well as Few. However empty of better Things, yet from the Bottom to the Top, (I mean from his Birth unto his Burial,) he is Repletus miseriis, fill'd full of Trouble.

And yet by way of Application, we may re­flect upon the Text in a threefold Antithesis. For

To Man as born of a Woman, we may op­pose the same Man, as being Regenerate, and born of God.

To the very short life he hath by Nature, we may oppose the life Eternal he hath by Grace.

And to his fulness of misery whilst he is here [Page 454] in the body, we may oppose his fulness of Bliss and Glory.

But first let Man be consider'd in his Hypogaeo, that is, his state of Declination, as he is born of a Woman, and having a short time to live; and that for this reason, because he is born of a Wo­man. For 'tis a Maxime in Philosophy which never fails, That Generable and Corruptible are Terms Convertible. It is demonstrably prov'd we must one day Dye, because we did one day begin to Live. All that is born of a Woman is both mixt, and compounded, after the Image of the Woman of whom 'tis born; not only mixt of the four Elements, but also com­pounded of Matter and Form. And all things Compounded [...]. Arist. Eth. lib. 10. cap. 3. must be dissolv'd, into the very same Principles of which at first they were compos'd. Hence are those pangs and yernings of the flesh and the spirit, of the Appetite and the Will, of the law in the members, and the law in the mind; [...]. Id. l. 9. c. 4. the one inclining towards Earth, from whence 'twas taken, and the other towards Heaven, from whence 'twas sent. The truth of this had been apparent, if it had been only ta­ken out of Aristotle's Lyceum; but we have it confirmed out of Solomon's Portch too: for in [Page 455] the Day when man goeth to hisEccles. 12. 5. 3, 4, 5, 6, 5. long home, when the grinders cease, and the windows be dar­kened, and all the Daughters of Musick are brought low, when the silver cord is once loosed, and the golden Bowl broken, so as the mourners are going about the streets;Vers. 7.Then the Dust shall return to the earth as it was, and the spirit shall return to God who gave it. When God himself was pleased to be born of a Woman, he submitted to the condi­tions of Mortality, and had (we know) but a short time to live; for He expir'd by Crucisixion before he was full thirty four, as his younger Heb. 2. 17.Brother, whom we commemorate, before he was full thirty three.

Man hath a short time indeed, as he is born of a Woman, because he is born of a Woman; for (as it presently follows in the verses immedi­ately after my Text) He cometh forth as a [...]. Homer.flower, and (as a flower) he is cut down. He flyeth also is a shadow, and continueth not. And therefore Epictetus did fitly argue the very great fickleness and frailty of worldly things, first because they were [...]. made, and therefore had their beginning; next because they are made [...] Epict. Ench. cap. 21. ours, and therefore must have a speedy End. For if we will be but so just, and so Impartial to our selves, as to ar­raign [Page 456] our Bodies at the tribunal of our Reason, they shall be found, by composition, no more than well complexion'd Dust.Gen. 3. 19. Dust thou art, said God to Adam.Gen. 18. 27.Dust and Ashes I am, said Abraham to God. He knoweth (saith thePsal. 103. 14 Psal­mist) whereof we are made, he remembreth we are but Dust. Were it not that theEccl. 3. 21. spirit of man goeth upward, whilst the spirit of a Beast goeth downward to the earth, there would beVers. 19. no preemi­nence of the one over the other; forVers. 20.all go unto one place, (as to the Centre of the Body,) All are of the Dust, and all turn to Dust again: which shews the vanity and sickness of those mens souls, who erect such strong and stately Sepulchers for their Bodies, for fear the poor mans Dust should sully theirs; as if they did not remember, that Man is born of a Woman, and that his veryJob 4. 19. foun­dation is in the dust. Well he may have the more vanity, but not the morePsal. 49. 12. understanding for being in honour, and may the sooner beIbid. compar'd to the Beasts that Perish. The Protoplast wasGen. 2. 7. formed of the Dust of the ground. And however his po­sterity hath been distinguish'd, by issuing out from that Fountain through several channels, yet their original extraction must needs be [...]. Epist. loco super cit. e­qually vile; (if any thing can be vile which is [Page 457] of God's own making.) For All men descen­ded out of the very same Eve; and so, by Her, out of the very same Adam; and so, by Him, out of the very same Earth.

The days of Man are but few then, on sup­position they are as many as Nature meant him; and that his glass is run out without being bro­ken, unless it be by the hand of Time. The whole duration of Time it self, is but the Non­age of Eternity. And therefore Moses (as a Psalmist) spake very fitly, when he addressed his speech to God;Psal. 90. 4.A thousand years in thy sight are but as yesterday, when it is past; which is in­finitely less then was yesterday when it was pre­sent. And 'tis the same in effect with that ex­pression of David, the Psalmist Royal; who said his Age was asPsal. 39. 5.Nothing, in respect of Him who is All in All; And that (as great as some men do seem to be to themselves and others,) Every man is but vanity at hisIbid.best estate. What he is at his worst, 'twill be impossible to express, unless we shall say with David too, that he is altogetherPsal. 62. 50.lighter than Vanity it self. Now if a thousand years are but as yesterday, and as ye­sterday when it is past too, how short a thing is the life of man in comparison? how short, when [Page 458] compared with the long line of Time? how no­thing, when compared with the Circle of Eter­nity? Threescore and Ten are all the years which are allow'd byPsal. 90. 10. Moses to a Natural Mans life. And though some are so strong as to arrive at fourscore, yet that Overplus of years is butIbid. la­bour and sorrow. [...]. Moschion. They do not live, but linger, who pass that Tropick of their Mortality. From after Threescore years and Ten, they are but sur­vivers to themselves; at least they feel them­selves dying; and their Bodies become their Burdens, [...]. Sophocl. [...]. if not the Ch [...]rnel Houses or Sepulchers, wherein their Souls as 'twere lye Buried. The Septuagint Translators thought fit to call it, [...], and the Vulgar Latin, Eorum Am­plius, which we cannot better express in English, than if we call it, their Surplusage of Life; when Nature in them is so strong, as to shoot beyond her own Mark. Her Mark is Threescore and Ten, if Moses himself hath set it right. Or place it further, at fourscore; farther yet, at an hundred; the life of man (we see) is short, though it should reach the very utmost that Na­ture aymes at.

But how many wayes are there, whereby to frustrate the Intentions and Ends of Nature? [Page 459] How many are there buried, before their Birth? How many mens Cradles become their graves? How many rising Suns are set, almost as soon as they are risen? and overtaken with Dark­ness in the very Dawning of their Dayes? How many are there (like the good King Iosias, like righteous Abel, and Enoch, and that lauda­ble Person whom now we celebrate,) who are taken awayWisd. 4. 11.speedily from amongst the wicked, as it were in the Zenith or Vertical Point of their strength and lustre? It is in every mans power to be Master of our Lives, who is but able to despise his own. Nay 'tis in every one's power who can but wink, to turn our beauty into Darkness; and in times of Pestilence, how many are there can look us dead, by an arrow shot out of the Eye into the Heart? For one single way of coming into the world, how many are there to go out of it before our Time? (I mean, before Nature is spent within us.) Many are sent out of the world, by the Difficulties and hardships of coming in. We are easily cut off, even by eat­ing and drinking, the very Instruments, and Means of Life. Not to speak of those greater slaughters, which are commonly committed by Sword, and Famine, (which yet must both give [Page 460] place to surfet,) Death may possibly fly to us, as once to Aeschylus, in an Eagles wing. Or we may easily swallow Death, as Anacreon did, in a Grape. We may be murder'd, like Homer, with a fit of Grief: Or fall, like Pindarus, by our Repose: we may become a Sacrifice, as Philemon of old, to a little Iest. Or else, as Sophocles, to a witty Sentence. We may be eaten up of worms, like mighty Herod. Or prove a Feast for the Rats, like him of Mentz. A man may vomit out his Soul, as Sulla did in a fit of Rage. Or else like Coma, may force it backwards. He may perish by his strength, as did Polydamas and Milo. Or he may dye, like Thalna, by the very excess of his Injoyment. He may be Pro­vender for his Horses, like Diomedes. Or pro­vision for his Hounds, like Actaeon and Lucian. Or else like Tullus Hostilius, he may be burnt up quick with a flash of Lightning. Or if there were nothing from without, which could violent­ly break off our Thread of Life, (and which be­ing a slender thread is very easily cut asunder) we have a thousand Intenstine Enemies to dispatch us speedily from within. There is hardly any thing in the Body, but furnisheth matter for a Disease. There is not an Arterie, or a Vein, but [Page 461] is a Room in Natures Work-house, wherein our Humours (as so many Cyclops's) are forging those Instruments of Mortality, which every mo­ment of our Lives are able to sweep us into our Graves. An ordinary Apoplexie, or a little Im­postume in the Brain, or a sudden rising of the Lights, is enough to make a man Dye in Health; and may lodge him in Heaven or in Hell, before he hath the leasure to cry for Mercy.

Thus ourJob 4. 19. Poma oculis tenus, contacta cinerescunt. Tertul. Apol. c. 40. p. 70. Houses of Clay (as Eliphaz the Temanite did fitly call them) do seem as false, and as frail, as the Apples of Sodom; which be­ing specious to the Eye, did fall to crumbles by every Touch. The frame of our building is not only so frail, but (as some have thought) so ridiculous, that if we contemplate the body of man in his condition of Mortality, and by re­flecting upon the soul, do thereby prove it to be Immortal, we shall be tempted to stand ama­zed at the inequality of the Match, but that to wonder at our Frailty, were but to wonder that we are Men. Yet sure if We, that is, our Souls, (for our bodies are so far from being Us, that we can hardly call them Ours,) are not capable of corruption, our Bodies were not intended for our Husbands, but for our Houses; whose Dores [Page 462] will either be open, that we may go forth, or whose Building will be ruinous, that needs we must; we cannot, by any means possible, make it the place of our Continuance; for though our bodies (as saith our Saviour) are not so glori­ous as the Lillies, yet (saith Iob) they are as frail. And by that time (with David) they wax old as doth a garment, how earnestly (with S. Paul) shall we groan to be cloath'd upon? 2 Cor. 5. 2. to be cloath'd with New apparel, whilst the old is as 'twere turning? for when Christ shall come in the clouds with his holy Angels, at once to re­store, and reform our Nature, he shall change our vile bodies, that they may be fashioned like unto his glorious body. But here I speak of what it is, not what it shall be; though it shall be glorious, yet now 'tis vile; though it shall be immarcescible, yet now 'tis fading; though it shall be a long life, 'tis now a short one.

It is indeed so short, and withall so uncertain, thatPsal. 90. 9. we bring our years to an end like as a Tale that is told. Death comes so hastily upon us, that we never canPsal. 89. 48. see it, till we are blind. We can­not but know that it is short, for wePsal. 90. 5. fade away suddenly like the grass; And yet we know not how short it is, for we pray that God will [Page 463] teachVers. 12.us to number our dayes. This we know without teaching;Wisd. 5. 13. that even then when we were born, we began to draw towards our End. VVhe­ther sleeping, or waking, we are alwayes flying upon the wings of Time; And even this Instant, whilst I am speaking, doth set us well on towards our Journeys end; whether we are worldly, and therefore study to keep Life; or Male-Contents, and therefore weary of its possession; the King of Terrours will not fail,Job 18. 4. either to meet, or over­take us. And whilst we all are [...]. Philo Iud. [...]. Travelling to the very same Country, (I mean the Land of for­getfulness, without considering it as an Anti­chamber to Heaven or Hell,) although we walk thither inHunc di­verso tramite Mortales Omnes co­nantur adi­pisci. Boeth. de Consol. Phi­los. l. 3. p. 98. several Rodes; 'tis plain that he who lives longest, goes but the farthest way about, and that he who dies soonest, goes the nearest way home.

I remember it was the humour, I know not whether of a more Cruel, or Capricious Leo Isau­rus [...]. Em­perour, to put a Tax upon Child-births; to make it a thing excizable, for a man to be born of a Woman. As if he had farm'd Gods Custom-house, he made every man fine for being a Man; a great Instance of his Cruelty, and as good an Embleme of our frailty, our state of Pilgrimage upon [Page 464] Earth. For we arrive at this VVorld, as at a forreign and strange Country; where I am sure it is proper, although not just, that we pay Tole for our very landing. And then being landed, we are such transitory Inhabitants, that we do not so properly dwell here, asPsal. 39. 14. sojourn. All the meat we take in, is at God's great Ordinary; and even the breath which we drink, is not ours, but His; (which when he taketh away, we dye, and are turn'd again into our Dust.) Insomuch that to expire, is no more in effect, then to be honest: to pay back a Life, which we did but borrow.

E [...]ipides in Phaenissis.
[...],
[...].

And well it were, if it were no worse: for if the life of man were pleasant, it would the less disgrace it, that it is short. A short life and [...]. Eurip. in Alcestide. a Merry, is that which many men applaud. But as the son of a woman hath but a few dayes to live, so it follows in the Text, that even those few days are full of Trouble. And indeed so they are, in whatsoever Condition a man is plac'd: for if he is poor, he hath the trouble of pains, to get the goods of this world. If he is rich, he hath the trouble of Care, to keep his Riches; the [Page 465] trouble of Avarice, [...]. Socrat. in Epist. ad Anonym. p. 8. to increase them; the trou­ble of fear, to lose them; the trouble of sorrow, when they are lost. And so his Riches can only make him the more illustriously unhappy. If he lives as he ought, he hath the trouble of self­denyals; the trouble ofCol. 3. 5. Rom. 8. 13. mortifying the flesh, with the affections and lusts; the trouble of being in 2 Cor. 11. 23. Deaths often; the trouble ofRom. 6. 6. Gal. 6. 14. crucifying him­self, and of1 Cor. 15. 31. dying daily. If to avoid those Troubles, he lives in pleasure, as he ought not, he hath the trouble of being told, that he is1 Tim. 5. 6. dead whilst he lives; the trouble toEccl. 41. 1. think that he must dye; the trouble to fear (whilst he is dying) that he must live when he is dead, that he may dye eternally. Not to speak of those troubles which a man suffers in his Nonage, by being weaned from the breast, and by breeding teeth; in his boyage and youth, by bearing the yoke of subjection, and the rigid discipline of the Rod; in his manhood and riper years, by ma­king provision for all his Family, as servant Ge­neral to the whole; Not to speak of those Troubles which flow in upon him from every quarter, whether by Losses, or Affronts, Con­tempts, or Envyings, by the anguish of some Ma­ladies, and by the loathsomness of others; rather [Page 466] than want matter of trouble, he will be most of all troubled that he hath [...]. Herodo [...]. in Thalia. c. 43. p. 179. nothing to vex him. In his sober Intervalls and Fits, when he considers that he must dye, and begins to Wisd. 4. 20. cast up the ac­counts of his sins, it will be some trouble to him that he is without chastisement, whereby he knows he is aHeb. 12. 8. Bastard, and not a Son. It will disquiet him not a little, that he lives at rest in his posses­sions; and become his great Cross, that he hath prosperity in all things. Not only the sting, and the stroak, but the very Remembrance of Death will be bitter to him; so saith Jesus the Son of Sirach, chap. 41. vers. 1.

Thus (we see) the Child of man, or the man who is born of a woman is so full of Trou­ble to the brim, that many times it overflows him. On one side, or other, we all are troubled; but some are troubled on2 Cor. 4. 8. Occidere est, ve [...]are cupi­entem mori. Sen. in The­baide. every side. Insomuch that they themselves are the greatest Trouble unto themselves; and 'tis a kind of death to them they cannot dye. We find King David so sick of Life, as to fall into a wishing for the wings of a Dove, that so his Soul might fly away from the great Impediments of his Body.Psal. 54. He confessed that his Dayes were at the longest but Psal. 39. 5. a Span, and yet complain'd they were no shorter. It [Page 467] seems that Span was as the span of a wither'd Hand; which the farther he stretcheth out, the more it griev'd him. He was Psal. 6. 6. weary of his groaning. His Soul did Psal. 42. 1. pant after Heaven, and even Vers. 2. thirsted for God. And he might once more have cryed (though in another sense) Wo is me, that I am constrain'd to dwell with Meseck, and to have mine habitation among the Tents of Kedar! I remember that Charidemus in Dio Chrysostom,Dio Chryso [...]t. Orat. 30. pag. 305. D. compared mans Life to a Feast, or Banquet. And I the rather took notice of it, because the Pro­phet Elijah did seem (in some sense) to have made it good. Who after a first or second Course (as I may say) of living, as if he had surfetted of Life, cryed out in hast, It is enough; and with the very same breath, desired God to take away; for so saith the Scripture, 1. Kings 19. 4. He went into the Wilderness (a solitary place) and there he sate under a Iuniper (in a melancholly posture) and requested of God that he might dye,1 King. 19. 4. (in a very disconsolate and doleful manner,) even pouring forth his Soul in these melting Accents, It is enough now, O Lord, take away my life, for I am no better than my Fathers. And if the Dayes of Elijah were full of trouble▪ how was Iob overwhelm'd, and running over with his [Page 468] Calamity? when the Job 6. 4. Terrors of God did set themselves in aray against him, how did he Vers. 8, 9. long for destruction? O (saith [...] he) that I might have my request, that God would grant me the thing that I long for! Even that it would please him to destroy me, that he would let loose his hand, and cut me off. How did he Job 3. 1, 3, 4, 5, &c. Curse the Day of his Birth, and the Night where in he was conceived? Let that Day be darkness, let the shadow of Death stain it, let a cloud dwell upon it, let blackness terrifie it. And for the Night, let it not be joyned to the dayes of the year. Let the Stars of the twilight thereof be dark; neither let it see the dawning of the day. And what was his reason for this unkindness to that particular Day and Night, save that they brought upon him the trouble of being a Man born of a Woman: for we find him complaining a little after, Vers. 11. 12. Why died I not from the Womb! why did I not give up the ghost, when I came out of the Belly? And then for the Life of our blessed Saviour, who is call'd by way of Eminence, The Son of Man; as I observ'd before, that it was short, so must I here put you in mind, it was full of Trouble. He was therefore call'd by way of Eminence, Vir Dolorum,Isa. 53. 3. A Man of Sorrows. The Prophet adds, he wasIbid. acquainted [Page 469] with Grief. For the whole Tenor of his Life was a continuation of his Calamities.

The Time would fail me should I but men­tion the hundreth part of those men, whose short time of life hath seemed long to them, even because they have felt it so full of Trouble. But enough hath been said concerning the Doctrin of the Text. And it lies upon us now to make some Use.

First then let us consider,The Applica­tion. that if man (as born of a woman) hath but a short time to live, It concerns us to take up the prayer of David, Psal. 39. 4. that God will teach us to know our End, and the number of our Dayes,2 King. 20. 6.that we (like Hezekiah) may be fully certified how short our Time is. It con­cerns us to take up the resolution of Iob; All the dayes of our appointed time,Job 14. 14.incessantly waiting till our change cometh. It concerns us, not to say, with the rich man in the Parable, we will pull down our Barns and build greater,Luk. 12. 18.and there we will bestow all our fruits and our goods: much less may we say, with that other Worldling, Souls take your ease,Vers▪ 19.eat, drink, and be merry, for ye have much goods laid up for many years: for (alas!) how can we know, (s [...]lly creatures as we are,) but that this very Night, yea this very minute, [Page 470] either they may be taken from us, or we from them? there is such a fadingness on their parts, and such a fickleness on ours. But rather it con­cerns us to say with Iob,Job 1. 21.Naked came we into the world, and naked shall we go out of it. Or it con­cerns us rather yet to say with David,Psal. 39. 12. that we are strangers upon Earth, and but so many sojour­ners, as all our Fathers were: for wihlst we con­sider we are but strangers, we shall, as1 Pet. 2. 11. Stran­gers and Pilgrims,Heb, 11. 13.abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul. And so long as we remem­ber we are but sojourners upon earth, we shall pass the time of our sojourning here in fear. And behaving our selves among the Gentiles, as a cho­sen Generation,1 Pet. 2. 9. 12.a Royal Priesthood, an holy Na­tion, a peculiar People, we shall shew forth his praise, who hath called us out of Darkness, into his marvel­lous Light.

Secondly let us consider, that since our Life is uncertain, as well as short, (inasmuch as we know not how short it is) it concerns us imme­diately, to labour hard in the Improvement of this our span into Eternity; to employ our very short and uncertain time, in making a seasonable pro­vision against them both; I mean, its shortness, and its uncertainty. For shall we be lavish even [Page 471] of that, which is so easily lost, and of which we have so very little, and every minute of which Little does carry such a weight with it, as will be either a kind of Pulley to help raise us up to Heaven, or else a Clogg to pull us down to the lowest Hell? Of whatsoever we may be wast­full, we ought to be charie of our Time, which doth incontinently perish, and will eternally be reckoned on our account. Pereunt & imputantur, the Epig [...]ammatist could say of his precious hours.

Now the way to provide against the shortness of our Life, is so to live, as to dye, to the great­est Advantage to be imagin'd; and so to dye, as to live for ever.Tobit. 4. 21. What Tobit said to Tobias, in respect of wealth, [Fear not, my son, that we are made poor, for thou hast much wealth, if thou fear God, and depart from all sin, and do that which is pleasing in his [...]ight.] He might have said as well in respect of wisdom, and by consequence as well in respect of long life.Job 28. 28. For as the fear of the Lord is solid wisdom, and to depart from Evil is understanding; so honourable Age is, not that which standeth in the length of Time,Wisd. 4. 8, 9. nor that is measured by number of years, but Wisdom is the gray hair unto men, and an unspotted life is old age. To be [Page 472] devoted (like Anna) to the House of God, so as to serve him night and day with fasting and prayer,Luk. 2. 37. and not to content our selves with that which is meerly lawful, or barely enough to serve turn, (as men do commonly reason within themselves,) but to study the things that are Rom. 2. 8. more excellent, to strein hard towards 2 Cor. [...]. 1. perfe­ction, to forget those things that are behind, and to reach forth unto those things that are before, pressing on towards the mark,Phil. 3. 13, 14 for the prize of the high cal­ling of God in Christ Iesus, this is to amplifie our lives, and to frustrate the malice of our morta­lity; and as the want of stature many times is supply'd in thickness, so this is to live a great deal in the little time of our duration.

Ampliat Aetatis spatium sibi Vir bonus, hoc est
Vivere bis, Vita posse priore frui.

As we are thus to provide against the short­ness, so in like manner we must provide against the uncertainty of our time. And the way to do that, is to distrust the future, and to lay hold upon the present; so to live every hour, as if we were not to live the next. Having a short time to live, our time to repent cannot be long. And not assured of theNemo tam Divos habuit [...]aventes, cra­stinum ut possit sibi polliceri. morrow, 'tis madness not to [Page 473] repent to-day: when we see many persons of the most promising countenance, and the most prosperous constitution, not only [...]na [...]ch'd by an early, but sudden death, why should we not seriously consider, that we may be of their number, having no promise of the contrary, eithe [...] within, or without us? Cuivis po­test accidere quod cui­quam potest. Publi [...]. What happens to any man, may happen to every man; every man be­ing encompassed with the same conditions of mortality. 'Tis true indeed, that we may live till we are old; but 'tis as true, that we may dye whilst we are young; and therefore the la­ter possibility should as well prevail with us for a dispatch of our repentance, as the former too too often prevails upon us for a delay. Nay if we procrastinate our repentance, in hope of living till we are old, how much rather should we precipitate it, for fear of dying whilst we are young? (if yet it were possible to precipitate so good and necessary a work, as a solid impartial sincere repentance.) For as to repent whilst we are young, can never do us the least harm; so it may probably do us the greatest, to post it off till we are old. Nay it may cost us the loss of Heaven, and a sad eternity in Hell, if we defer our repentance (I do not say till we are old, but [Page 474] if we d [...]er it) being young, till one day older than now we are. And shall we defer it beyond to-day, because we may do it as well to morrow? This is madness unexpressible. For as 'tis true that we may, so 'tis as true that we may not. Our knowledge of the [...]ne, is just as little as of the other. (Or rather out ignorance is just as much.) And shall we dare to tempt God, by presuming upon that which we do not know? Are Heaven and Hell such trivial things, as to be put to a bare adventure? Shall we play for salvation, as 'twere by silliping, cross or pile? implicitly saying within our selves, if we live till the morrow, we will repent and be saved; but if we die before night, we will die in our sins, and be damn'd for ever: shall we reason within our selves, that though we know our own death may be as sudden as other mens, yet we will put it to the venture, and make no doubt but to fare, as well as hitherto we have done? what is this but to dally with the day of Iudg­ment, [...]—Sophocl. in Trachiniis. or to bewray our dis-belief that there is any such thing? It's true we may live until the morrow, and so on the morrow we may repent. But what is this to the purpose, that 'tis certain e­nough we may, whilst 'tis as doubtful whether we shall? Is it not good to make sure of hap­piness, [Page 475] by repenting seriously at present, rather than let it lye doubtful, by not repenting untill anon? Methinks we should easily be perswaded to espouse that course, which we are throughly convinc'd does tend the most to our Advantage.

When the rich worldling in the Parable was speaking placentia to his soul, [Luk. 12. 22.soul take thine ease,] alledging no other reason, than his having much goods for many years; nothing is fitter to be observ'd, than our Saviours words upon that occasion, Stulte, Thou Fool, this night shall thy soul be required of thee; then whose shall those things be which thou hast provided? However the men of this world have quite another measure of wit, and do esteem it the greatest prudence to take their pleasure whilst they are young, reser­ving the work of mortification for times of sick­ness, and old age, (when 'twill be easie to leave their pleasures, because their pleasures leave Them,) yet in the Judgment of God the Son, (the Word and Wisdom of the Father) 'tis the part of a blockhead, and a fool, to make account of more years, than he is sure of dayes, or hours. He is a sot, as well as a sinner, who does adjourn and shift off the amendment of his life, perhaps till twenty, or thirty, or fourty years after his [Page 476] death. 'Tis true indeed that Hezekiah, whilst he was yet in the confines and skirts of death, had a 2 King. 20. 6. lease of life granted no less than fifteen years long; but he defer'd not his repentance one day the longer. And shall we adventure to live an hour in an impenitent estate, who have not a lease of life promis'd, no not so much as an hour? shall we dare enter into our beds, and sleep securely any one night, not thinking how we may awake, whether in Heaven, or in Hell? we know 'tis timely repentance which must secure us of the one, and 'tis final impenitence which gives us assu­rance of the other. VVhat the Apostle of the Gentiles hath said of wrath, may be as usefully spoken of every other provoking sin,Eph. 4. 26. Let not the Sun go down upon it. Let us not live in any sin until the Sun is gon down, because we are [...]. Soph. ubi supra. far from being sure we shall live 'till Sun-rising. How many Professors go to sleep, (when the Sun is down, and the curtain of the night are drawn about them,) in a state of drunkenness, or adultery, in a state of avarice, or malice, in a state of sacriledge, or rebellion, in a state of deceit­fulness, and hypocrisie, without the least consi­deration how short a time they have to live, and how very much shorter then they imagine? Yet [Page 477] unless they believe they can dream devoutly, and truly repent when they are sleeping, they cannot but know they are damn'd for ever, 1 Thes 5. 2. 4. 2 Pet. 3. 10. if the day of the Lord shall come upon them as a thief in the night, and catch them napping in their Impieties.

Consider this all ye that forget God, least he pluck you away, Psal. 50. 22. and there be none to deliver you. Con­sider it all ye that forget your selves. That for­get how few your dayes are, and how full of mi­sery. Consider your bodies, from whence they came; and consider your souls, whether is it that they are going. Consider your life is in your breath, and your breath is in your nostrils; and that in the management of a moment, (for the better, or for the worse,) there dependeth either a joyful, or a sad Eternity. If our Time indeed were certain, as well as short, (or rather if we were certain, how short it is,) there might b [...] some colour, or pretence, for the posting off of our Reformation.Mat. 24. 42, 43, 44. But since we know not at what hour our Lord will come, this should mightily in­gage us, to be hourly standing upon our Haba [...]. 2. 1. watch. And this may suffice for the subject of our se­cond consideration.

Thirdly let us consider, that if our dayes, which are few, are as full of trouble, it should [Page 478] serve to make us less fond of living, and less de­voted to self-preservation, and less afraid of the Cross of Christ, when our Faith shall be call'd to the severest Trials. Eecl. 41. 2. O Death (saith the son of Sirach) acceptable is thy sentence unto the needy, and to him that is vexed with all things. The trou­bles incident to life have made theJob 3. 20, 21. bitter in Soul to long for Death, and toVers. 22. rejoyce exceeding­ly when they have found the grave. If the Em­press Cuspinianus in vita Sigis­mundi, p. 498. Barbara had been Orthodox, in believing mens Souls to be just as mortal as their bodies, death at least would be capable of this applause and commendation, that it puts a conclusion to all our troubles. If we did not fear Him,Mat. 10. 27, 28. who can cast both body and soul into Hell, we should not need to fear Them, who can destroy the body only; becauseEcclus. 41. 4 there is no Inquisition in the grave. Job 3. 17, 18, 14, 19. 18.There the wicked cease from troubling: and there the weary are at rest. There the Prisoners lye down with Kings and Counsellers of the Earth. The ser­vant there is free from his Master. There is sleep, and still silence, nor can they hear the voice of the Oppressor.

Mors Bona si non est, Finis tamen Illa Malorum.

But we have farther to consider the threefold [Page 479] Antithesis, which we ought to oppose to the three Clauses in the Text: for as man, who is born of a woman, hath but a short time to live, and is full of trouble; so man, as regenerate, and born of God, hath a long time to live, and is full of bliss. A life so long, that it runs parallel with eternity; and therefore (without a Catachresis) we can­not use such an expression, as length of time. It is not a long, but an endless life; it is not time, but eternity, which now I speak of. Nor is it a wretched eternity, of which a man may have the priviledge, as he is born of a woman; but an eter­nity of bliss, which is competent to him only, as born of God. And of this bliss there is such a fullness, that our heads are too thick to under­stand it. Or if we were able to understand it, yet our hearts are two narrow to give it entrance. Or if our hearts could hold it, yet our tongues are too stammering, to express and utter it. Or if we were able to do that, yet our lives are too short, to communicate and reveal it to other creatures. In a word, it is such, as not only eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, but it never hath en­tred into the heart of man to conceive. Incompre­hensible as it is, 'tis such as God hath prepared for them that love him, 1 Cor. 2. 9.

[Page 480]If we compare this life, with the life descri­bed in the Text, it will several ways be useful to us; for it will moderate our joyes, whilst we possess our dear friends; and it will mitigate our sorrows, when we have lost them; for it will mind us that they are freed from a life of misery, and that they are happily translated to one of bliss. Nay if we are true lovers indeed, and look not only at ourPhilip. 2. 4. own interest, but at the interest of the parties to whom we vow love, we even lose them to our advantage, because [...]o theirs. Lastly it sweetens the solemn farewel, which our souls must take of our mortal bodies; we shall desire to be dissolved, when we can groun­dedly hope we shall be with Christ; we shall groan, and groan earnestly, to be uncloathed of our bodies with which we are2 Cor. 5. 23, 24.burden'd; if weVers. 7.live by this faith, that we shall shortly be cloath'd upon with our house from Heaven. We shall cheerfully lay down our bodies in the dust, when 'tis to rest in his peace, who will certainly raise us by his power, that we may rest and reign with him in glory.

[Page 481]THus have I don with my Text, though but in the middle of my Sermon; and but briefly consider'd it in its Antithesis, because not pertinent any otherwise, then by affording unto Mourners an use of comfort. And because I am confident, that there are many such here, (when I consider how many losses lye wrapt in one,) not only wearers of black, but serious Mourners, whose very souls are hung with sable, and whose unaffected sorrow do call for comfort; I shall furnish you with matter of real joy, from the ground and occasion of all your sorrows.

For there is yet another Text, upon which I must give you another Sermon. A Text, I say, whose matter and form have been divided by God and Nature. [...] Alexis in Olympiodoro.The inward form is ascen­ded, to him from whom it came down; but the outward matter still lies before us. And well may that person become our Text, who was himself a living Sermon; since the integrity of his Life was truly Doctrinal, and the resplen­dent piety of his Death a very pertinent Applica­tion. I am sure 'tis well known in another place, and therefore I hope 'tis believ'd in this, that I am none of their number, who use to scatter a­broad their Eulogies upon every man's Hearse, [Page 482] meerly as customary offerings, or things of course. Those alone are my seasons wherein to make narratives of the dead, when it may righ­teously be don for the use and benefit of the li­ving. Ye know that Jesus the Son of Sirach does set himself solemnly to the work: and that with an [...],Ecclus. 44. 1, 2, 3, &c. Let us now praise fa­mous men. Men renowned for their power; men of knowledge and learning; wise and eloquent in their instructions. Rich men furnished with ability, and living peaceably in their habitations. There be of them that have left a name behind them, that their praises might be reported. And some there be who have no memorial, who have perished as though they had never been, and are b [...]come as though they had never been born, and their children after them. But these were merciful men, whose righteousness hath not been forgotten; [...]. Eurip in He [...]ubâ. their bodies are buried in peace, but their name liveth for evermore; for the people will tell of their wisdom, and the congregation will shew forth their praise.

Our honour'd Brother now departed (I will not say the unhappy, but) the now-blessed Sub­ject of this solemnity, as he deserves a noble Eulogie, so he needs none at all: He being one of those few of my particular acquaintance, of [Page 483] whom I have seldom or never heard an ill word spoken. But in this one thing, he had the least resemblance unto his Saviour, who was hated by many, despis'd by more, and basely forsaken almost by all. This is therefore no commenda­tion, on which our Saviour proclaims a Woe▪ Woe be to you when all men speak well of you. Nor do I say that this worthy Gentleman was ill spoken of by none, (he was sure too worthy to be so befriended by the world,) I only say that I have seldom or never heard it. James 4. 4. And he was so much the less obnoxious to the dishonesty of the Tongue, because (as far as his Quality would give him leave) he ever delighted in that obscu­rity, which most young Gentlemen are wont to shun. For although his extraction (we know) was noble, and his fortune extreamly fair; though his natural parts and abilities were truly great, as well as greatly improved by Art and Industry, (he having been Master of many Languages, and (I am sure) well vers'd in great variety of Learning,) yet still his modesty and his meekness were so much greater than all the rest, that (in a perfect contrariety to the vain-glorious and hypocritical) he never turn'd his worst side out­wards. The late retir'dness of his life made [Page 484] him so blameless and inoffensive, that I suppose it hath ditted the mouth of envy.

It was no doubt an effect of those two vir­tues, (I mean his modesty, and his meekness,) that he so constantly observ'd that Apostolical Precept, [...].—Hom. [...]. James 1. 19. For He, if any man liv­ing, was swift to hear, but slow to speak. And when he thought it his turn to speak, it was ra­ther much, than in many words. As the speech of Menelaus describ'd by Homer, so perfectly free were his discourses, from the fault of imper­tinence, or superfluity.

So far was He from sitting down in the chai [...] of the scornful, (as too many of his quality are wont to do,) nay so far from walking in the counsels of the ungodly, (from the time that he found them to be such,) that he made it his care and chiefest caution, (in his later years more especially,) not so much as to stand in the way of sinners.

For as much as I could judge of him, (who had the happiness to know him for many years) he was a true Nathanael,Joh. 1. 47, 48. an Israelite indeed; who, though he had many Imperfections, as one who was born of a Woman; yet he had sure no guile, as being also regenerate, and born of God. [Page 485] Methinks I hear him now speaking to all that knew him,1 Sam. 12. 2, 3.as Samuel did to all Israel; I have walked before you from my childhood to this day. Behold here I am, witness against me before the Lord; whose Oxe have I taken; or whose Ass have I taken? or whom have I defrauded? whom have I oppressed? or of whose hand have I received any bribe, to blind mine eyes therewith, and I will re­store it? To which methinks I here the Answer which was made to Samuel in the next verse, thou hast not defrauded,Vers. 4. nor oppress [...]d us.

Tis this that speaks a man right honest, which is a nobler Title, than right▪ honourable; though I may say very truly, that he had many due titles of honour too. For not to speak of his Ancestors, who came in hether with the Con­quest, and that from the City Poitou in France, (from whence they derived the name of Peyto,) I think it more for his honour, to have been ma­ny ways [...]. Ch [...]y [...]st. Hom. (in Gen). 3. good; to wit, a good Husband, and a good Father; a good Master, and a good Friend; a good Neighbour, and a good Landlord; a good Christian, and a good Man. And, which is a sign of more goodness than all the rest, he never thought he was good enough; especially in the first, and the two last particulars.

[Page 486]It is an excellent ingredient in that religious composition, which he had sent before him to bless his soul, and left behind him in memory to perfume his Name too, that having been charged with a debt, (whether by his Fathers last will and te­stament, or by the condition of the times, or by both together,) he was ever in some pain till he had paid that debt, or at least had made pro­vision for it; because until he had don justice, he knew he could not so well shew works of mercy; and that was doubtless a pregnant to­ken of walking humbly with his God. The three grand Duties which God requires, in the sixth Chapter of Micah, at the ninth verse.

The end of Christs coming into the world, was to make us live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world. (Tit. 2. 13.) the first im­plying our whole duty towards our selves, the second towards our neighbour, the third towards our God. That extraordinary person, of whom I speak, doth seem to me, as well as others, to have reached those ends. He was so eminently sober, that I believe he was never known to have sinn'd against his own body in any kind; so eminently righteous, that (as I said) he was in pain, till he had rendred to every man his due. [Page 487] Being so sober, and so righteous, he is inferred to have been so godly too, as to have liv'd in oppo­sition to those professors of Christianity, who having a form only of godliness, deny the power of it; for give me leave to tell you, what is not every day consider'd, The most material part of godliness, is moral honesty. Nor was there any thing more conspicuous in the holy life of our blessed Lord. The second Table is the touch­stone of our obedience unto the first. And to apply what I say unto the honourable person of whom I speak, we may conclude him to have lived the life of faith, Gal. 3. 11. because we find him to have dyed the death of the righteous. Num. 23. 10.

To pass on therefore towards his death, as the fittest transition unto his burial; I am en­abled to say of him, (by such as were eye and ear witnesses,) that he abundantly injoyed [that [...]] that happy calmness of death, which the Emperour Augustus was wont to pray for. I say he injoy'd it in both acceptions of the word▪ For first however he was sick of a burning Fea­ver, (which carried him up, like Elias, in a fiery Chariot,) yet he had this rare happiness which is the priviledge but of few, that he even i [...]joyed his whole disease, without the least taint [Page 488] of deliration. That knot of union betwixt his body and his soul, was not violently broken, but very leasurely untied; they having parted like two friends, not by a rude falling out, but a lo­ving farewell. Thus was his Euthanasia in the first acception of the word. But he had it much more, as to the second. For

Two things there are, which are wont to make death terrible. The first is suddenness, the second, sin. He was so arm'd against the first, that he did not only take care for the setting his outward house in order, King. 20. 1. that nothing in this world might trash his flight towards a better; but also sent for the Divine, to imp the wings of his devotion; and farther told his Physician, that God had sent him his summons; so well was he arm'd against the first of those Phobera, and that by the help of our English Litany, which prompts us to pray against sudden death; and which he commanded one of his servants to assist him with upon his death-bed, bestowing upon it (when he had don) a great deal of holy admiration.

Again, so well was he prepared against the second, that for the tenderness of his conscience, and his deep resentment of all his sins, those of [Page 489] the times more especially, in which he deplo­red his unhappiness that he had had a great share (till God was pleas'd in much mercy to shew him that errour of his judgment, by which the errour of his practice was bred and cherish'd;) Next for his hatred of himself in remembrance of them, (though we may say, that in compari­son with many others alive and dead, he had kept himself unspotted from the world;) Jam. 1. 27. Then for his stedfast resolutions of better life, of ma­king ample satisfaction for every ill that he had don, and so of bringing forth fruitsLuk. 3. 8. Act. 26. 20.worthy of repentance, (if God should be pleas'd to inlarge his time;) and last of all for his sollicitude, that all hisJosh. 24. 15.family might live in the fear of God, and redeem those opportunities, which he seem'd (unto himself) to have sometimes lost, or neg­lected; I say, in all these respects, he appears to me, (as well as to others,) a more than ordinary Example.

But some may say,Object. that sick persons are ever sorry for their sins; but it is many time a sorrow squeez'd out by sickness. And as soon as they recover, they do relaps too.

To which I say,Answ. that though 'tis often so in others, yet in this exemplary Christian it could not be so. For

[Page 490]First it was a mark of his sincerity, that he look'd upon his failings, as through a Micro­scope; which made them seem nearer, and very much greater than they were. He warn'd all those who stood about his sick bed, to beware of those sins which the world calls little; and of the n [...]-little sins which the world calls none; yea from the very least1 Thes. 5. 22 appearances and oppor­tunities of sin. It was his own expression, that all the sins of his former life did even kick in his very face; Prov. 5. 8. yet he remembred theMat. 20. 9. labourer, who went late into the Vineyard, and was rewarded▪ He also made some reflections upon theCito igno­scit Dominus quia cito ille convertitur. A [...]bro [...]. in Luc. 23. 43. thief on the cross; that his faith might steer an even course, betwixt the Scylla of despair, and the Charybdis of presumption.

Secondly, It was another good token of his sincerity, that he was not meerly a death-bed pe­nitent, whose repentance too too often is but [a [...]] a sorrow according to the world; but (as divers persons can witness) he began the great work in his time of health; so as his sick­ness did but declare his having been a2 Cor. 5. 17. new crea­ture by2 Cor. 7. 9. change of mind, and that he did not fall back, butPhil. 3. 14. press forwards towards the mark, and persevere in so doing unto the [...]. Mat. 24. 13.end.

[Page 491]Thirdly, 'Twas another mark of his since­rity, that he insisted on the nature of true repen­tance, which still importeth an amendment, and reformation of life. Nor had he a willingness to recover his former health, unless to the end he might demonstrate his ren [...]vation, by that care­fulness, that fear, that indignation, that vehe­ment desire, that zeal, yea that revenge, which S. Paul hath recorded as the effects of a godly sorrow in his Corinthians. 2 Cor. 7. 11. Abhorring and deplo­ring those desperate notions of Repentance, which the world is so commonly mistaken in.

Fourthly, 'Twas a comfortable token of his sincerity, that he was obstinate in his Prayers, against the precept of his Physician; and resolv'd to pour out his soul, though to the prejudice of his body. As if he were piously ambitious of being too strong for his own infirmities; when a reverend Divine (who was standing by) would fain have don that office for him, at least as a Deputy to his lungs only, that he might not spend his few spirits as yet left in him; he made him this resolute, and hasty, but pious answer, that whilst a Tongue was in his head whereby to speak, and whilst he had breath in his body to move and animate his Tongue, and whilst he had lungs in [Page 492] his brest to supply his breath, he would shew forth the goodness and the glory of God, who had been pleas'd to do so great thing for him. And in a merci [...]l Answer to all his Prayers, which he continued to the amazement of all that heard him, (after some conflicts which he had had with the ghostly enemy, to make him happier in a vict [...]ious, than he could possibly have been in an untry'd innocence,) God was pleased (very signally) to reveal himself to him, to speak peace unto his Conscience, to fill him inwardly with joy in the Holy Ghost, to give him some glimmerings and fore-tasts of the glory to be revealed. That I may use his own words, (which, as he came out of a Trance, he was heard to speak,) he had a ravishing glimps of the Beatifick Vision; mean­ing thereby (as I interpret) that God had re­freshed his drooping spirits with his unspeak­able comforts; saying unto his soul, I am thy salvation, or this day salvation is come to thy house. So that now being plac'd above the level of temptations, and exempted from the fear of what the * red Dragon could do unto him, he cheerfully lifted up his head, and fixt his eyes up­on Jesus, the author and finisher of his faith, and for the joy that was set before him, expected the [Page 493] Advent of his death, as of a very dear friend.

Fifthly, It was another great sign that his heart was right towards God, and therefore not treacherous to himself, that he extended his care to the souls of others, with as true a cha­rity, as to his own; exhorting one in particular against the love of this world; charging another to be watchful against intemperance, and debauch; exciting a third unto frequent and fervent prayer. I do but mention the several subjects, on which he treated like a Divine. To all his servants in the general, and to three of them in special, (for his words likeExod. 16. 18. Manna in the wilderness, and the ApostlesAct. 2. 45.doal, were discreetly proportio­ned to every one as he had need; so as they who had most of his Deathbed instructions had no­thing over, and they who had least had no lack,) I say, in general, and in special, he was by his precepts, as well as practice, (even as righte­ous 2 Pet. 2. 5. Noah) a true Preacher of Repentance. Nor did his care end here. But

As it were in imitation of good old Iacob, Gen. 49. before he was gather'd to his fathers, he gave a blessing to all his children. And farther gave it in charge to his virtuous Consort, whom he wor­thily esteemed his dearer self, (and of whom he [Page 494] also requested pardon, if by any cross word he had ever gr [...]eved her,) not to educate his children, so much to learning and other accomplishments, as to the knowledge, and service, and fear of God. Nor was it a little to his advantage, that he was careful to have them season'd with those his last Principles, which by his later experience he found the best.

Not to be endless upon the subject, (on which it is difficult not to be long, and yet im­possible to be tedious,) he was briefly all that, which I pray God of his mercy to make us all. That whensoever he shall appear unto us, in death, or in judgment, we may be found, like wise Mat. 25. 7, 8. Virgins, with oyl in our lamps. And that together with this our Brother, (whose remem­brance (like that ofEccl. 49. 1. Iosias) will ever be sweet unto us as musick at a banquet of Wine,) we may be joyned in Consort with the quire of Angels, Heb. 12. 22, 23. and with the general Assembly of the First-born which are written in Heaven, and with the souls of just men made perfect, singing Hosanna's and Hallelujah's,Rev. 5. 13. to him that sitteth upon the Throne, and unto the Lamb for evermore.

FINIS.

VIR Explorata Integritate, Gravitate morum Primaeva Annumerandus Patribus; Scientiarum lumen omnium, Supraque scientias eminens Humilitate summa: Innocenter doctus, & [...] EDOARDUS PEYTO De Chesterton in Agro Warwicensi ARMIGER, Ex Antiquo PICTAVORUM stemmate oriundus, EDOARDI PEYTO Equitis Aurati Filius Unigenitus: Uxorem duxit ELIZABETHAM GREVILLI VERNEY De Compton-Mordake in eodem Agro Equitis Aurati Filtam Unigenitam: Lectissimam pariter & Dilectissimam foeminam.

[Page 496] Compar Conjugium!

Cujus ex felici Copula
Manavit sexus utriusque Trias,
Altera Filiorum, Edoardus, Guilielmus, Franciscus,
Altera & Filiarum, Elizabetha, Catharina, Margareta,
Patris simul; & Matrus Ectypa:
Virorum & Foeminarum olim Exemplaria.
Proh Dolor!
Tantae Familiae & Virtutis Instauratorem brevem,
Primo velut in Molimine fatiscentem;
In ipso aetatis store decussum,
[...]!
Tamen Querelarum desine.
Quippe saeculi pertaesus, Maturus Coelo,
Et praeproperâ laborans Maturitate,
Perfectionem vitae cum Immortalitate commutavit,
Anno Aetatis supra XXXm currente Tertio,
Salutis Reparatae MDCLVIII.
VIIIo. Calendas VIIbres.
Anima, Christi appetentissima, in Christi gremium evolavit;
Coelorum, quò dudum ascenderat, tandem Incola:
Corpus reclinavit in Pulveris Dormitorium;
Sic etiam Christum in sepulchro quaeritans.
Telluris sarcina subter tellurem deposita;
Incolumes reliquiae sub Domini custodiâ.
[...].
[...].
[...],
[...].
FINIS.

THE TABLE OF PARTICULARS.

A
  • A Dam, Subjected even in In­nocence to a threefold Law. Pag. 204.
  • Affliction, Necessary to all, p. 93, 94. A Mark of Gods Favour, p. 102, &c. 107. 129, &c. They lye the heaviest on Gods own people, 134, 137, 139, 140, &c. 468.
  • Antiquity, Courted in Art and Na­ture, p. 349, 50. In Policy, and Religion, 351, 352. The pre­tense of most hereticks, 355, 456. that to be prefer'd which is near­est the beginning, ibid. prov'd by Instances, 360, 361. The only reason of the Secession of the Church of England from the Church of Rome, 362, 363. &c.
  • Apostles, Describ'd in their basest, and best estate, p. 314, 315. Their aequality, 368.
  • Authority, Divine in the profanest, p. 211, 212, 240. Not to be cen­sur'd by the People, 213. How it differs from Power, 248. To be reverenc'd in the worst, as in the best of Mankind, 248, 249. Submitted to by Christ, p. 293, 294.
B
  • Bishops, Necessary to Monarchy, [Page] p. 18, 19, 20. Chief in their own Dioceses, 368, 369.
C
  • Ceremonies, Their use, and In­nocence, asserted by all Prote­stant Churches, and Mr. Calvin, p. 205, 206.
  • Councils, Their dependance on the Pope, p. 412, &c. One out of all nations never was, 418, 419. Many of them reject each other, 420, 421, &c. The Doctrines, and Practices of the Papists con­demn'd by not a few of them, 423, 424, &c.
  • Clergy, Their Prosperity the Lay­mans Privilege, p. 17, 18.
  • Charity, To enemies npon the Mo­tives of generosity, p. 28, 29.
  • Christ, why he needed a Conformity to the law for uncleanness, p. 275, 276, &c. his presentation, 278, &c. How to be presented by us, 286, 287.
  • Christian, Wherein his Bravery consists, p. 63, 64. how a disgrace to Christianity, p. 153, 154. and how a Glory, p. 165, 166. should press after Perfection, 323, 324.
  • Church, The rightful Power re­duc'd to four heads, p. 196, 197, &c. The necessity of its Autho­rity, 199, 200, &c. For the ending of strife, 216, 217.
  • Conscience, unaffectedly tender, p. 89, 90.
  • Consideration of how great use, 451, &c.
  • Controversies, Their unseasonable­ness, 439, &c.
  • Custome, How the same from God, and Belial, p. 262.
D
  • Death, often to be thought of, p. 436, 437, &c. desirable, p. 467, &c. 478. An Instance of an happy calmness of Death, p. 487, 488.
  • Deliverance, Compared to the day, p. 16, 17, &c. should be an in­forcement to change of life, p. 23.
  • Despair, Good, and Evil, p. 88, 89, &c.
  • Devil, How Instrumental to our Good, p. 104, 105, &c.
  • Divorce, Why only permitted by Moses, p. 353, 354. Allowed by the Papists, contrary to the Law of Christ, p. 381, 382.
  • Drollery, Its dangerous Tendency to Profaneness, p. 335, &c. 338, 339.
E
  • Enemies, Not to be Ins [...]ed over, [Page] p. 10, 11. but rather obliged, p. 27, 28.
  • England, Characters of its state be­fore his Majesties Restauration, p. 12, 13, &c. p. 43, 44, &c. p. 58, 59. p. 149. The Kings thereof Absolute, 385. How by degrees incroached on by the Pope, 386, 387.
F
  • Faith, How in many who think they want it, p. 90. Its Victory over our sufferings, p. 165, 166, 167.
  • Fortitude, Wherein it stands, p. 64, 65.
  • Fear, How useful, p. 83, 84, &c.
G
  • God, How the Author of all our suf­ferings, and the sole support in them, p. 161, 162, &c. To be serv'd with the best of what we are or can, p. 281, 282, &c.
  • Gospel, How spread through the world, p. 315, 316, &c.
  • Gratitude, Its Generosity, p. 31, 32. Motives to it in England, p. 58, 59.
H
  • Half-Communion, Its Rise, p. 358, 376, 377. How contrary to Scripture, ibid.
  • Hierarchy, Twofold, Civil as well as Ecclesiastical, p. 212, & p. 233, 234, &c.
  • Humility, Its proper season, p. 36. Motives to it, p. 266, 270, &c.
I
  • Ignorance, aggravates as well as excuses, p. 37, 38.
  • Impunity, the greatest punishment, p. 132, 133.
  • Impurity, Legal a Type of Origi­nal Sin, 265, 266.
  • Infallibility, The chief Foundation of all Popish Errors, 357, 401, 402. Acknowledged to be In­communicable to any Church, 429, 430.
  • Ingratitude, Its chief Aggravati­on, p. 66, 67, &c.
  • Indifferent things, what kind of necessity they acquire to them­selves, and how, 202, 203, &c. 289, 290, &c.
K
  • King, His Prerogative the Peoples Privilege, p. 16, 17. His right of calling Synods, 197, 198, &c. His presiding in, and over them, 209, 210. His Divine Institution, and Supremacy, p. [Page] 223, 224, &c. ad p. 258.
L
  • Lawes, Their Original Institution threefold, p. 203, 204, &c. Bind the Conscience though of Humane Institution, p. 208.
  • Learning, The Vsefulness and Necessity of that which is but Humane, p. 304, 305, &c. Its Insufficiency without the help of the Divine, p. 313, 314, &c. Its right imployment, p. 331, 332, 333, &c.
  • Lite, Its shortness, p. 457, 458, 462, 463. Its uncertaint [...], 459, 473. and Frailty, 461. Its vex­ation, 464, 465, &c. Motives to, and the Method of Impro­ving it, 470, 471; &c. This life compar'd with Eternity, p. 479, 480.
M
  • Magistrates, Their Ordination, p. 232, 233, &c. ad p. 244. Their Subordination, p. 245, 246, &c.
  • Man, Motives to his Humility from the baseness of his Matter, p. 267, 268, &c. All equal in what respects, p. 270, 271, &c. His twofold Original, 454, 455, &c.
  • Marriage, Its Primitive Institu­tion Vindicated, p. 352, 354. When first denyed to the Clergy, p. 358, 379. Contrary to Scri­pture, and the practise of the Apostles, 380.
  • Mercy, How Gods chiefest Attri­bute, p. 77, 78, &c. 116, 117.
O
  • Oath, How it differs from Gods Word, p. 110, 111.
  • Obedience, to Magistratee a good work of the first rank, p. 211, 212. In things indifferent, p. 293, 294.
  • Obligations, cease to bind in three Cases, p. 115.
P
  • People, Not the Original of Go­vernment, p. 233, &c. and p. 243, 244, &c.
  • Persecution, Compar'd to the night, p. 12, 13. &c.
  • Pestilence, How much worse than War, p. 149, 150, 151. Tends the most to Humiliation, p. 157. Ever laid on by an hand from Heaven, p. 162, 163.
  • Popes, Many of them co [...]fessedly Heretical, p. 371, 372, 406, 411, 412. The Original of [Page] their Supremacy, p. 359, 366, 367, &c. Primacy of order allow'd to them, 367, 369.
  • Prayer, in an unknown Tongue, con­trary to Scripture, and the pra­ctise of the Primitive Church, p. 378, 379.
  • Preaching, Its Different Effects, p. 320, 321.
  • Praecepts, Difference 'twixt them, and a bare Permission, p. 353.
  • Pride, How inexcusable in man, p. 268, 269.
  • Priest, His Duty, p. 325, 326, &c.
  • Promises, of God Conditional as his Threats, p. 113, 114.
  • Prosperity, Its proper use, p. 25, 26, &c. Its danger, p. 33, 34, 35. Its proper season, p. 50, &c. Its mischief, p. 51, 52, &c. Its dignity, p. 60, 61.
  • Punishment, Its threefold End, p. 128, 129, &c. For the A­mendment of Offenders, p. 130, &c. For the benefit of others, p. 134, &c. For the satisfacti­on of the injur'd, p. 139, &c. significant of the sin, which it re­vengeth, p. 147, 148.
  • Purgatory, Its Original, p. 358.
  • Purification, of the Virgin, p. 259, 260, &c.
R
  • Rebellion, A species of Sacrileg [...], p. 241.
  • Reformation, Its proper Season, and Reasons of it, p. 31, 32, &c. 61, 62. The Moderation of ours from Rome, p. 212, 213. From the Court of Rome, p. 388. Its causes, p. 382, 383. Justi­fied, p. 387.
  • Repentance, In what sense apply'd to God, p. 109. Even in men it works Miracles, p. 116, 117. Not to be deferr'd, p. 284, 472, &c. With the danger of defer­ring it ibid. ad p. 478. Five Tokens of a sincere Repentance, p. 490. 491, 492, &c.
  • Rome, Its Church a particular Church, and younger than Jeru­salem, &c. p. 365. Confess'd by its Champions to be corrupt in point of Doctrine, p. 373. And Practise, p. 382, 383, 399, 400, 406. Is in no sense Infal­lible, p. 403, &c. ad p. 407.
S
  • Schisme, On whom to be charg'd, 384.
  • Scripture, Translated into Mo­ther-tongues, p. 377, 378.
  • Sermons, The Danger of Idoli­zing [Page] them, p. 321, 322.
  • Severity, The mercy of it, p. 100, 101, &c. p. 107, 131, 132, &c. 146.
  • Sin, Worse than the suff'rings, which it produceth, p. 131, 132, &c. p. 158, 159. How vile it makes us, p. 267. 268.
  • Subjects, Their Obligations to obey Magistrates especially the Su­pream, p. 233, 234, &c. Ad p. 258.
  • Suffrings, How comforts, p. 160. &c. 164. 165.
  • Synod, Its power, and proper work, p. 173, &c. ad p. 218.
T
  • Thanksgiving, Wherein it Consists, p. 24. 25. 70.
  • Threats, In all times needfull, p. 83. 84. &c. Two sorts, under oath, and word only, p. 108. 109, &c.
  • Tongue, Of what Importance in Religion, p. 333. 334, &c.
  • Tradition, Vniversal the Rule for synods to make Canons by, p. 214, 215, &c.
  • Transubstantiation, When it be­gan, p. 358. 374. Impossible, 375. 428.
V
  • Victory, The End of it is to oblige p. 11. 27. 28. 29.
  • Virgin, How Mary could need a Purification, p. 272. 273. 275.
  • Universities, Their use, and abuse p. 337. 338.
W
  • Wit, Being Vnsanctifyed is Mis­cheivous, p. 338. 339.
FINIS.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.